Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 38491
CITY CON CREt r 31l\ CTNO C I... SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ( FOR WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 0.0.E. No. 5313 WATER AND SEWER IMPROVEMENTS WATER PROJECT NO. P253 606170 0395 83 SEWER PROJECT NO. P258 706170 0395 83 CITY PROJECT NO. 00395 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS NOVEMBER 2008 DALE A. flSSELER, P .E. City Manager FRANKS. CRUMB, P.E. DIRECTOR, WATER DEPARTMENT GREG SIMMONS, P.E. RY ,Y MIKE MONCRIEF Mayor ACTING DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BHB PROJECT NO: 2006. 700.000 Baird, Hampton & Brown, Inc. 6300 Ridglea Place, Suite 700 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Tel (817) 338-1277, Fax (817) 338-9245 v<+-.. ~-u Y PO 1: 05 IN ~-~·\)\ D ORIGINAL (~- lVl OC\.., Kt:Vlt:W Page I of 3 Official site ~f the City of Fort Worth, Texas ' CITY CoONCIL AGENDA COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 4/14/2009 -Ord. No. 18561-04-2009 DATE: 4/14/2009 REFERENCE NO.: C-23451 LOG NAME: 6005WSM-I CONAT CODE: C TYPE: PUBLIC NON-CONSENT HEARING: NO SUBJECT: Authorize Contract in the Amount of $1,596,431.00 with Conatser Construction TX, LP , for Water and Sanitary Sewer Replacements on Walton Avenue and Woodway Drive and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council : 1. Authorize the transfer of $1 ,707 ,585 .00 from the Water and Sewer Operating Fund to the Water Capital Projects Fund in the amount of $1,120,248.00 and Sewer Capital Projects Fund in the amount of $587,337.00; 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Water Capital Projects Fund in the amount of $1,120 ,248.00 and the Sewer Capital Projects Fund in the amount of $587,337.00, from available funds; and 3 . Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Conatser Construction TX , LP , in the amount of $1,596,431 .00 for Water and Sanitary Sewer Replacements Contract 2005, WSM-1 on Walton Avenue and Woodway Drive . DISCUSSION: On May 23, 2006, (M&C C-21464) the City Council authorized an Engineering Agreement with Baird , Hampton and Brown , Inc., for Water and Sanitary Sewer Replacements Contract 2005 WSM-1. The project consists of water and sanitary sewer main replacements on Walton Avenue (Whitman Avenue to Woodway Drive) and Woodway Drive (Walton Avenue to Trail Lake Drive). After the proposed improvements are complete , both roadways will be permanently repaired with asphalt. The project was advertised for bid on November 20 , 2008, and November 27 , 2008 , in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram . On January 15 , 2009 , the following bids were received: BIDDER Conatser Construction TX, LP William J. Schultz , Inc., d/b/a Circle "C" Construction Company Cash Construction Company, Inc. Burnsco Construction , Inc. Tri-Tech Construction AMOUNT $1,596,431.00 $1 ,643 ,620 .50 $1 ,709 ,419 .00 $1 ,899,895 .20 $1 ,996 ,504 .00 TIME OF COMPLETION 200 Calendar Days M/WBE -Conatser Construction TX , LP , is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 12 percent M/WBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Conatser Construction TX , LP , identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities . However, the http ://apps .cfwnet.org/council _packet/mc_revi ew .asp ?ID=l l224&councildate=4/l4/200 9 FORT WORTH ~ 4/15/~009 1 VJ.(X.\.., 1'.t; V l t; W M/WBE'~ contacted in the areas identified did not submit the lowest bid. The City's goal on -this pr(!)ject is 23 per ent. , In addition to the contract amount, $54,500.00 (water: $33,500 .00; sewer: $21,000.00) is required for construction survey, material testing and inspection and $56,654.00 (water: $31,654.00; sewer: $25,000 .00) is provided for project contingencies . This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 6, Mapsco 89U, 89V and 89R. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that upon approval and completion of the above recommendations and the adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the current capital budgets, as appropriated, of the Water and Sewer Capital Projects Fund . TO Fund/Account/Centers 21 $4,000 .00 P253 511010 606170039580 21 $8,000 .00 P253 531350 606170039552 21 12 000.00 P253 511010 606170039585 21 1086748.00 P253 541200 606170039583 21 $4 ,000.00 P253 531200 606170039584 21 $1,500 .00 P253 531350 606170039584 21 $4,000.00 P258 511010 706170039580 21 $4 ,000.00 P258 531350 706170039552 21 $8,000 .00 P258 511010 706170039585 2 P258 541200 566 337 .00 706170039583 21 1 500.00 P258 531200 706170039584 2 P258 531350 $1 ,500 .00 706170039584 1&2) $1 .120 ,248 .00 P253 476045 6061700395ZZ 1&2) $587,337.00 P258 476045 7061700395ZZ 21 $4,000.00 P253 531350 606170039585 2) P258 531350 $2,000.00 706170039585 Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: FROM Fund/Account/Centers ~ P253 541200 606170039583 $1,o 55 .o 94 .00 ~ P258 541200 706170039583 1)PE45 538040 0609020 1 )PE45 538040 0709020 Fernando Costa (6122) S . Frank Crumb (8207) $541 ,337.00 $1 .120.248.00 $587 ,337.00 http://apps .cfwnet.org/council _packet/mc _review . asp?ID= l l 224&councildate=4/l 4/2009 Page 2 of 3 4/15/7009 M&CRev1ew Additional Info mation Contact: . AITACHMENTS 6005WSM-I CONAT.doc 6005WSM-I CONAT.pdf Roberto C . Sauceda (2387) http://apps.cfwnet.org/council _packet/mc _review .asp?ID= 11224&councildate=4/14/2009 Page 3 of ~ 4/15/2009 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to the General Contract Documents & Specifications WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 WAL TON AVE. FROM Whitman Avenue To Woodway Drive WOODWAY OR. From Walton Avenue to Trail Lake P253-606170039583 P258-706170039583 D.O.E. No. 5313 Addendum No . 1 Issued : Wednesday , December 3rc1 , 2008 Orig inal Bid Opening Thursday December 181h, 2008 REVISED BIO OPENING DATE : Thursday, January 8111 , 2009 This Addendum , forms part of the General Contract Documents & Specifications for the above referenced Project and modifies the original General Contract Documents & Specifi cations. Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of th is addendum in the spaces provided below, in the proposal and acknowledge receipt on the outer envelope of the B id . Failure to acknowledge rece ipt of th is addendum could subject the bidder to disqual ification. The plans and specification documents are hereby revised by th is addendum as follows : GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS: 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS, and COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS A. Revise " ... w ill be received at the Purchasing Office until 1 :30pm , December 11th , 2008 ... " to read , " ... w ill be rece ived at the Purchasing Office unti l 1 :30pm , January 8th , 2009 .. ." A s igned copy of this Addendum should be included in the sealed bid envelope at the ti me of bid submittal. Fa ilu re to acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum could cause the subject bidder to be considered "NON-RESPONSIVE ," resulting in disqualification. ADDENDUM NO . 1 ACKNOWL EDGEMENT: By : ____________ _ Company : ____________ _ Address : ____________ _ City : _________ Sta te : __ _ Te lep hone#: ___________ _ Frank S. Crumb , PE Director, Water Department Approved :_J:_o _,_f\;.,_· -~-1 ° ....... i_i-'--- Tony Sholola , P.E. Eng inee ri ng Manager Addendum No. 1, Page 1 ADDENDUM NO . 2 to the General Contract Documents & Specifications WA TE R AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM -1 WAL TON AVE . FROM Whitman Avenue To Woodway Drive WOODWAY DR. From Walton Avenue to Trail Lake 0 .0 .E. No. 5313 Addendum No. 2 Issued: Tuesday, December 30, 2009 Bid Opening Thursday January 8th, 2009 This Addendum . forms part of the General Contract Documents & Specificat ions for the above referenced Project and modifies the ori g inal General Contract Documents & Specifications . Bidder shall acknowl edg e re ce ipt of this addendum in the spaces provided be low , in the proposal and acknowledge receipt on the outer envelope of the Bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification . The plans and spec ification documents are hereby revised by th is addendum and attached as follows : CO NTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS: 1. BID PROPOSAL , Page BP -4 A. Dele te Item No . 78 , 810-0571 , Pipe Fitt in gs -A\NWAC310 ... RCCP Pipe 2. BID PROPOSAL , Page BP -5 A Mo dify Item No . 8A, BID -0619 , Descriptio n to read, "Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection Sy stem (16 " and 24 " DI Pipe), pe r LS". 3 BID PROPOSAL , Page BP -7 A. Mo dify Item No . 20, 810 -0726 , Approximate Quantity , from "5" Each to "6" Each . Valve -24 Inch -Res il ient Gate Valve wNault -Per EA 4. BID PROPOSAL , Pa ge BP -11 A. Modify Item No . 38 , 810 -0539 , Unit from "LS ' to "EA ", Dehole -0 to 5FT Depth -Study per EA 5 BID PROPOSAL , Page BP -17 A. Modify Item No . 26, BID -0539, Uni t from "LS " to "EA ", Dehole -0 to 5FT Depth -Study per EA 6 . Replace sheets BP-4 , BP-5 , BP-7, BP -11 and BP-17 with revised sheets BP-4R , BP -5R. 8P -7 R, BP -11R and BP -17R. 7. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 13110 , CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVA NI C ANODE A Mo dify Page 13110-7 , Paragraph 2.14 Is olation Fittings , B Flange Insulating Kits , as fo llows : 1. Gaskets: Full face Type E with elastomeric sealing element. Gaskets shall by Central Plastics • Jock 0-Ring" o r equivalent. Sealing element shall be reta i ned in a groove within the re tainer portion of the gasket. 2 . Insulating S leeves: Full-le ngth fiberglass re inforced epoxy (NEMA G -10 grade), canvas , li nen , or paper based phenolic , h ig h-density polyethylene , Nomex , or Mylar. 3 . Insulating Washers: CE Phenolic or fiberglass reinforced e poxy (NEMA G -10 grade) 4 . Steel Washers: Plated, hot ro ll ed steel , 1 /8-inch thick 5 . Molded one-piece sleeve and washers may be substituted for t he insulatin g sleeves and insu la ting washers specified above . Mo lded one-piece sleeve and washers shall be made of Minion. 6 . Manufacturers: a . Pacific Seal , Inc., Burbank , CA . b . Advanced Products and Systems , Lafayette . LA. c . Centra l P last ics Company , Shawnee, OK. Addendum No . 2. Page 1 of 2 CO NSTRUCTION PLANS : 1. SHEET 3 .05 , Woodway Lane Water Line, Sta . 0+00 to Sta . 5 .25 A. Delete note , "Sta 0+03 .02 , Insta ll 24"X6" Anchor Tee .. • This item is no t needed , fire hydrant has been located elsewhere . 2. SHEET 3 08 , Woodway Lane Water Line , Sta . 15+00 to Sta . 20+00 A. De lete note , "PhasE 2A , Stat 16+63 .98 , 1-24 "X6 " Anchor Tee ... ". This item is not needed , Fire Hydrant has been located elsewhere . 8 . Mod ify note , "Sta . 17+00 , Install 4" Blo w-Off, Install Sump Man hole . .", to rea d , "Sta . 17+00 ,lnstall 6 " Blow-Off, Install Sum p Manhole , Install 6 " Gave Valve , Install 6' Gate Va lve , Ancho red . 3. SHE ET 3 .10 , Woodway Lane Water Line , Sta . 24+50 to Sta . 26+94 A. Add note , '24 ' WL Sta . 26+47 .53 , In stall 1-24 'X8 " An c hor Tee· A si gned copy of th is Addendum should be incl uded in the sealed bid envelope at the time of bid su bm ittal. Failure to acknow ledge the rece ipt of this Addendum cou ld cause the subject bidder to be cons idered "NON -RESPONSIVE ,' res ulting in disqual ifi cation . ADDENDUM NO . 2 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT : By : _____________ _ Compan y: _____________ _ Address : _____________ _ Ci ty : __________ State: ___ _ Te lephone #: ____________ _ Frank S . Crumb , PE Director , Water Department Approved : (o n'J !S£./J. Tony Sholola , P.E. En g in eering Manager Addendum No . 2, Page 2 of 2 ADD E NDUM NO . 3 to the General Contract Documents & Spec ificatio ns WATE R AND SANI TARY SEWER REPLAC E MEN T CONTRAC T 200 5 W SM-1 WA LTON AVE. F ROM Whitman Avenue To Woodway Drive WOODWAY OR. From Walton Ave n ue to Tra il Lake D.O .E. No . 5 31 3 Addend um No . 3 Issued : Wednesda y, December 31, 2009 Bid Openin g Thursday January 8 1 \ 2009 This Addendum , form s part of the Genera l Contract Documents & Specifications for t he above referenced Proj ect and modifies the original Gene ral Contract Documents & Specification s . Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the spaces provided be low , in the proposal and acknowledge receipt on the ou ter enve lope of the Bid . Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum co uld su bject the bidder to disq ua li ficat ion . T he plans and specificat ion documents are hereby rev is ed by this addendum and atta c hed as fol lows : CON T RA CT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS : 1. BID PROPOSA L , Page BP -5R A. Modify Item No . 88, BI D-061 9 , De script ion to rea d , "Pipe -Pre ssu re -Cathodic Protection System (16" and 24" Steel Pipe), pe r LS ". 2. BID PROPOSAL , Page BP -SR A Mod ify Item No . BC . 810 -0619 , Description to read , "Pipe -Pressure -Cathod ic Protection System (16 " and 24" Concrete Pipe), per LS ". 3. Replace sheet BP-SR with rev ised sheet BP-5R2 . A signed co py of thi s Addendu m should be included in the sea led b id enve lope at the time of bid submittal . Failure to acknow led ge the recei pt of this Addend um could cause the su bject bidder to be cons idered "NON -RESPONSIVE," res u lting in disqualification . ADDENDUM NO . 3 AC KNOWLEDGEMENT: By : _____________ _ Compa ny : ____________ _ Address : _____________ _ C1 ty · _________ State · __ _ T elephone #: ___________ _ S . Frank Cru m b , PE Director, Wate r Department Approved : __ / 0_"~:f.__~_i_o_lc_o-'--lq_ Tony Shol ola, P.E. Engineering Manager Addendum No . 3, Pa ge 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO . 4 to the General Cont ract Docu m ents & Spe ci fi cat ion s WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 W S M-1 WAL TON AVE . FROM Whitman Avenue To Woodway Drive WOODWAY DR. From Walton Av enue t o T rail Lake 0.0.E. No . 5313 Addendum No. 1 Iss ued : Wed ne sday, Dece m ber 3'ct. 200 8 Bid Open ing Thursday Decem ber 111 h , 2008 R EVISE D BI D O P ENING DATE : Thursday , Jan uary 81 h, 200 9 Addendum No .2 lssued :Tuesday , Dece mber30 ,2008 Addendum No. 3 Iss ued : Wed n esday , Decemb e r 31 , 200 8 ADDENDUM NO . 4 ISSUED : Monday , January 0 5 , 2009 REVISED BID OPENING DATE : Bid Opening Thursday January 15 TH' 2009 This Add endum, forms part of the G eneral Contract Doc umen ts & Spec ificat ions for the above refere nce d Project and mod ifie s the orig inal Gene ral Co nt ra ct Doc um ents & Specification s. B idd er shall ackn owle dge receipt of this ad dend um in th e sp aces provided below , in the p roposal an d ack now ledge rec eipt on the outer enve lope of the Bid. Fail ure to ackno wledg e rece ipt of th is add endum co ul d subject the bidder to disqua lifi cat ion . The plans and spec ificati on docum ents are hereby rev is ed by this addend um as foll ows : CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS : 1. NOT ICE T O BID DER S , and COMPR E HEN SIVE NOTIC E TO BIDD ERS A. Rev ise" ... wi ll be received at the Purchas ing Office unt il 1 :30pm , Dec ember 11 1 \ 2008 ... " to read ," ... will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1 :30pm , January 15 rn , 2009 ... " 2. BID PROP O SAL , Page BP -11R A. Ad d Bid It em No . 39 , 810 -0442 , Pave men t -2-lnch HMAC on 6-ln ch Flex Bas e -Temporary - Ins ta ll per LF , Ap pro xima te Quan t ity of 5,530 LF . 3. 8 10 PROPOSAL , Page BP -18 A. Mod ify the la st paragraph fr om "Th e Bidder Ag rees to ... , an d to com pl ete the c on tract within 150 c alendar days ... " to re ad "The Bidder Agrees to .... and to complete the c ontr act within 200 calendar days ... " 4. Re place Bid Propos al Page 11 R w ith th e revis ed enclos ed page BP -11 R2 5. Part DA -Add ition al Specia l Co nd ition s , Pages AS C-1 to 3 A. Modi fy pages A SC -1, ASC -2 and ASC-3 to sho w "OMITIED" on all of the conditions that do not apply to the project. 6. Replace Part DA-Add itional Special Conditions , Pages ASC -1 to 3, w ith the revi sed enclosed pages ASC -1 R, ASC -2R and ASC -3 R. A signed co py of th is Addendum should be included in the sea led bid envelope at the time of bid submi tta l. Fa ilure to acknow ledge the receipt of this Add endum could caus e th e subject b idder to be cons idered "NON -RESPO NSIVE ," resulting in disquali f ication . Addendu m No . 4 Page 1 of 2 ADDENDUM NO . 4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT : By ______________ _ Company : _____________ _ Address :. _____________ _ City : __________ State : ___ _ Telephone#: ____________ _ Frank S . Crumb, PE Director. Water Department - Approved :. _ _,1.-'o:C....:.,I\-J-___.:::.....:..:..__----1...!l::- T o Sholola , P .E. Engineering Manage r Addendum No . 4 Page 2 of 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 DALE A. FISSELER, P.E. City Manager D.O.E. No. 5313 WATER AND SEWER IMPROVEMENTS WATER PROJECT NO. P253 606170 0395 83 SEWER PROJECT NO. P258 706170 0395 83 CITY PROJECT NO. 00395 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS NOVEMBER 2008 FRANKS. CRUMB, P.E. DIRECTOR, WATER DEPARTMENT GREG SIMMONS, P.E. MIKE MONCRIEF Mayor ACTING DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BHB PROJECT NO: 2006.700.000 Baird, Hampton & Brown, Inc. 6300 Ridglea Place, Suite 700 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Tel (817) 338-12n, Fax (817) 338-9245 TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS W/ GREEN CEMENT POLICY CoMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS W/ GREEN CEMENT POLICY PREVAILING WAGE RATE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (WATER DEPT.) -BLUE- PART 8 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES SPECIFICATIONS -PINK- PAOPOSAL GREEN QEMENT COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CoNFLICT OF INTEREST FORM PARTC GENERAL CoNDITIONS (WATER DEPT.) -YELLOW- SECTION C-1; SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO SECTION C -GOLDENROD- PART D SPECIAL CoNOITIONS (WATER DEPT.)-GREEN- ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CoNDITIONS (WATER DEPT.) -GREEN- PART E PARTF SPECIFICATIONS : REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER DEPT. PROJECTS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR CoMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW PERFORMANCE BoND PAYMENT 8oND MAINTENANCE BoND VENDOR COMPLIANCE W/ STATE LAW ExPERIENCE RECORD EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PARTG CONTRACT (WATER DEPT.) APPENDICES APPENDIX A-STANDARD CITY OF FORT WORTH DETAILS APPENDIX B -TRAFFIC CONTROL APPENDIX C-CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX 0-SOIL REPORTS PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT PREY AILING WAGE RA TE (W1R) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (WATER DEPT.)-BLUE- SHORT FORM NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 WAL TON A VENUE From Whitman A venue To Woodway Drive WOODWAY DRIVE From Walton Avenue To Trail Lake Addressed to: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION J.000 THROCKMORTON ST FORT WORTH TX 76102-6311 Jc..~uv.Jf IS,2 oD, ~t stJ<A.icj ~ I A,iO 'l will be received at the Purchasing Office until l :30 p:-m., lhwmber 11, £0 8:W and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers . Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications for this project may be obtained in the office of Baird Hampton & Brown, Engineering & Surveying, 6300 Ridglea Place, Suite 700, Fort Worth, Texas 76116. A Sixty Dollar ($60) non-refundable fee is required for each set of bid documents. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders . The major work will consist of the following: 2700± L.F. 24-inch Water Main and Appurtenances 1830± L.F. 16-inch Water Main and Appurtenances 3870± L.F. 8-inch Sanitary Sewer, Manholes, and Appurtenances Bidders shall comply with the City's Green Cement Policy as stipulated in the 'Comprehensive Notice to Bidders' of these specifications and contract documents . For additional information, please contact Roberto C. Sauceda, Project Manager, City of Fort Worth -Water Department at Telephone Number: 817-392-2387 and/or Konstantine Bakintas, P.E., BHB Engineering & Surveying at 817-338-1277 x301. Advertising Dates: November 20, 2008 November 27, 2008 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following : FOR: WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 D.O.E. NO. 5315 UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS WATER NO. P253 606170 0395 83 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS SEWER NO. P258 706170 0395 83 Addressed to: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION 1000 THROCKMORTON ST FORT WORTH TX 76102-6311 Ja_n,t_uU-t. t3 1 ~ o<JCf will be received at the Purchasing Office until l :30 p.m., 1'1mrsda3c~ctl;i0&B and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers . Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications for this project may be obtained in the office of the Baird Hampton & Brown, Engineering & Surveying, 6300 Ridglea Place, Suite 700, Fort Worth, Texas 76116. A Sixty Dollar ($60) non-refundable fee is required for each set of bid documents. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: The major work on the above project shall consist of the following: 2700± L.F. 24-inch Water Main and Appurtenances 1830± L.F. 16-inch Water Main and Appurtenances 3870± L.F. 8-inch Sanitary Sewer, Manholes, and Appurtenances Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications. NOTICES All bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5159a of "Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City of Fort Worth Ordinance no . 7 400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-221 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in the employment practices. Bid security may be required in accordance with Special Instructions to Bidders. The City of Fort Worth reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all formalities . No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date bids are opened. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after the opening of bids, but in ilo case will the award be made until all the necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the Contract. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS initialing the appropriate spaces on the Addenda Index and Receipt form(s). Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Water Department at (817) 392-2387. Bidders, using the printed copy, shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders must complete the proposal section(s) and submit the complete specification book or face rejection of the bid as non-responsive. It is recommended that the bidder make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time deadline stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the City of Fort Worth Project Manager named in this solicitation. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City of Fort Worth contracts . A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WANER FORM, GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (with "Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five ( 5) City of Fort Worth business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City of Fort Worth received the Documentation. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. As per Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3536, the City Manager is authorized to specify the purchase of dry kiln cement as the base bid in City of Fort Worth bid projects, with an alternative bid for the purchase of cement from an unspecified source and preferential purchasing for bids from a cement kiln with emissions not exceedi{1g l . 7 pounds of NOx per ton of clinker produced. In cases where cement meeting the above requirements is not available, and where cement from a non-compliant source must be utilized, the Contractor shall furnish good faith effort documentation in the form of letters from two North Texas cement suppliers of green cement stating that no stock of green cement is available for the contractor at that time. These letters shall be considered valid for a maximum of one week after which new letters must be submitted to the Project Inspector if green cement continues to remain unavailable. All related costs for complying with the Green Cement Policy shall be considered subsidiary to the applicable project pay items . The contractor shall submit the Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement or the good faith effort documentation at the time the of bid opening of the project. A copy of the Compliance Statement is attached at the end of this section . Failure to comply with the Green Cement Policy may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. SUBMISSION OF BID AND AW ARD OF CONTRACT The proposal within this document is designed as a package. In order to be considered an acceptable bid, the Contractor is required to submit a bid for the complete proposal. A bid proposal submittal that is received with the proposal incomplete will be rejected as being non-responsive. The Contractor who submits the bid with the lowest price, will be the apparent successful bidder for the project. Bidders are hereby informed that the Director of the Water Department reserves the right to evaluate and recommend to the City of Fort Worth City Council the bid that is considered to be in the best interest of the City of Fort Worth. COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS PRE-QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER DEPARTMENT WORK The Water and/or sanitary sewer improvements, if applicable, must be performed by a contractor who is pre-qualified by the Water Department at the time of bid opening. The procedure for the pre-qualification is outlined in the "Special Instructions to Bidders (Water/ Sewer) For additional information, please contact Mr. Roberto Sauceda at (817) 392-2387, or Mr. Konstantine Bakintas, P .E . at (817) 338-1277. CHARLES R. BOSWELL CITY MANAGER Advertising Dates: November 20, 2008 November 27, 2008 By: _____________ _ Tony Sholola, P.E Water Department, Engineering Manager MARTY HENDRIX CITY SECRET ARY Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws (a) Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b) Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. ( c) Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or sub~ontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. (d) Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph ( c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. ( e) Records to be Maintained. The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all . -··-·---· --··· -··-··------··--···-·· ····---------·-----------------------------··--------------------------------·------------- reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. (f) Pay Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. (g) Posting of Wage Rates. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. (h) Subcontractor Compliance. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. ------·····--------·-----------·------------------··------------------. Class ification AC Mechanic AC Mechanic Helper Acoustical Ceiling Mechanic Bricklayer /Stone Mason Bricklayer /Stone Mason Helper Carpenter Carpenter Helper Concrete Finisher Concrete Form Builder Drywall Mechanic Drvwall Helper Drywall Taper Drywall Taper Helper Electrician (Journeyman) Electrici an Helper Electronic Technician Electronic Technician Helper Floor Layer (Resilient) Floor Layer Helper Glazier Glazier Heloer Insulator Insulator Helper Laborer Common Laborer Skilled Lather Painter . Painter Helper Pipefitter Pipefitter Helper Plasterer Plasterer Helper 2008 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY I H,ly~te I Classification $21.69 Plumber $12.00 Plumber Helper S15.24 Reinforcing Steel Setter $19.12 Roofer $10.10 Roofer Helper $16.23 SheetNietalWorker $11.91 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $13.49 Sprinkler System Installer $13.12 Sprinkler Svstem Installer Helper $14.62 Steel Worker Structural $10.91 Concrete Pump Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D·Line $13.00 Shovel $9.00 Forklift $20.20 Front End Loader $14.43 Truck Driver $19.86 Welder $12.00 Welder Helper $20.00 $13.00 $18.00 $13.00 $14.78 $11.25 $10.27 $13.18 $16.10 $14.83 $8.00 $18.85 $12.83 $17.25 $12.25 ---------------------------- Hrly Rate $20 .43 S14.90 s10.oo S14.00 $10.00 $16.96 $12 .31 $18.00 $9.00 $17.43 $20.50 $17.76 $12.63 $10 .50 $14 . 91 $16 .06 $9 .75 HEAVY & ffiGHW A Y CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RA TES 2008 Air Tool Ooerator Asphalt Distributor Operator Asphalt Paving Machine Operator Asphalt Raker Asphalt Shoveler Batching Plant Weigher Broom or Sweeper Operator Bulldozer Operator Carpenter Concrete Finisher, Paving Concrete Finisher, Structures Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator Concrete Paving Finishing Machine Operator Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator Concrete paving Saw Operator Concrete Paving Spreader Operator Concrete Rubber Crane, Clamshell , Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator Electrician Flae:!!er Form Builder/Setter, Structures Form Setter, Paving & Curb Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted Front End Loader Operator Laborer, Common Laborer, Utilitv Mechanic Milling Machine Operator , Fine Grade Mixer Operator Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade Motor Grader Operator, Rough Oiler Painter, Structures Pavement Marking Machine Operator Pipe layer Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self-Propelled Roller Operator, Steel Wheel , Flat Wheel/Tamping Roller Operator, Steel Wheel , Plant Mix Pavement Scraper Operator Servicer Slip Form Machine Operator Spreader Box Operator Tractor Operator, Crawler Type Tractor Operator, Pneumatic Traveling Mixer Operator Truck Driver, Lowboy-Float Truck Driver, Single Axle, Heavy Truck Driver, Single Axle, Light Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi-Trailer Truck Driver, Transit-Mix w~on Drill, Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller Operator Welder Work Zone Barricade Servicer $10.06 $13.99 $12.78 $11.01 $ 8.80 $14.15 $ 9.88 $13 .22 $12.80 $12.85 $13 .27 $12 .00 $13 .63 $12.50 $13.56 $14 .50 $10.61 $14.12 $18.12 $ 8.43 $11 ,63 $11.83 $13.67 $16.30 $12.62 $ 9.18 $10 .65 $16 .97 $11.83 $11.58 $15.20 $14.50 $14.98 $13.17 $10.04 $11.04 $14.86 $16.29 $11.07 $10.92 $11.28 $11.42 $12.32 $12.33 $10.92 $12.60 $12.91 $12.03 $14.93 $11.47 $10.91 $11.75 $12.08 $14.00 $13.57 $10.09 . ·-----------·-----------------------------------------~------------··-------·---------·----------- - SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS l). PREOUALIFICA TION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bid s are required to be prequalified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids . This prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder 's responsibility to submit the following documentation : a current financial statement, an acceptable experience record, an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids . a) The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (I) year old . In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shaU be updated by proper verification. b) For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must refled the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. c) The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. d) Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive and will be rejected as such . e) The City, in its sole discretion, may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. f) Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened , and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered. g) The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be receive.d. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification . 2. BID SECURITY: A cashier's check, or an acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Fort Worth , in an amount of not less than five (5%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas . In addition, the surety must (I) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$I00,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of.a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such rninsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein . 3. BONDS: A performance lxmd, a payment lxmd, and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (!00%) percent of the contract price will be required , Reference C 3-3 . 7. 09/10/04 4 . WAGE RA TES: Section CJ-3 .13 of the General Conditions is deleteJ and replaced with the following: (a) The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258 , Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258 , Texas Government Code . Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents . (b) The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance ofthe work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to ~ch wor~~~;., }l~~;. !_<;:?,r~_s_ ~haJI IJ~ open at all reast1na?le hours for in~pect}?l1 by ~l!~ ~\ty;!_fhl . , 's~o ' .. l :to1.A!idif',:.ifudet'c ara · 'h ,LofSection.Cl :·su · leirieiitiuyCoililitiohs:$6\Piirt:C ''t"">1. .-t:,,<:;t'i\',.~: "iliiP,,-.,~P .. ,., , · -PP · · · , · · · · .-,_ · ·· · · ... .:,·_ P-.!•Q..~~/P. _ , .. :to . _s ·1q~p,~on. (c) The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above . (d) With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code . The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times . 5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices · in the Proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 6 . BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas . 7 . NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located . "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state . This provision does not apply if this contract involves foderal funds . The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order fi..)r the bid to meet specifications. The failure ofa nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 8. PAYMENT: If the bid amount is $25 ,000 .00 or less , the contract amount shall be paid within fi.1rty- five ( 45) calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City. 9 . AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers , members, agents employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms , conditions 09/10/04 2 - or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of a bona fide occupational qualification , retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf: shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract , a maximum age limit for such employment w1less the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification , retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor warrants it will folly comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserte<l by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. IO. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (''ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfolly discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, tenns and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with AD A's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 11. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City ofFort Worth Ordinance No . 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts . A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder sha ll submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTCLIZA TION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR W AIYER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5 :00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was receive<l by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive . Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE . The misreprese11tation of facts ( other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for tennination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being detennined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years . 12. FINAL PAYMENT, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY: a . The contractor will receive full payment (less retainage) from the city for each pay period . 09/10/04 3 b. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the-project as being complete. c . The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City. d . The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch li st has been completed . e . Bills Paid Atlidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable . f In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the city and there is a dispute regarding (i) final quantities, or (ii) liquidated damages, city shall make a progress payment in the amount that city deems due and payable. g . In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages , the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days . 09/10/04 4 - PARTB MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES SPECIFICATIONS -PINK- PROPOSAL GREEN CEMENT COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CONFLICT OF INTEREST FORM FORT WORTH a --. ,,,.... -City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY :;:, \lf;t6e tJ<>Ja (d~J!,c~~;Yal~e'-~r·~;~;c~ntra ~t ff:,$2~·._oot£')!!~~~. th~ ~/WBE ~oal is ,apf)li~able : >: · \0Jf,ttfe:fqtaE~o.!l ar-va1 4e ofthe ccintfc)Ct is,J~!{s ,thai'l'$25;0cfO; Qie 'MLWBE oaLis;riol -a 'plicable .,; POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis . All requirements and r~gulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid . M/WBE PROJECT GOALS The C ity's M/WBE goa l on this project is 2 3 % of the total bid (Base bid appli es to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25 ,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following : 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal, or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is received by 5:00 p.m ., five (5) City business days after the bid met or exceeded: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5 :00 p.m ., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. stated goal : 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if no M/WBE participation : opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date . 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, if you will received by 5:00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date , exclusive of the bid opening date . 5. Joint Venture Form , if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p .m., five (5) City busine ss days after th e bid to met or exceed goal. opening date , exclusive of th e bid opening date . FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S M/WBE ORDINANCE, Will RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED . NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS . Any questions , please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104. Rev. 11/1/05 FORT WORTH A TI ACHMENT 1 B Pag e 1 of 1 -........... City of Fort Worth Prime Contractor Waiver Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe C.O nevf---s e < orime I M/W/DBE I I NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME: ., ' BID DATE City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER :)_3, % If both answers to this form are YES , do not complete ATIACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided , if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO, then you must complete ATIACHMENT 1C. This form is only applicable if both answers are yes . Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES If yes , please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the s ize and scope of this NO project, this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business. Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES If yes , please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project , this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business . NO The bidder further agrees to provide , d irectly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors , including M/WBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original M/WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid . The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/WBEs on this contract , by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for in itiating action under Federal , State or Local laws concerning false statements _ Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one ( 1) year. Authorized Signature Pri nted Signature Title Contact Na me (if different) Compa ny Name Phone Number Fa x Number Add ress Emai l Address City/Sta te/Zip Date Rev. 5/30/03 FORT WORTH ..___ . ---. City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form N-1 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 1 of 3 Check applicable block to describe M/W/DBE BID DATE If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accur~tely preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder . . F~ilu_re·~f 0, :compiete ,,this ;'for:m, in .ifs .. en,tirety w \t f :~4p~6:rtip~/c:t p cu~e~tation,, and -r~ceived .by the ,M~na~ir ~ Department.<>fl or befQ'r:ii 5:00 P/'!l '. five '.(5) ,G~fyJt?\•~\,n~l~,,~~ys ~ft~r ~id opeii(ng ,,exclus.ive of bjij'.<?~JJirig date., wW resutt. jn the, b.i~ b¢intt corj,$ide~(JJt/1JJ>JJ/f:e,~p 9 n~)QeJ Q:t;>id ,,~p~cificl3tioi1s. ,·. · ,·. , 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity} for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2nd tier. (Use additional sheets, if necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities Rev. 05/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open date) list of M/WBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's M/WBE Office. /ves __ No Date of Listing _J_Q_1 cP-/ I 08' 3.) Did you solici.t bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? V Yes (If yes, attach M/W~E mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) __ No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? -6es {If yes, attach list to include name of M/WBE firm, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact.) __ No NOTt;,t '5 <fa~s1~i,(e may,be used ,td,,~5>rtiply~\i,,·itti"~ith~r 3 or 4, but i6ay riotbe 'used for both; If a facsimile is use~; attach.'the fax confirniatioi:l'; which 'is :toO{provide IVI/Wf3E riame, 0date, time, fax number and ciocunfent,af,ion faxed. '; . ,.,, ,: .. -~ . , < ' ' ·; ;, ··. . ·l',IOTE: lfttui':l_ist of M/WBEs. for a '.particul~r -~ub.contractirig/suppli~r opportunity)sten (10}°'or less/the biddei',,aJ°i;~~t ,c~ntac,· tll~: entire-:list<J~ ;lie il),,c <>mp(iance wi,th ~'tiesfi~rs:.J: and '4 ... m the list of: M/WJ3Es J9.r; A par:ticuiar'. subcontracting/suppfiet/<>pporton,ity is .tenJj o'for', mor~>th~'~idder '.must , conta<:t at· least two.:: thirds ,(2/3) of the lisfwithin . such· ~rea. ~f,opportunity{bl;it' not :t_e~~:tha~' ten to be. in compliance with qu~stions 3 and 4. •.. . ... · .. · . .,. : . • < , •. · •,: ( . , 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? _;,L_ves __ No 6.) Submit documentation if M/WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. (Please use additional sheets, if necessarv, and attach.} Company Name Telephone _ Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection ~, I J ,& -A--J.-eA . -n,-A ,{ 0 I' j 0 ~ ~ " " Rev. 05/30/03 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's E 0 Printed Si nat ~Vy\(L Title Contact Name and Title (if different) C12:0c;vt~<'conS\:)1( cliC),'l\x, LP Company Name <?17 -5 ~!.f -1113 Kl 7 -'63'-I-4 55~ Phone Number Fax Number :(o.]>ox \':S':±Y ~ Address fp{-h uJ-o~ t.Y) -f X \ J{~ Y '( ~ @ 00,ctj S-e.-V:. CJ),c(\_ ail Add ess 1 /t~J 05 Dattf 1 City/State/Zip l Rev. 05/30/03 - - FORT WORTH -~ City of Fort Worth Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 4 Check applicable block to describe prime M/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE ~ DDS u.)SIYJ -I ~-----B-ID-OA_T_E ___ ~ acemPvi C.o'l'l+r-o 1 1-15' -oq Prime's M/WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER Do£ ;Jo. 5313 Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to ci>mpiet~)his fe>rrrr( i(jJ t~.,:,~nti,r&ty 'w ith: fefcfueste,d , ~qc J ment~tior)'/and . r~ceived by ,the.· Managing : Department on or before '.5';00, p.m :'.'.fi ~e I5f City,bus fn~ss idays:aftef;~{cr'op~ning, exclusive· of bid openi'ng date, will result in the biq heing 'conside red nor:1:::resp0n,sive )9 h f.c:tspecifiq'at,ionf , ,, , , , .:·:/ __ . ,:, '(:-\i/f i-· .• ,_-;:. ''.'\:. :<>·-····.\(/ .;' _ ;,,::_i(X /.·:,~' ·/.·:j .J~i,~/ ,.://'_}}'\ -•_>: •. }::?-:i.. .. . . The undersigi:led;;Qffero'rJ,agrees ,fo ' eht~t;in.fo ;~1J o:rm~l }ag re~fue n'f 1with:4 he·;, ~/WBE firm( s) )isted in ·this utilization schedule, .co,ndit !o.n1:d ;ti pori -~*~f~tion .,~t.·i -c dntra9t )?':i!.IJ/A~~;:City ,of'-F;ort yvorth ,, The A,ntentio,nal .. and/or knowing,)TJisrej:>res~htation nf facts'.;is',grourjc!s ,for ,,corisideratioit p,t :disquallfication-ahd -wil Fresult in the ,, bid being co,q,sid~t ~d J (on ::,t~sp9nsiv~J9t,>i dj~dfi~~tfon~/i: ,;: ;r;f:y:;;ft,:r.::;:;, . ' ' M/WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant , Parker, Johnson , Collin, Dallas, Denton , Ellis , Kaufman and Rockwall counties. Identify each Tier level. Tier is the level of subcontracting ,-below the prime contractor, i.e., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a s1,1bcoritractor is considt'ire,cl 151 tier, .a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier , · ALL M/WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division . Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous with Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized ; the prime will be given credif;~s l9ng asJhe M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The M/WBE may lease trucks from another M/WBE firm, including M/WBE owner-operators, and receive full · M/WBE credit. The M/WBE may lease trucks from non-M/WBEs, including owner.:operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the M/WBE as outlined in the lease aweement. Rev. 5/30/03 FORTWORTH ~ ATTACHMENT 1 A P age 2 of 4 Primes are required to id e ntify ALL subcontractors/s uppl iers, regardless of status ; i.e ., Minority, Wom en a nd non-M/WBEs . Pl ea se list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary . Certification N (check one ) "o' SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER n T N T ' Detail Detail Company Name i C X -~'; Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Address e M w T D W . Telephone/Fax r B B R 0 :Ii E E C T A .:;1· ROBERT GRANADOS TRUC KI NG Tru..c.../C-~ $9/ 130.06 H-o. LA\ 4608 Sandage I v Fo rt Worth , Texas 76 11 5 Su '( 'Pl u..S. ' (8 17 ) 875 -2400 Q_o nC.N.4e_ COWTOWN REDI-M IX koti -r11;x -;::- PO Box 162327 v / $ ?i(.p, C,Y).oo Fort Worth, Texas 7616 1 l V (8 17) 759-19 19 f(8 !7) 759 -1 716 -r '(t>,..f.{ ,· c... Cowtown Tra ffic Contro l, In c . C.CXJ 1 <o J ::/>'11 /pOO· oO Rooseve lt Burre ll $ Gifl)li es 2724 Bryan Avenue I Fort Worth, TX 76 104 V V' PH: 817 -924-4524 FX : 8 17926-2725 Tru Blu e Services, LLC H yd Y() ml,l ic~ t; ;;).,,c)OO · 00 87 16 S. Water Tower Rd. I v .... 5~1<5 Fort Worth , Texas 7 6 179 p hone: 8 17-9 17-32 38 ~1v $ 8 , ,oo.ov MJ PIP ELI N E INS PECTION, INC. .::r:-~~1 '10Y) PO Box 851 I V o~ LiY\tS, Granbu ry , TX 76048-08 5 1 Melody Bend ewald (8 17) 946-11 26 NATIONAL WATERWORKS :p j ~ I 1-Hti~ $ 0J 0 D Ir v \}CA\Ves. /7/-{J O. PO Box 840700 ,I Dall as , Texas 7 5284 I (800) 252-15 57 Rev. 5130/0 3 I FO RT WORTH ~ ATIACH MENT 1A Page 3 o f 4 Primes are required to id e ntify ALL subcontractors/s uppli ers, rega rdless of statu s ; i .e ., Minority, Wom e n and non-M/WBEs . Pl ease list M/WBE firms first, use additional s heets if necess ary . Certification ':.N r:t (check on e) . ;i ~h SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T ,, -·n T ; ?? . Detail Detail Company Name i N ;_".f~ · Address M w C X i&J Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount e T D ~\'\ /, Telephone/Fax r B B ~// R 0 :,a· E E C T '/-/,', •E, A 41?. l I/ /i5P,q I+ $ 3Vo0-0 1) REYNOLDS ASPHALT & ,/ CONSTRUCTION COMPAN Y / PO Box 37 0 E ul ess, Texas 76039 (8 17)267-31 3 1 RINKER MATERIALS .pi 9 f, ~: -Hi Yffi $ oo v-1/C>l. \ v-e~ PO Box 730 197 I i,-v 3 1 {pOO D all as, Texas 75 37 3 -01 97 (8 17) 49 1-43 21 Rev . 5/30/03 FORT WORTH ~ Total Dollar Amount of M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers ,. Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Supbliers - $ $ ATIACHMENT 1A Page 4 of 4 I Cf.3~ 5 ~ t). 0 0 - 0;)..</, O;)Q . o6 TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ '6 / 7,' 580. O() , The Contractor wilf riotm ~~~:-~dqitiors '. ~deletions, oi'fa.upstit~tJo''}~ ,tc{tbi.k:de,rtif!e<j)ist'withoutthe prior approval of the Minority a·nd 'Y,Voi)if&<~4$ir1ess Enterpris ~ ~me~ ,M.~ry1 i ~(i >r;,~~sig,h~,})~rqugh /;,th~/ submittal of a Request forApptpval,-.qf-,:Gftar,geJAd,ditipn. Any:tfr:iJµiWfie<(9tlatig~J or :,,d;¢,l~ti.9til/sha(t b~,.a:·material, breach of contract and m,f£'{e'sul(ir{;-d~barro ~nt '. in accord wittf :tf(e}proc €dd'f~~):>utlim"~d {(rj'.Jhe!ordinancEL Jtie .. contractor ' ' "·· /' . ·., ;, /,. '·.·· , :)Z' ''. /.;'· '\ / ·/ .···/ ;, '.,'. .·, ·' ' /.. ··:,.., f ·,/' :,;.· /.-~ '-'. :~ ''i-,::·, /. -,;;,-···// ,/,,_~·/ 'Y." '.' -ZJ./: 'i-, -,.,~~:::..·· . .' z ' shall submit a . detall.eq explanation ·of how the requ_es!ed ?chahge/~~chtior:( qr ,tl~etion will affe'ct the committed MM/BE goaL)f the' det~il,~xpiahatiorf :i~'not submittec(i ~ill :a~~ct th.¢Jih~(¢,9riJpli~r:tc~_i'determination . , . ·•.• By affixing a signature to this form, the Offerer further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request , complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/W/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offerer also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/W/DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offerer and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Printed Signatre ~VY\~ .. ~tact NamefTitle (if different) __. , -n 1 0,1 ~ w 1-. '6/7::5~ ·/743 (g, 7 )534 -455 (p Telephone and/or Fax Address City/State/Zip Date Re v. 5/30/0 3 FORT WORTH ,..___ •. ,--- CITY OF FORT WORTH Joint Venture Eligibility Form All questions must be answered; use "NA" if applicable. Joint Venture Page 1 of 3 ·i· Name of City project: -------:-:-----,,--~-----,-~-.. ·~')i~·,.~-·---------------- A j o int venture fonn must be completed on each project RFP/Bid /Purchasing Number: ____________ _ 1. Joint venture information: Joint Venture Name: Joint Venture Address: (If applicable) Tel ephone: Cellul ar: Facs im ile : E-mail address: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be performed by each firm comprising the ·oint venture M/WBE fi rm Non-M/WBE name: firm name: Business Address: Business Address: C ity , State, Zip: C ity, State , Zip : Te lephone Facsimil e E-mail Telephone Facs imile Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E -mail address Name of Certifying Agency: 2 S . k rfi f cope o wor pe orme db h J" V ,y t e omt enture: Describe the scope of work of the M/WBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-M/WBE: Rev . 5/30/03 Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3. What is the percentage of M/WBE participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward meeting the project goal? ----------- 4. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. 5. List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete if this info rmation is described in joint venture ag reem ent) Profit and loss sharing : Capital contributions, including equipment: Other applicable ownership interests : 6. Identify by name, race, sex and firm those individuals (with titles) who are responsible for the day-to-day management and decision making of the joint venture: Financial decisions (to include Account Payable and Receivable): Management decisions : a . Estimating --------------------------------·-------------+---------------------------------! b . Marketing and Sales ----------------------------------------------+---------------------------------< c. Hiring and Firing of management personnel ----------------------------------------·-----+---------------------------------! d . Purchasing of major equipment and/or supplies Supervision of field operations The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form . NOTE: From and after the date of project award, if any of the participants, the individually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information , then the participants must inform the City 's M/WBE Office immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City's M/WBE Ordinance . Rev . 5/30/03 AFFIDAVIT Joint Venture Pa e 3 of 3 The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correc t and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore , the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work , deci sion-making responsibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed neces sary to determine if the joint venture is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds , for termination of the eligibility process, The undersigned agree to permit audits, interviews with owners and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint venture's eligibility and may initiate action under Federal , State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerning false _ statements or willful misrepresentation of facts. ____________ ---·--·-----····---·--·-·-·-····-········-·-------·---·-··-··-·-·------·------·--·- Name ofM/WBE finn Name ofnon-M/WBE finn Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Title Title Dat e Date Notarization State of County of --------------------. ---------------- On this ______________ day of ________ , 20 __ , before me appeared _____________________ and _____________________ _ to me personally known and who, being duly sworn , did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act a~d deed . Notary Public ------------------------- Print Name Notary Public ------------------------- Signature Commission Expires ------------------------(seal) Rev. 5/30/03 PART B -PROPOSAL (THIS PROPOSAL MUST NOT BE REMOVED FROM THIS BOOK OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS} TO: Dale A. Fisseler, PE City Manager Fort Worth, Texas PROPOSAL FOR: WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 D.O.E. No. 5313 UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS WATER No. P253 606170 0395 83 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS SEWER No. P258 706170 0395 83 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined the plans, specifications, General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects and the site of the project and understands the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material except as specified to be furnished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the Plans and Specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Public Works Director of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding on and awarding the contract. Upon acceptance of this proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Perfonnance Bond, Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for the perfonning and completing the said work within the time stated and for the following sums, to-wit: UNIT I BID SUMMARY -PAGE BP-11 UNIT II BID SUMMARY -PAGE BP-17 PROJECT TOTAL BID SUMMARY-PAGE BP-18 BP-1 UNIT I: WATER LINE IMPROVEMENTS ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID (Furnish and install, including all appurtenant work, complete in place, the following items): 1* BID-0616 2* 810-0618 3* BID-0588 4* BID-0591 *Type of pipe useg.;- PVC DR-14 ___:V __ DIP Class 51 __ _ 80 LF 520 LF 25 LF 15 LF *Pipe-Pressure 6 Inch (Includes Removal or Abandonment of Ex. Water Pipe) per LF: forty Dollars #Q Cents $ 'f joo $ 3/.200.oc *Pipe-Pressure 8 Inch (Includes Removal or Abandonment of Ex. Water Pipe) per LF: roe ty-f;ve, Dollars /1/~ Cents $ '-/s .oo $ ..2 ~ 'I oo.0i *Pipe-Pressure 1 O Inch (Includes Removal or Abandonment of Existing Pipe) per LF: h·£iv Dollars I ,;1/0 Cents $ SlM $ ~.2.SOoo *Pipe-Pressure 12 Inch (Includes Removal or Abandonment of Existing Pipe) per LF: E,lty -£·ve-Dollars .A/Q Cents $ 55.oo $ ~ 2.5.oo BP-2 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 5A BID-0594 1,825 LF Pipe-Pressure 16 Inch - Install (DIP Class 250) per LF: Dollars ;Vo ,!JI{) Cents $ $ 58 BID-0594 1,825 LF Pipe-Pressure 16 Inch - Install (PVC, C-905, DR18) per LF: h F1Y -rA t-1 ~ Dollars /VO Cents Ct..,. D $ 5'j $71,7,tS' 0 5C BID-0594 1,825 LF Pipe-Pressure 16 Inch - Install (Steel) per LF: Dollars 0 /(/t) 151 Cents $ $ 6A BID-0595 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (DIP Class 200) per LF: Dollars fi/0 6 ,{) Cents $ $ 68 BID-0595 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (C-303, Bar Wrapped Concrete Cylinder) per LF: 6 0 ;Vo Dollars Cents $ $ Contractor to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-3 . Dec ,30 2008 4: OSPM . Bai rd, Hampton ~26 Brown 8172518810 ITEM BID NO . ITEM 6C BID-0595 -- 6D BID-0595 7A BID-0569 +8 BID 0571 7C BID-0570 12-<.vtc;<J. ,~,.. ,A:dd~~ ~ ::i Inu~J. l APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITIEN IN WORDS 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (PVC, C-905, DR18) per LF: /:I? A,'( Dollars A-o Cents 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (Steel) per LF: Dollars Cents 23 TON Pipe Fittings -16 Inch or> DI Pipe -Install per Ton: -fl, 1-ee -r /Jo i,flJ.AO j:11>,>-. 7 f/11 ~01-to Dollars .,A/0 Cents ' ~ +QN Pipe Fittings AIAOti<"-19.1 i .... , Garn GF G3Q3 ~9 IR SR 8F > RGGP ~i~ .. Install ~er +9R+ 9ellaFS GeR&S 23 LS Pipe Fittings -16 Inch or> Steel Pipe -Install per LS: Dollars Cents UNIT PRICE - $ ~o o.- /1,-'<.? 61 $ 00 --$3300 ~I) If J, $ /v" f;10 $ TOTAL AMOUNT BID $ .,< J6'-'f 00 0 $ $ ~? '/()P ? $ $ Contractor to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-4R p.3 ~- {. v - ITEM BID t' .. APP ROX. ; J. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL = NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 6C BID-0595 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (PVC, C-905, DR18) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ 60 BID-0595 2,705 LF Pipe-Pressure 24 Inch - Install (Steel) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ 7A BID-0569 23 TON Pipe Fittings -16 Inch or > DI Pipe -Install per Ton: Dollars Cents $ $ 78 BID-057, ~ TON Pipe Fittings -AWW A L----=-------~ ~~\t-tG- r . ~('. ),(.,y -----.\\=°" --------a ~~ ~ -t Cents ~-$ 7C BID-0570 23 LS Pipe Fittings -16 Inch or > Steel Pipe -Install per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ Contractor to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-4 ITEM NO . 8A 88 BC 9 10 BID ITEM ,., ... 81D-0619 810-0619 81D-0619 BID -0620 810 -0620 APPROX. QNTY UNIT 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1,350 LF 1,350 LF . DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID PRICES WRITIEN IN WORDS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (16" and 24 " DI) per LS : Dollars Cents Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (16 " and 24 " Steel ) per LS : Do lla rs Cen ts Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (1 6 " and 24" Con c rete) pe r LS : Dollars Cents Pipe Extra Depth > Than 1 FT (16 Inch Pipe) per LF : !110 Dollars ;S·fty Cents Pipe Ext ra Depth > Than 1 FT (24 Inch Pipe) per L F: Alo Dolla rs ;:-,·£{LI Cents r -., . UNIT TOTAL PRICE AMOUNT BID ~(,/610 $ $ ~0 1610 $ $ ~o/6Jt $ $ $ .,so $ t,7S,oo $__20 $ Ii 75 .()IJ Con tracto r to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-5R2 Dec 30 2008 4:06PM Baird , Hampton %26 Brown 81725 18 810 p.4 - ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID BA BID-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (16" and 24" DI) per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ .. 88 B!D-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic -\2e.u ':,<..d-Protection System ~ 1)8F L-&. I(," ~ l Y '. '>f4'J ru-:~ ~l fX-~~3 Dollars Cents $ $ 8C BID-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure ~thodic ,'!:.~ Protection Syste J ~ '' ~ f.-.c..' (6oROFOle) per L9: · ) l 'I" C O""C ..... ~ f I f < _Jj ~'~ Dollars lJ.: ..\l.:7 Cents $ $ 9 810--0620 1,350 LF Pipe Extra Depth > Than 1 FT (16 Inch Pipe) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ 10 BID-0620 1,350 LF Pipe Extra Depth > Than 1 FT (24 Inch Pipe) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ Contractor to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-5R -. •\;== ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 8A 810-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic \-'"\.,(' ~ction System (Dij-per (p '' ~ J..c..J" DI f' i"pe. .P (' ~ rcr-LS ~µJ-q4 Dollars ~~ Cents $" $ 88 BID-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (Steel) per LS : Dollars Cents $ $ ac 810-0619 1 LS Pipe -Pressure -Cathodic Protection System (Concrete) per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ 9 BID-0620 1,350 LF Pipe Extra Depth > Than 1 FT (16 Inch Pipe) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ 10 810-0620 1,350 LF Pipe Extra Depth > Than 1 FT (24 Inch Pipe) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ Contractor to select only one option for items lettered A, B, C or D. BP-5 ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 11 810-0751 12 EA Valve-Gate -Remove Existing (6"/8") per EA: r-1h 11J /., a hdred Dollars ,,vt) Cents $ 2, 'tf/~. {)_O $~0 12 810-0568 3.3 TON Pipe Fittings < Than 16 Inch DI Pipe per Ton: - fi AundreJ Jb,c.fV-/ve Dollars j A!O Cents $]50000 $ Ii 5S(},[l) 13 810-0722 4 EA Valve - 2 Inch -Air & Vacuum Release wNault - per EA: Eorty-f.v~hu1tdrffo11ars Ala. Cents $ 1,SLJO.()o $ /t.!)OrJ. (JO 14 810-0734 5 EA Valve - 6 Inch -Blow Off - w/Sump Manhole -per EA: rA . h A u,.J,~J _ ;rtt-el(r __ t Dollars ./ tf..!..O. Cents $ It (}()o_.oo $.i.fQQ.O( 15 810-0745 9 EA Valve-6 Inch-Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: A//11e, hunclreJ Dollars ,,v(:2. Cents $.iM.J!..O $ gLto..QQ BP-6 --L.:. ·~~..---~ rc.r -tt~ tF J._. Dec 30 2008 4:06PM Ba i rd, Hampton %26 Brown 81725188 10 p.5 ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 16 810-0749 28 EA Valve -8 Inch -Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: Jae. -thauSend Dollars ,,v~ Cents $ I At1//,(){J $.l~ /)~(}_.(}_() 17 BID-0715 2 EA . Valve -10 Inch-Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: twekt. hun/.c/ Dollars NO Cents $ 12 ()IJ. ()o $ 2, l/0(},oo 18 BID-0717 2 EA Valve -12 Inch-Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: 5/·rwrz Aun)r._,'bo11ars /11(2_ Cents $) il)~-0(, $ ~J.()_(). () 0 19 BID-0719 5 EA Valve -16 Inch -Resilient Gate Valve w/ Vault -per EA: Jr J -kv~ hwndr.,J 1eri t otda"' ' Dollars NQ Cents $ IO. W.d. /Jo $S.:,Z S-IJrJ-tJo 20 BID-0726 6 EA Valve -24 Inch -Resilient Gate Valve w/ Vault -per EA: "I tverdy-two -t hou6g11':rs A/0 Cents $/JZOOo.q Wi:/loOoo 21 BID-0546 4 EA Fire Hydrant -Install per EA: f: h ;1J,,.e/ 1merdy-.·~ u Dollars 4.11). Cents $ /4_ 000.()p $25/JO.<Jo BP-7R . -.. c_,_-fol AL ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 16 BID-0749 28 EA Valve-8 Inch-Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: Dollars Cents $ $ 17 BID-0715 2 EA Valve-10 Inch-Gate Valve -w/ Box -per EA: Dollars Cents $ $ 18 BID-0717 2 EA Valve-12 Inch-Gate Valve w/ Box -per EA: Dollars Cents $ $ 19 BID-0719 5 EA Valve -16 Inch -Resilient Gate Valve w/ Vault -per EA: Dollars Cents $ $ 20 ~ID-0726 \G, EA Valve -24 Inch -Resilient 9'L vi..., Gate Valve w/ Vault -per EA: ~ £,(" lJY Dollars :ftlf ')..- Cents $ $ 21 BID-0546 4 EA Fire Hydrant -Install per EA: Dollars Cents $ $ BP-7 ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 22 810-0548 10 VF Fire Hydrant-Barrel & Stem Extension per VF: t2& Jun&e / Dollars A/(2_ Cents $ !{J_d. tJO $ 4-tJ ()().0() 23 810-0762 16 EA Water Service -1 Inch -Tap to (16") Main per EA: )eue11 Aun/re/ Dollars A/(2_ Cents $ Z[J./J. ()O $/1.~0(J.Oc 24 810-0758 350 LF Water Service -1 Inch -Type "K" Copper Service Line (from 16" Main to Meter) per LF: f6,rty-g11e. Dollars ,,vo_ Cents $ 3.S.. o.o $12 250 .oo 25 810-0551 16 EA Meter Box -Class A -Install per EA: One hunJr~j l ·tJJiars A/0. Cents $ ~ f<'.2a .~o ' $~0 26 810-0768 1 LS Water Service - 2 Inch - Temporary Service per Lump Sum: £· £&er, /ho u5a "tbonars dLO. Cents $ /5 J!}1J.v b $ /~ Ooo .. ao BP-8 ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 27 BI0-0458 200 LF Pavement -Concrete on 2/27 Concrete Base per Figure 2000-2 per LF: f-/Pty-£·ve Dollars A/~ Cents $ SS.1Ja $ Lt..d.at (}?J 28 810-0459 1,800 SF Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -Install -per SF: ~-)( Dollars #()_ Cents $ 6.oo $I fl RfJO .oo 29 810-0443 4,330 LF Permanent - 2 Inch Min HMAC on 2/27 Concrete Base (2000-1 A) -Install -per LF: Eac.tv_ -P,·ve_ Dollars I ,A/Q Cents $If ff 5/J.Qi $ l/S.Oo 30 BID-0844 100 LF Curb -Curb & Gutter as directed by Inspector - Replace -per LF: ~e_()_tY Dollars I N't2. Cents $ ;zt. lJO $ 2 t2_t2_(). Qo 31 810-0372 4,527 LF Trench Safety System 5 FT Depth per LF: 7tAJ0 Dollars NO Cents $ 'l () sr,. ac $ 2 .00 i BP-9 ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 32 BID-0132 70 LF Grass -Install Sodding (Along Water Service Lines) per LF: E/ve,, Dollars A/(2_ Cents $ S. (}O $ 35(). oo 33 BID-0493 30 CY Subgrade -Crushed Limestone for Miscellaneous Placement-Install -per CY: u rid t't.-fi·v ~ Dollars • #0 Cents $ ;zs.oo $ 7S~.oo 34 810-0837 30 CY Concrete -Type B (2000 #) Concrete for Miscellaneous Placement as Directed by Engineer per CY: fweo~Y Dollars N'O Cents $ .:zao.o $ ~oo.oo 35 810-0839 30 CY Concrete Type D (1500 #) Concrete for Miscellaneous Placement as Directed by Engineer per CY: 2W.e.1J.tv Dollars t /1/Q Cents too.oo $ .20.00 $ 36 BID-1189 1 LS Signal -Traffic Control - Design & Provide per LS: ;uu,d,V tAot(f ernlDollars #{) Cents $d a !JtJd-0c $2/JAfJ~.oo BP-10 Jan 07 2009 9:47AM Baird, Hampton ~26 Brown 8172518810 _ Tu~€ rt-<:J. r ...r -Add~ i 4- p .3 ' ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM ONTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRIC E AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 37 BID-0099 1 LS Storm Water Pollution Preventer Plan < than 1 Ac - Install per LS: F,ve A U!ldreJ Dollars /VQ Cents $ soo .oo $ S~o . 00 38 810--0539 1 EA Dehole -o to 5 FT Depth - Study per EA : £pd hunJr:J Dollars A/(2. Cents $ g~o.~o $ 8ta_.oo 39 BID-0442 5,530 LF Pavement -2-lnch HMAC on 6- Inch Flex Base -Temporary - Install per LF: E,·(/6t ,./ Dollars &::'.Q Cents &'-Oo $ 1/fl.2 l/!J. O! $ UNITI: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $ I/' s-s; o 9'/,, rJ 0 " {Transfer Total to Page BP-18) BP·11R2 -. -".i. '" .. ITEM APPROX. DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. BID ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 37 BID-0099 1 LS Storm Water Pollution Preventer Plan < than 1 Ac - Install per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ 38 BID-0539 1 ~ Dehole - 0 to 5 FT Depth - . ' J-Study per EA: '\c.v'\ ,, .J.'-"' y Dollars "~ ~~}-, Cents $ $ UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $ (Transfer Total to Page BP-18) BP-11 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 1* 810-0351 3,179 LF Pipe -Sewer -8 Inch - SDR35 -In Place (All Depths) per LF: _r tlJ i v Dollars f Al& Cents $..!&.Qo $l,.1z;6~~ 2* BID-0350 685 LF Pipe-Sewer-a lnch-SDR26 Pressure Pipe (All Depths) perLF: hdf-[our Dollars /f/0 Cents $ 'ii/.()() $31'.2 I YtJ. oo 3 BID-0960 1,500 LF Sewer Service - 4 Inch Sanitary Sewer Service Line Complete In Place per LF: ltl1£.iV Dollars l A/Q Cents $__3MO $ 'f ~ t!JIJ, oo 4 BID-0355 60 EA Sewer Service - 4 Inch Sanitary Sewer Service Tap per EA.: -Ju;~ AunJ(?J /-f'Uuars /\/0 Cents $J..S0.0o $ LS. aa.r1)Jo 5 BID-0356 60 EA Sewer Service -4 Inch - Two Way Service Clean Out per EA.: One, A un/rt1//:ft'6011ars ;V'Q Cents $ 2 {)_[)_O .Qo $ /5~.oo BP-12 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 6 810-0213 24 EA Manhole -4' Dia. Std . Sanitary Sewer Manhole (to 6' Depth) per EA: )/I)JJ iho0Sc;u1a6011ars ,d/0 Cents $ 1'~ ~~tl.tJo $~0t 7 BID-0214 24 VF Manhole -Std 4 Ft Dia. - Added Depth (over 6 FT Depth) per VF: Ont 17 t1odreJ Ii ftfouars A/Q Cents $l..fil/)O $ l&itJ{Z 00 8 BID-0207 6 EA Manhole -4' Dia. Drop Sanitary Sewer Manhole (to 6' Depth) per EA: ~ t A' /t1.AJtd,~I _'e.11 'l -, ve Dollars I /1/Q Cents $2..Saa.oc $ !£. aJ}.(J.. 0 Q 9 BID-0208 22 VF Manhole -Drop 4 Ft Diam - Added Depth ( over 6 FT Depth) per VF: 'Jwo hundred Dollars AIQ Cents $ ~ 'ltJa.~o $~0 10 810-0196 30 EA Collar -Manhole for Sanitary Sewer Manhole per EA.: 1hree hunclreJ Dollars A/()_ Cents $ 3~(). Oo $ itt2_l ()() BP-13 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 11 BID-0218 30 EA. Manhole -Water Tight Insert per EA.: ,,C)fty_ Dollars I /1/ (}_ Cents $ i_Sl)a_.oo $ S(l_.00 12 BID-0206 7 EA Manhole -Remove Ex. Sanitary Sewer Manhole per EA.: -Jwo ~f!JJ.dre.~ Dollars /Vt)_ Cents $ 2.00.()() $ L'ltJtJ .oo 13 BID-0901 219 LF Pipe -Abandon Existing Sewer Line In Place, Fill with Flowable per LF: /:/ {Le. ' Dollars /VO Cents $ S-.oo $ L.tJ 9s ()_() 14 BID-1188 86 VF Structure -Interior Protective Coating to Sanitary Sewer Manhole per VF: J, J, / s; 116 ,1'/f/-P,J;,~ 0f1e «flJ~~ e ollars A/Q Cents $L£~SO.Oo $ !..ZS-. oo 15 BID-0202 3,864 LF Inspection -Pre- Construction Cleaning & TV Inspection (for Services) per LF: -ftoo Dollars ~/l't-v r Cents $ ,J .50 $ ~ 6 t;;(J_. Ot BP-14 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 16 BID-0201 3,864 LF Inspection -Post Construction Cleaning & TV Inspection of Sanitary Sewer per LF: --Jwo Dollars tJ!. () Cents $ 2 .~o $ 7, l Jt. Ou ' 17 BID-0217 30 EA Manhole -Vacuum Test per EA: 0//e hwflclrecf Dollars ;VO Cents $ 3looo.oo $ JOO. oo 18 BID-0372 3,864 LF Trench Safety System 5 Foot Depth per LF: One. Dollars tJ.LQ Cents I oo $ 3~&6 'I.Qo $ 19 BID-0443 3,713 LF Pavement - 2 Inch HMAC on 2/27 Concrete Base (2000-1A) per LF: HJ[_ tt._ Dollars • .1LC2 Cents $--5..al_O $L9&: S20 .(}() 20 BID-0458 106 LF Pavement -Concrete on 2/27 Concrete Base (2000- 2) per LF: Far ty-P. ·ve Dollars &IJ Cents $__J£p() $ ~ 7 7().00 BP-15 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 21 BID-0459 2,050 SF Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -per SF: 5,·x Dollars /'11(2_ Cents $ 6.JI) $/,<,_ 3()0.0t 22 BID-0493 30 CY Subgrade -Crushed Limestone For Misc. Placement per CY: £wenl:y-£1 ·ve-Dollars AIO Cents 2SIJ.Op $ ;l.S (JO $ 23 BID-0840 30 CY Fill Material -Ballast Stone -Install per CY: fweo ty Dollars /V(J_ Cents (i;_()_j ~()_ $ .2000 $ 24 BID-0837 30 CY Concrete -Type B (2000 #) Concrete for Misc. Placement as Directed by Engineer per CY: -{we_// t-v I Dollars A/0. Cents $ 20...00 $ !ofJO.oo 25 BID-0839 10 CY Concrete -Type D (1500 #) Concrete for Misc. Placement as Directed by Engineer per CY: 1i&_e_11tY Dollars J ,11/Q Cents $ ;2(}(2.00 $ ;?.(JOO BP-16 ,Tl0c:;;;f rt-<9-~ tt_do! ~ ~ "c).. Dec 30 20D s 4: 6PM Ba ird, Hampton ~26 Brown 8172518 6"'XJ • p.7 ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM ONTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 26 BID-0539 1 LS Dehole -O to 5 FT Depth - Study -per EA: ( h 've. 6 u11/re/D0llars c/0 Cents $ S/2.f~tJ $ SQ(!..00 '-----~ 27 '-LF BID-0132 600 Grass -Bermuda Sod - Install (Along Sewer Service Lines) per LF: ri've, Dollars ~o . Cents $ St~t(}.{)t $ s.oo 28 BID-1189 1 LS Signal -Traffic Control - Design & Provide per LS: 1J;lt:.11 f V-t ~Ot,<5 alffiollars I &f..O Cents $}a~a.O.dt $20.J{)~.() () 29 BID-0099 1 EA Storm Water Pollution Preventer Plan < than 1 Ac -Install per LS : f"t'tL.t hutJ/~J Dollars A/I) Cents $ S()J.()o $ SfJ(). Oo UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS $ Sl/L 337.00 (Transfer Total to Page BP-18) BP-17R ITEM BID APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM QNTY UNIT WITH BID PRICES PRICE AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS BID 26 BID-0539 1 'tS.. Dehole -O to 5 FT Depth - Re.v~ e_.& EA Study -per EA: fk' Dollars /A.J.J. ..! -· ti>?-Cents $ $ 27 BID-0132 600 LF Grass -Bermuda Sod - Install (Along Sewer Service Lines) per LF: Dollars Cents $ $ 28 BID-1189 1 LS Signal -Traffic Control - Design & Provide per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ 29 BID-0099 1 LS Storm Water Pollution Preventer Plan < than 1 Ac -Install per LS: Dollars Cents $ $ UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS $ (Transfer Total to Page BP-18) BP-17 TOTAL BID SUMMARY for 2005 WSM-1 (WATER and SEWER REPLACEMENT) UNITI TOTAL WATER IMPROVEMENTS (P-9) $ I os-s-D CJ'f . co t I. > $ S'ti 33lfJO UNIT II TOT AL SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (P-16) TOTAL AMOUNT BID (UNIT I, II) $ '1. 69,I. 43/ ~ Within ten (10) days after notification by the City, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other Bonds as required by the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned bidder certified that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1, 1978, and that he has read and thoroughly und-.tands all of the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No 7 400. The Bidder agrees to begin construction within 1 O calendar days after issue of the work order, and to complete the contract within --t5fr-d00 calendar days after beginning construction as set forth in the written work order to be fumis hid by the Owner. f~ v ~-ul. f'""<A -It~ ":1r Lf BP-18 0 (Complete A or B below, as applicable:) A. B. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of-------- Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. nonresident bidders in the State of----------' our princ ipal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1 ~ Addendum No. 2 ~ Addendum No. 3 ol ~ / ~~ '4'" Nt, 't £{;_-- (SEAL) If Bidder is Corporation By:.,,,_:'---r--~-=--7F";::;.__--- . Y'<"f Co~-4,s,f> Y- Title: -:Pas i d .Pvi :3 BP-19 -· PARTC GENERAL CONDIDONS (WATER DEPT.) -YELLOW- SECTION C-1; SUPPLEMENTARY CONDIDONS TO SECTION C -GOLDENROD- -- -· Cl-1 Cl-1 .1 Cl-1.2 Cl-1.3 Cl-1 .4 Cl-1 .5 Cl-1.6 Cl-1.7 Cl-1. 8 Cl-1.9 Cl-1.10 Cl-1.ll Cl-1.12 Cl-1.13 Cl-1.14 Cl-1.15 Cl-1.16 Cl-1.17 Cl-1 .18 Cl-1.19 Cl-1.20 Cl-1. 21 Cl-1. 22 Cl-1.23 Cl-1. 24 Cl-1. 25 Cl-1.26 Cl-1.27 Cl-1.28 Cl-1.29 Cl-1.30 Cl-1.31 Cl-1.32 C2-2 C2-2.1 C2-2.2 C2-2.3 C2-2 .4 C2-2.5 C2-2.6 C2-2.7 C2-2 .8 C2-2.9 C2-2.10 C2-2.11 PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOVEMBER 1, 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS DEFINITIONS Definition of Te:t?ms Contract Documents Notice to Bidders Proposal Bidder General Conditions Special Conditions Specifications Bond Contract Plans City City Council Mayor City Manager City Attorney Director of Public Works Director, City Water Department Engineer Contractor Sureties The Work or Project Working Day Calendar Day Legal Holiday Abbreviations Change Order Paved Streets and Alleys Unpaved Streets and Alleys City Streets Roadway Gravel Street INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL Proposal · Form Interpretation of Quantities Examination of Contract Documents and Site Submitting of Proposal Rejection of Proposals Bid Security Delivery of Proposal Withdrawing Proposals Telegraphic Modification of Proposals Public Opening of Proposals Irregular Proposals Cl-1 (l) Cl -1(1) Cl-1(1) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(2) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(3) Cl-1(4) Cl -1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(4) Cl-1(5) Cl-1(5) Cl-1(5) Cl-1(5) Cl-1(6) Cl-1(6) Cl -1(7) Cl-1 (7) Cl -1(7) Cl-1(7) C2-2{1) C2-2{2) C2-2{2) C2-2(3) C2-2(3) C2-2(3) C2-2(4) C2-2 (4) C2-2(4) (;2-2(4) C2-2(5) .1 C2-2.12 C3-3 C3-3.1 · ··c3-3 :2 ·~:rr . ...;· . C3-3.3 C3-3 .4 C3-3.5 C3-3.6 C3-3.7 C3-3.8 C3-3.9 C3-3.10 C3-3.11 C3-3.12 C3-3.13 C3-3.14 C3-3.15 C4-4 C4-4.1 C4-4.2 C4-4.3 C4-4.4 C4-4.5 C4-4.6 C4-4.7 CS-5 CS-5.1 CS-5.2 CS-5.3 CS-5.4 CS-5.5 CS-5.6 CS-5.7 CS-5.8 CS-5.9 CS-5.10 CS-5.11 CS-5.12 CS-5.13 CS-5.14 CS-5.15 CS-5.16 CS-5.17 CS-5.18 C6-6 Disqualification of Bidders AWARD OF EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS Consideration of Proposals Minority Business Enterprise/ Women-Owned Business Enterprise Compliance Equal · Employment ·Provisiorts Withdrawal of Proposals Award of Contract Return of Proposal Securities Bonds Execution of Contract Failure to Execute Contract Beginning Work Insurance Contractor's Obligations Weekly Payroll Contractor's Contract Administration Venue SCOPE OF WORK Intent of Contract Documents Special Provisions Increased or Decreased Quantities Alteration of Contract Documents Extra Work Schedule of Operations Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS Authority of Engineer Conformity with Plans Coordination of Contract Documents Cooperation of Contractor Emergency and/or Rectification Work Field Office Construction Stakes Authority and Duties of Inspectors Inspection Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work Substitute Materials or Equipment Samples and Tests of Materials Storage of Materials Existing Structures and Utilities Interruption of Service Mutual Responsibility of Contractors Cleanup Final Inspection LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY Cl-I (1) C2-2(5) C3-3 ( 1) .. -_ ... ' C3-3(1) C3-3(1) C3-3(2) C3-3(2) C3-3(2) C3-3(2) C3-3(4) C3-3(4) C3-3(4) C3-3(4) C3-3(7) C3-3(7} C3-3 ( 7) C3-3(8) C4-4 (1) C4-4(1) C4-4 ( 1) C4-4(2) C4-4(2) C4-4(4) C4-4(4) CS-5(1) CS-5(1) CS-5(2) CS-5(2) CS-5(3) CS-5(3) CS-5(3) CS-5(4) CS-5(5) CS-5(5) CS-5(6) CS-5(6) CS-5(7) CS-5(7) CS-5(8) CS-5 ( 9) CS-5 ( 9) CS-5(9) C6-6.1 C6-6.2 C6-6.3 C6-6.4 C6-6.5 C6-6.6 C6-6 .7 C6-6.8 C6-6.9 C6-6.10 C6-6.11 C6-6.12 C6-6 .13 C6-6.14 C6-6.15 C6-6 .16 C6-6.17 C6-6 .18 C6-6.19 C6 -6.20 C6-6.21 C7-7 C7-7.1 C7-7.2 C7-7.3 C7-7.4 C7-7.5 C7-7.6 C7-7.7 C7-7.8 C7-7.9 C7-7.10 C7-7.11 C7-7.12 C7-7.13 C7-7.14 C7-7.15 C7-7.16 C7-7.17 CS-8 C8-8.1 CB-8.2 CB -8.3 Ci-8.4 ~\.~. 5 Laws to be Observed Permits and Licenses Patented Devices, Materials and Processes Sanitary Provisions Public Safety and Convenience Privileges 'Ot ·contractoririStreets, Alleys, and Rights-of--'Way Railway Crossings Barricades, Warnings and Watchmen Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, etc. Work Within Easements Independent Contractor Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims Contractor's Claim for Damages Adjustmertt or Relocation of Public Utilities, etc. Temporary Sewer Drain Connections Arrangement and Charges of Water Furnished by City Use of a Section or Portion of the Work Contractor's Responsibility for Work No Waiver of Legal Rights Personal Liability of Public Officials State Sales Tax PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Subletting Assignment of Contract Prosecution of the Work Limitations of Operations Character of Workmen and Equipment Work Schedule Time of Commencement and Completion Extension of Time of Completion Delays Time of Completion Suspension by Court Order Temporary Suspension Termination of Contract Due to National Emergency Suspension or Abandonment of the Work and Annulment of Contract Fulfillment of Contract Termination for Convenience of the Owner Safety Methods and Practices MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Quantities Unit Prices Lump Sum Scope Q.f Payment Partial Estimates and ~etainage Cl-1 (I) C6-6 (1) C6-6(1) C6-6(1) C6-6(2) C6-6(2) C6-6(3) C6-6(4) C6-6(4) C6 -6(6) C6-6(6) C6-6(8) C6-6(9) C6-6 (9) C6-6(10) C6-6(10) C6-6(10) C6-6(11) C6 -6(11) C6-6(11) C6-6(12) C6-6(12) C7-7(1) C7-7(1) C7-7(1) C7-7(2) C7-7(2) C7-7(3) C7-7(4) C7-7(4) C7-7(5) C7-7(5) C7-7(6) C7 -7(6) C7-7(7) C7-7(8) C7-7(10) C7-7(10) C7-7(13) C8-8(1) CB-8(1) CB-8(1) CS-8(1) CB .-8(2) CB -8 .6 CB-8.7 CB-8.8 CB-8.9 CB-8.lo' CB-8. i :i-·· CB-8.12 CB-8.13 Withholding Payment Final Acceptance Final Payment Adequacy of Design General Guaranty Subsidiary Work · Miscellaneous . Placement of Material Record Documents .· , · _.,. · . : . ,·, ·. CB-8(3) CB-8(3) CB-8(3) CB -8(4) CB-8(5') CB-8(5) CB-8(5) C8-8(5) PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS Cl-1 DEFINTIONS SECTION Cl-1 DEFINITIONS Cl-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: Cl-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Documents govern all Water include the following items: The General Contract Department Projects and PART A -NOTICE TO BIDDERS (sample) PART B -PROPOSAL (sample) PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) CI-1 (I) White White Canary Yellow ( (Developer) Brown PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E -SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F BONDS PART G -CONTRACT .(Sa.mple) (Sample) Green El -White E2 -Goldenrod E2A-White Blue White White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as .a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A -NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) Same as above PART B -PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D -SPECIAL .CONDITIONS PART E -SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F -BONDS Ct-I (I) PART G -CONTRACT PART H -PLANS (Usually bound separately) Cl-1.3 NOTICE . TO BIDDERS: .. All of the legal publications either actually · publi shed in public advertising mediums or furnished di r ectly to intereste4 . pctrti~s pE=rta~r;i~ng . to the work contemplated under the Contract·:.Docl.lments .cons ti tut es the Notice to Bidders. Cl-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. Cl-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, company, association, corporation, duly authorized representative, performing the work contemplated constitutes a bidder. persons, firm, partnership, acting directly or through a submitting a proposal for under the Contract Documents, Cl-1. 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. Wherever there may be a and Special Conditions, shall govern . conflict between the General Conditions the latter shall take precedence and Cl -1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. . When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. Cl-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications are that section or part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project . Whenever reference is made to Cl-1 (2) f r ' standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, etc. , such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as thought they were embodied therein . Cl-1.9 BOND: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the. Contractor for the .prompt and faithful performance of the contract and: .include the following : a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3 -3 .7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3 .7) c. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part a and C2-2 .6) Cl-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents . Cl-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the · purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. Cl-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. Cl-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Cl-1 .14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tern of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Cl-t (3) Cl-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized Ci ty Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized represent~!:ive .. : .. . 'i. ·::..~ . Cl-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The otiicialiy ,appointed . City Attorney of the City of Fort · Worth, Texas,, or ' his. duly authorized representative. Cl-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The duly appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative . Cl -1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. Cl-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. Cl-1 .20 CONTRACTOR: The person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub-contractor is a person, firm corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for work at the site of the project. Cl-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such b~nds are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all r equirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved c hanges therein. Cl-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project . Cl-I (4) - Cl-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which the weather or other conditions not under t .he control of the Contractor permit ·~t he 'performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less thai1o.seven (7) ·hours between 7: 00 a .m . and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions': as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. c1 -·1. 24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. Cl-1. 25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: 1. 2. 3 . 4 . 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. New Year's Day M.L. King, Jr . Birthday Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Thanksgiving Day Thanksgiving Friday Christmas Day Such other days in lieu of determine. January 1 Third Monday in January Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September Fourth Thursday in November Fourth Friday in November December 25 holidays as the City Council may When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday declared by the City Council, falls on Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as the holiday. Cl-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO -American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials ASCE -American Society of Civil Engineers LAW -In Accordance With A WW A -American Water Works Association ASA -American Standards Association HI -Hydraulic Institute CI-I (5) Asph. - Ave. - Blvd. - CI - ·.GI . Lin.·..;,:· lb . - MH - Max. CFS - Min. - Mono. - % - R - I .D. - O.D. - Elev . - F - C - In. - Ft. - St . - CY - Yd. - SY - L.F . - D.I. - Asphalt Avenue Boulevard Cast Iron CL- Galvanized Iron Linear or Lineal Pound Manhole Maximum I : I ~ -,. Center Line · .:. (:>. MGD -Million Gallons per Day Cubic Foot per Second Minimum Monolithic Percent um Radius Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Elevation Fahrenheit Centigrade Inch Foot Street Cubic Yard Yard Square Yard Linear Foot Ductile Iron Cl-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. Cl-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: Cl-I (6) - 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt _ surface . treatment, not including an oiled surface, It:,witl:1 or ·. without separate base material . 3. · . ·. Brick, with or without separate base,material . 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material. 5. Any combination of the above . Cl-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined above for "Paved Streets and Alleys." Cl-1.30 CITY STREETS : A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. Cl-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2') feet back of the curb lines or four (4') feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. Cl-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. Cl-I (7) SECTION C-GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF . -PROPOSAL ·. "':: C2-2 .1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders :· with proposal forms which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and "Financial Statement," all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The fim,rncial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status ·. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding ".: date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten (10%) percent of the · estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a ~ given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received. Such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on which bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2 (1) C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will . be considered as approximate only and will be used fdt:.;; the purpose --of comparing bids on a uniform basis . Payment will be made to the Contractor:._, for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials ·furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents -and Plans . The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents . C2-2 .3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and s hall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents . Prior to the filing of proposal, bidders are required to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own i ndependent research and i nvestigations, tests, boring, and by such other means as may be necessary, to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal . No information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their o wn estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based . It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal in prima-facie evidence that - the bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. C2-2 (2) The logs of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantees that_· the data shown is representative of conditions which actually ,exist. C2.,-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The bidder shall submit . his Proposal ort . the · form furnished by the Owner. All blank spa'ces · applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm association, or partnership, or by a person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2. 5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced values of any items. Proposals tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposals shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and in the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal." The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the C2-2 (3) three lowest bidders will be retained until awarded or other disposition is made thereof. of all other bidders may be returned promptly of bids. .·.! ·---~-. . J .r. ... ,. .. the contract is The bid security after the canvass . C2-2 .. 7 .. :"DELIVERY . OF . PROPOSALS: No proposal will be considered · . ' . ,, . ·. i,,. unless ,it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security,:' ; , .. to the · City 'Manager or his representative in the official place · ,,,: of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the · Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL" and the name of description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders ." The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City manager, and filed with him prior to the time · set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non- consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2. 9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty -eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal . C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders." All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the owner until C2-2 (4) the contract has been awarded. Bidders r epresentatives a r e invited to be present bids. or their authorized for the opening of C2-2 .11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shal~ be considered · as , being "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations , ·of • -. >:'i·-, form~ additions, or conditions not called for, unautho·rized alternate._: bids; or irregularities of any kind . However, the Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to, the following reasons: a . Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders. b . C. d. e . f. g. h. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim ag~inst or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. The bidder being in .arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. 2. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" -Special Instructions. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. C2-2 (5) - 3 . An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of a bidder who, in . the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. C2-2 (6) . : ·:;..~· ':tr.i:.o . PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF ! DOCUMENTS ' SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS C3-3 .1 CONSIDERATION OF . PROPOSALS: ··.After •proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formula.s or pther methods of brining items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract.Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as may be consi<;lered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE} an/or a Woman-Owned Business Enterprise (WBE} on the contract and the payment therefore. Contractor further agrees, upon request by Owner, to allow an audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6) months. C3-3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The Contractor shall post the required C3-3 (1) notice to that effect on the project site, and at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on :eile ·· 'i n his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices -may be -~wquired 'from the Equal Employment Officer . . C3-3 .4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS : .After .a proposal.'·has been read by the Owner it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty- five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3 - 3 . 5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not · to exceed forty-five (45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. The award of the contract , if an award is made , will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award . C3-3.6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the · award. All other proposal securities,: usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be retained by the owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3 -3. 7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the Owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds: a. PERFORMANCE BOND: A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal and tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work - b. or the use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effed t _ until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and finaT paymE!nt:> is made on the project by the City. c. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing .the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8.10. d . PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of al], claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. e . OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the Owner whi c h are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds sha.11 be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the owner . In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury List for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. C3-3 (3) . Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice .will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contraotor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactoryj;to the ,Owner~·. No payment . will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by . the' Owner.·· The contract sha ll not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid u n til approval of the bonds by the Owner. C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Own e r has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the cont ract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee t o execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occurring to the Owner by reason of said awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder . C3-3 .10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner . Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed the "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the surety Company will, within ten 910) days after the c ommencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract . C3-3 .11 INSURANCE: this contract until under the Contract approved by the The Contractor shall not commence work under he has obtained all the insurance required Documents, and such insurance has been Owner. The prime Contractor shall be C3 -3 (4) - - responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate of the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether .·.or .. not , •his insurance covers sub- contractors. It is the int:rsntioh . of .. the .·· Owner that the , ": insurance coverage required herein shall include the '.'.coverageC;.:.o:E all sub-contractors. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Workers' Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers' compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub-contractors). 2. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation (if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. 5. Builder's risk (where above-ground structures are involved). 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). C3-3 (5) •,. ::· ... d . e . f. g . AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life ·. of ., -this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liab±l-ity ·insurance in .. an amount not less . than $250 ,000 for injuries. ,in.eluding .· accidental death to any one person and subject' to · the same limit for each person an amount not less than · $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 . SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub- contractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract . PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory · to the Owner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractor, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub-contractor's work operations. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within t _he city . limits of the City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified agent, one upon whom service of process may be had, and must have authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or C3-3 (6) - - any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding , cGmpany ;·. If the local insurance representative is ··mot so ,empowered by the · · , ,. :insurance or bonding companies, then · sti.ch · authority . 'must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex (the Fort Worth-Dallas area.) The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due. C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all person engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3 .14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm association, corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area. The Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project Superintendent) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor i~ all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor or other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other matter associated such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the prqject. C3-3 (7) Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. ·' .· _."; ... Should the Contractor's _principa·R :..base, 0£1:,:operations be other ·· •.-than .in the. Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area, notificatio:n.·.,oL ,, ·. · the ·.Contractor's assignment of local authority'· sh~ll be made ··, in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the proj·ect', appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents . The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's administration, whether oriented in furthering the work, or other, are governed directly by local authority. ·This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of working time will be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect fort his reason. C3 -3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action herein shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas . C3-3 (8) - ; ~J, .. : :_: :·:S ECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK .: ~ ~ · .. i;: .. C4 -4.l INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite: intention ·. of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to c onstruct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is d efinitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as p rovided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra of special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals n ecessary to the prosecution and completion of the project . C4 -4 .2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be a nticipated -, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, then "special Provisions: covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner p revious to the time of receiving bids or proposal for such work a nd furnished to the bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C 4 -4. 3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves t he right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and if f ound to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices . Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 p ercent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item . or items of work to be done or materials to be f urnished by 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the wo rk above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity s tated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be C4-4 (1) .. ·.·'..: .. determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions _or . provisions of the Contract Documents. ·TL::..., • l ; . Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes · in . ·dept.fr · categori·es, shall be interpreted herein as applying to the · overall quantities or sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4 -4 . 4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change Order, the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. C4 -4 . 5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no · prices are provided in the Contract Documents,. shall be defined as · "Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided, however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. c. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates, (3) materials entering permanently into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10% of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work. The C4-4 (2) - - < • .!' ... d. fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit, general and 'all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and (4) above . The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records , on the form and in the method suggested .. by the Owner and · .. shall give the Owner · access to all accounts, bills, vouchers, and recorcls . :i::-e~ating to ·. the Extra Work. No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the Contracting parties . No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning such work. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method ( Item C) . Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon the said Extra Work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation . The compensation agreed upon for "extra work" whether or not initiated by a "change order" shall be a full, complete and final paymerit for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or extra work. C4-4 (3) C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a "Schedule of . Operations," showing by a straight line . method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major ·elements of. the contract. · There shall be also shown the estimated monthly,. cost . . ·of work . f:0r which estimates are to be expected. There shall · be.· presented also · a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically . The progress charts shall be prepared on 8 ~ " X 11" sheets and at least five black of blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within Ten (10) days prior to submission of first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the date of which he will start the several major activities (including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram . As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer . Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications . Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: a . Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion time. C4-4 (1) - •C-,. b. The construction process shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50,000 . Fabrication, deli very and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. iw: .. c . Durations shall ·· ·be in ·· calendar :days and · normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity. d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e . Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f . Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall, as a minimum, be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen(l 4) days ' duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this Section . For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and pre-acceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1 . Preparation and transmittal of submittals. 2 . Submittal review periods. 3. Shop fabrication and delivery. 4 . Erection or installation. C44 (5) ··:-:·. <:·: , ~, 5 . Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions. ·':!-:: 6;: Installed equipment and materials testing·-'-:': __ .. 7. Owner's operator instruction· ,(if applicable) . 8. Final inspection. 9. Operational testing. 10. Final inspection. If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor shall be considered grounds the Contractor is failing diligence as will insure specified. to comply with these requirements for determination by the Owner that to prosecute the work with such its completion within the time C4-4 (6) -·' - - PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS SECTION CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS cs -5 . 1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: · The · · work · shal 1 be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents, supervision of the work, . resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences of procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner · and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall conform with lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in a1i cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5 (I) . '~. • • .t. CS-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete . and ,useful project, and any requirements appearing in .. one of the.; .. ·· sections is as binding as though .. it occurred in all sections.· In case of discrepancies,· .figured,· dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications,· special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard specifications, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not · take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents, which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. CS -5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site .of the project at all times one set of such Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the engineer, his inspectpr, and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of CS-5 (2) Tarrant County, Texas and shall be subject to call, as is the project Superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the .presence on the project site of a representative o f the Contractor. to . adequately provide for .the . safety or convenience of .. the t ~a.v:ellitlg .·p)..ib f ic _or the owners · of property across which the project extends or the safety · of property contiguous to the project routing.· · The Contractor Engineer and workmanship and shall provide all facilities to enable his inspector to examine and inspect materials entering into the work. the the C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is scheduled on a calendar-day or on a working-day basis . Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract . The City shall then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5 -5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than well that 10 by 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, heated, air conditioned, lighted, and weather-proof, so documents will not be damaged by the elements . CS-5.7 CONSTRUCTION STAKES: The City,. through will furnish the Contractor with all lines, its Engineer, grades, and CS-5 (3) measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines, grades and measurements will be established .by means of stakes .or · .. other customary method of . marking a may be found consistent wi tih_;good practice .. These stakes or markings shall. be set · suf,ficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings, as may be established for the Contractor's use or guidance, shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them . Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. CS-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTORS: City Inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer the progres$ of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the r equirements of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute . arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to, and be decided by, the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents. He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The C5-5 (") Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instruction of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor , object to any orders or instructions of the City !-:.Inspector,-.. the Contractor may within .six days make written appeal to the Engineer fo:r, his decision on the 0 matter in controversy. CS-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should be work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the· uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. CS-5 .10 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specifically provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such works. C5-5 (5) CS-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT : If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to . .::furnish . or use a substitute that is equal to any . material · or '."equipment .,$.pecified, and if contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute; ·he shall, prior to the pre-construction conference i make written · application to Engineer for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, . be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; and identifying all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. cs-5. 12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS : Where, in the opinion o f the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing a gency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of . furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society _for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use the materials represented by . the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the C5-5 (6) .... - - mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the contract . Documents, .Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to. the placing :of .:,concrete, using samples from .the .• same aggregate, cement, and mortar whi.ch ·.·are ·to ·be used .. ·· later in the .concrete. Should the source of supply change ~new tests shall be made prior to the use of the new materials. CS-5 .13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be· stored to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. CS-5. 14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on .the best information available. Omission from or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines for all utilities, etc., is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the Plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Documents, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures and service lines shall include CS-5 (7) notification of all utility companies at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shal1 .be considered as subsidiary work . ···e~. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. b. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be required to: 1. Notify the Water Division of location, service interruption. Department's time, and Distribution schedule of 2 . Notify each customer personally through 3. responsible personnel of time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or In the event that customer cannot be shall be attached doorknob. The composition, and in personal notification of a made, a prepared tag form to the customer's entrance tag shall be durable in large bold type shall say: "NOTICE" Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your (water) (sewer) service will be interrupted on between the hours of and This inconvenience will be as short as possible . Thank you, Contractor Address Phone Emergency: interruption immediate. In the event that an occurs, notice shall unforeseen service be as above, but CS-5 (8) -, - CS-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through acts or neglect on the part of the contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer .loss .,.or ,damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with .s lld:h other Contractor or sub,-.-contractor . by agreement or arbitration. If · ·:such other Contractor -or sub-contractor · shall assert any claim against -:the r Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim . C5 -5 .17 CLEAN -UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, within twenty-four (24) hours after written notice is given to the Contractor t hat the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner · unsatisfactory to the Engineer, the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean -up deficiencies cited to the contractor in the written notice, and the costs . of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor . · Upon the completion of the . project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer . The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. CS -5 .18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and c ontemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final clean-up performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that the final inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification . After such C5-5 (9) ~- , ' <, 1t ~ ~! :..:1 It, \7:;;.}~J final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after _ the proper resolution has been passed by the City -Comicil. .·, No time charge will be made against the Contractor betwe:en said · date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of -the .work . C5-5 (10) ;·<' ' ' - - - PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY .:.:··. ;-. ._J ·· -SECTION .C6"'.'".6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6 .1 LAWS:.· TO · BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmiess the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6. 2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted -design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or costs arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved in . the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify, and save harmless, the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any_ such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that · the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon by the design, type of construction or material C6-6 (1) or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. ,._J; ·:... C6 -6 .4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The eemtractor ·_;shall establish and enforce . among his employees such regulations · .in regard ·. ,to .. cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend : to: prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance c1-bout the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by the Contractor . All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from objectionable odors so _ as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6 .5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE : Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer . The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited to,. safe ·and convenient ingress and egress to property contiguous to the work area. The Contract or shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at ·all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement of crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing -proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer. If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic and shall, at his own expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer . C6~(2) t• - - The materials excavated and the construction materials, such as pipe, used in the construction of the work shall be placed so as _; not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all •1-.fire .. hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes,. water vaiLV es;,·_::g:a.s • valves, or manho_les : "in-,.t:;ti~-; yi_ginity . The Owner reserves . the·. right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor in reference to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four (24) hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work done or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are again placed back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures of such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work . Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in settlement of such claims . The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6 . 6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS, AND RIGHT- OF-WAY : For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights-of - way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically .authorized in C6-6 (3) ·_: ~-< . ,.':.: ~ ~ '·· . writing by the Engineer . A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated _.,, and .. waste materials -shall be piled or stacked in such .a way tihat does . not interfere witfrthe.,use .of spaces that may be designated to be •.left :free >:·'·· and.· unobstructed, ·. or inconvenience occupants of adjacent '. .. property _~. •If the street is occupied by railway tracks, the work: . shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the assistance for the completion of adjoining work . Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense . C6 -6. 7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railway, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work . Where the rail way tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company regarding the methods of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intention to begin work on that portion of the project which is related to the ra1lway properties. The Contractor will not be given extra or additional compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6. 8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall provide such watchmen, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary . Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night . From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under construction or being maintained . The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident oc damage. C6-6 (4) ·.· ...... - All installations and procedures shall be · consistent with the provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traff,ic Control Devices for Streets and Highways", issued undar, · the<Lauthority of . the "State of Texas Uniform Act .. Regulathlg. .... Traffic on · Highways", codified as .. ,-Artic1e 6701d, Vernon's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section· Nos. 2 7, 29, 3 O and 31. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign, which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 870-8075), to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual, and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work, the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or for salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public C6-6 (5) during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. :_ .• ..!; • ••. '._'.:· C6 :-6. 9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGH~ .ETC<: · .. Should. th~ Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, :etc ;., . ·in ··:::the ~ :··· .. ; ·· prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised . at . all times hot to endanger life or property. The Contractor · shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project as specified in the Special Contract Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four (24) hours prior to commencing and shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. All claims arising out of the use of explosives shall be investigated and a written report made by the Contractor's insurers to the Engineer within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the City or the claimant . The city shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored or kept, they shall be stored in a safe and secure manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" and shall be under the care of a competent watchman at all times. All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall, insofar as possible, ·not use heavy traffic routes . C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes ov:er, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of -way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such . C6-6~) additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing of the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any .. . ,·,:'. . ..., :: !. purpose w±·tilput having previously obtained permission from . the ;, . . t::ik.;:.. < owner of such property,.. The Cohtractor.:.will not be allowed to store equipment or material on ,p:rivate ,property ·unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor, and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions, which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing and all other types of structures or improvements, and to all water, sewer and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants whose land or interest in land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. C6-6 (7) All fences encountered and removed during construction of . this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When .. wire fencing,. either wire mesh or barbed wire is to •'be crossed ;. the ,_ .Contractor ' :Shall · set cross braced posts on either side .:,,:Of : ·. · permanent · easement before the fence is cut. Should additional .-.· fence cut's .:be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts at point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut.· Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all · times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal . Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48-hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, proceed to repair, rebuilt or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C6-6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees invitees. The doctrine of respondent superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor. C6-6 (8) -~-· '.'. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and · their .· personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole:tr1h.egligenee.. In ·addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless .· and def e nd, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers ; servants and employe·es, from and against · any and all claims or . suits .· for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of OWner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of OWner, its officers, servants or ellJ?loyees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (.a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier . The birector may, if he deems it appropria~e, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. C6 -6 .13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 25 t h day of the month succeeding that in which any such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged C6-6 (9) damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such __ alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be . filed . as. her.ei·p.::. 'b~ required, ·· the Contractor's claim for compensation shall·: ,.be: waived, .. and he shall · not be entitled to payment on account of · ·.' .. : such damages. C6-6. 14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC: In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be necessary by the performance of this. contract. C6 -6 .15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage, which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets ·or diversions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service ·and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed 'of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6 -6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. C6-6 (10) City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond tha.:,point. of . delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his aim , expense .. ' ,;.·,.\• The ·Contractor's responsibility in the use . of. all existing fire hydrants and/or valves is detailed in Section E2 .-l. 2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as prescribed by the City Ordinance, or where no ordinance applies, payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be preformed by the Contractor at his own expense. C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution of non -execution of the work . The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the causes herein. C6-6 .19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents . Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. C6-6 (11) The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust _ the "same .. to ,meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. · · .,.,, ,:.1,.-. q t,_, ,::,:t._ C6-6 .20 PERSONAL LJ:ABILITYOF •PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of · these Contract Documents · or in exercising any power of authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Owner, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20. 04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling . 007 . Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller's Ruling . 011, and any other applicable State Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20. 04 (H) of the Texas limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. Limited Sale, Excise and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX C6-6(12) PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS • ~.·-·, E .: ... SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS .:.;·· C7-'-7 ~1 'SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his ·own '· organization, and with the assistance of workmen un:der ··· ·hi·s immediate superintendence, work of a value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All tratisactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements regarding character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work · is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent, or other designated representative. C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operation, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a C7-7 (I) brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted · a table of estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during . each ,•. monthly estimate· period _ ·, · The Contractor shall commence this contract within the time the · ··work to · be · performed under limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents. Any deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract . The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7. 8 "Extension of Time of Completion" of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public . At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, .the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7 -7.5 CHARACTER OR WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor when it is available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent . All other workmen, including equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the C7-7 (2) · .. ,.-:I summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest_,.• or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper~~e.rformance of his . or their duties, or who neglects or refuses to comply with or carry , · .) , out , the directions · of the Owner, and such person or persohs -· shall not · be employed again thereon without written consent .of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work, workmen or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7. 6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of work completed as defined in Cl- 1. 23 "WORKING DAY" or the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following requirements are met: a . A request to work on a ·specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later than the Thursday preceding. b. Any work to be done on the Saturday, Sunday or Legal opinion of the Engineer, completion of the project. project on such a specific Holiday must be, in the essential to the timely The Engineer's decision shall be final in response request · for approval to work on a specific Saturday, to such a Sunday or C7-7 (3) Legal Holiday, and n o extra compensation shall be allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday . Calendar Da;y'S shall··be . defined in . Cl -1.24 and the Contractor _may .: .-.:,1.- work as he so desires.: C7-7. 7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND . COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit . The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. C7-7. 8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred. Shoulct ·an extension of the time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to unforeseeable causes · beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but limited to acts of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, or delays of sub - contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain , supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the contractor has made a bona fide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make deli ver·y . C7-7 ('I\) If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those. se.t ._ forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract t5Ene may • be·; increased by Change Order. C7-7. 9 DELAYS: The Contractor , 'shall . receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the · work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct, shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the Proposal section of the c·ontract documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following C7-7 (5) . .· ~' ._. . schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents, will be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. ,:,,l.....; 0. I .·. AMOUNT OF CONTRACT -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Less than $5,000 $35.00 $5,001 to 15,000 45.00 5,001 to 25,000 63.00 25,001 to 50,000 105.00 50,001 to 100,000 154.00 100,001 to 500,000 210.00 500,001 to 1,000,000 315.00 1,000,001 to 2,000,000 420 .00 2,000,001 and over 630 .00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be impossible or very difficult to accurately estimate, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just ~ompensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any Court, and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such Court Order. Neither will he be liable to the City in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely responsible . . · C7-7 .12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION : The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no ~xtra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. C7-7 ~) If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will .not,· obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become · dama-ged ·in .any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide · suitable · drainage about , the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary.·· Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of, the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7. 8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO . NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency so declared by the President of the United States, or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible. for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall, within seven days, notify the City in writing giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigation, the Owner finds that such conditions exist and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed · is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contractor, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in procuring . and making available the necessary labor, materials and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor may request the C7-7 (7) Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include, b1:1t not be limited to, the payment for all work execut~d but · no anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. • ,. ,. · C7 -7. 14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared cancelled by the City Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. b. Substantial evidence that operations by Contractor is the work within the specified progress of insufficient time . the work to complete c. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations . d . Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. e . Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily. f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. · g. Failure of · the Contractor to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. C7-7 (8) h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the .City \.,,in the .. construction of work under contract. ~-i:; .. >-' ... • ...• ·· i. A substantial indication that the ,:,Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the ·· contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose . j . If the Contractor fail to carry on acceptable manner. shall, the for any working cause whatsoever, operation in an k. If the Contractor commences legal action · against the Owner. A copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is cancelled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the Owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with the written consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the C7-7 (9) Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto ;agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possessi:ton of ·ahd . use any materials, ·. plants, .. tools, equipment, supplies, and p r operty of any -kind -. provided by· the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on ,the · work and to procure other tools; equipment, materials, labor ·and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and_ all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter -to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of thi·s section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in a manner that does not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner . C7 -7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provid~d in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the owner. Any such termination shall be affected by C7-7(10) B. mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to wh i ch performanc e of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination .becomes effective . Receipt of the notic.e shall ·he: deemed · conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner . Further,, :it: shall be :deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services . or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3 . Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the not5ice of termination; 4 . Transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: a. b . the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with . the performance of, the work terminated by the notice of termination; and the completed, or partially drawings, information and which, if the contract had would have been required to the Owner. completed plans, other property been completed, be furnished to 5. Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and C7-7 (11) 6. :•.. f. ··~· • .• : Take such action as may be necessary, or as Engineer may direct, for the protection preservation of the property related to contract which is . in·-.· -.the .. ,possession of contractor and in whichii.J:.he .. Owner . has or acquire the rest. the and its the may C ,· TERMINATION CLAIM : Within 60 days after notice of.' termination, the Contractor shall submit his D. E . · termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. AMOUNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.16 (C), the Contractor and Owner may agr ee upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. Nothing in C7-7 .16 (E) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph . FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failur~ of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7- 7 .16 (D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined . No amount shall be due for lost or ~nticipated profits. C7 -7(12) ......... - F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the am o unt due the contractor under this section, there shall be deducted (a) all unliquidated . advanc.e ... ·.or , other payments on account . theretofore ,made to 'bhe Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this ·. contract; (b) any ,cl.aim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and (c) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file · with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the Owner and the contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7 .14 hereof entitled "Suspension or Abandonment of the Work and Amendment of Contract" or any other right which Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7 -7 .17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work . C7-7 (13) PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS CS-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .SECTION CS-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT . .,,.J.· ......... . SECTION CB-8. 1 . MEASUREMENT OF ,QUANTITIES: The determination,. oe quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and items installed. C8 -8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finished overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other causes, delays, profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a satisfactory condition for operation. C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said · "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8. 4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any C8-8 (1) unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph CS-5.14) for all risks of whatever description , .. ,. c onnected with the prosecution of the _ work, for all expense .. incurred by or in ·consequence .of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working· operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents . The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute a n acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials , or e quipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of t he Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the c onstruction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or a ny damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of work or during the one year guaranty period after final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct t he same as provided herein. C8-8 . 5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1 st and 5 t h d ay of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done . during the previous month, or estimate period, under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10th day of the month, the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100. 00) i n amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Co ntractor if the total contract amount is less than $400,000, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater, within twenty- five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time C:8-8 (2) of the estimate have not been installed. Such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof . The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial . estimatesj;;., It . is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthly estimat~s : ~nd payment will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an a dmission of the Owner of the amount of work · done or of its quality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves · the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this contract. CB -8. 6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT :. Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in ·accordance with the requirements of the Contract Docume~ts. CB-8;7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, who will within a reasonable time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing o f the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment therefor as outlined in CB -8.8 below. CB-8. 8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. C8-8 (3) - All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. -.... ,- The.._ amount ·of the final estimate, less previous payments andnJan.y·· sums that have been deducted ·or .retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents ; will.be paid · to the Contractor .within 60 days after final acceptance· by the owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing _ labor and/or materials have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages . The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating .to the work under Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8 -8. 9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto · approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto . C8-8 (4) CB-8 .10 GENERAL GUARANTY : Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of -work not crone in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability · iin · -: respect • to any · express warranties or responsibility for ,:faulty , materia1s ot workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy · any ·· · defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. CB-8.11 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal,. shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid i tern. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. CB-8 .12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid i terns in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions . Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one -tenth unit . Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. CB -8 .13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to Engineer upon completion of the work . 71 - 'll - - - - - - SECTJON Cl: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDJTIONS TO PART C -GENERAL COND1T10NS A. General B . C. D . These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Contract and other prov isions of the Contract Documents as indicated below . Provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect. C8-8.5 PARTJAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE : Pa ge C8-8 (2), should be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following : Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the 5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The e stimate shall be proceeded by the City on the I 0th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period , le ss the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay e stimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials deli vered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof. but which at the time of the pay e stimate have not been so in stalled . If such materials are included within a pay e stin1ate , payment shall be based upon 85 % of the net voice value thereof The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less than $400 ,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten per cent (J 0% ). For contracts of $400,000 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5 %). Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold foture payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished . It is understood that the partial pay estin1ates will be approxin1ate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mi stake in any previous estimate . Partial payment by Owner for the amount of work done or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the work done: shall not releas e the Contractor of any of its re sponsibilities under the Contract Documents . The City re serve s the right to withhold the payment of any partial e stimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this contract . Part C -General Conditions: Para graph C3-3 . l l of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with D-3 of Part D -Special Conditions . C3-3. l l INSURANCE : Pa ge C3-3 (6): Delete subparagraph ''g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING" Revised I 0/24/02 Pg . I E . C6-6 . l 2 CONTRACTOR 'S RESPONSJBLJTY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS : Page C6-6 (8), is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the fo1lowing : Contractor co venant s and agrees to indemnify City 's en g ineer and architect , and their personnel at the project site for Contractor 's sole ne gligence . ln addition, Contractor covenants and agree s to indemnify , hold harmle ss and defend , at its own expense, the Owner, it s officers , se rvants and employees , from and against any and all claims or suits for propert y lo ss, property damage , pe rsonal injury, includin g death , arising out of, or alle ged to arise out of, the work and service s to be perfonned hereunder by Contractor, its officers , ag ents , emplo yees , subcontractors, licen see s or invitees , whether or not any such iniury, d"m"ge or de(lfh is cm,sed, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, sen>ants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmles s the Owner from and again st any and all injuries to Owner's officers , servant s and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to ....,. property of the Owner ari sin g from th e performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract , whether or not any such iniury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged 11eglige11ce of Owner, its officers, sen>ants or employees. In the event Owner receive s a written claim for dama ges against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment , final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactor y evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a relea se from the claimant in vol ved , or (b) pro vide s Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. w The Director may , if he deems it appropriate , refo se to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor a g ainst whom a cl aim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. F . INCREASED OR DECREASED Q U ANTITIES : Part C -General Conditions, Section C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK, Pa ge C 4-4 ( l ), rev ise pa ra graph C4-4 .3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES to re a d as follo ws : G . The Owner re serves the right to alter the qu a ntitie s of the w ork to be performed or to extend or shorten the impro veme nts at any time w hen and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered , increased or decreased at the unit prices as e stabli shed in the contract document s . N o allo w ance will be made for any changes in lost or anticipated profits nor shall such change s be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or pro visions of the Contract Do cument s. Variations in quantities of sanit a ry sewer pipe s in de pth categories shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sa nitary sewer pipe in each pipe size but not to the variou s depth cate gories . C3-3. l l INSURANCE : Pa ge C3-3 (7): Add subp ara graph "h . ADDITIONAL R evised 10/24 /02 Pg .2 - - - - - - - - INS URANCE REQUIREM EN TS" a . The City, it s officers, employees and servant s shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insura11ce policie s exceptin g employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy . b. Certificates of in surance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the re spective department as specified in the bid documents , 1000 Throckmorton Street , Fort Worth , TX 76102 , prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c . Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the in surance requirement s specified herein . d . Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal , and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e . Insurers must be authorized to do busine ss in the State of Texas and have a current A.M . Best rating of A : VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits , or self-funded retention lin1its , on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. g. Other than worker 's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment mea sures through insurance pools or risk retention groups . The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage . h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. i. City shall not be re sponsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance . j . Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k . In the course of the project , Contractor shall report , in a timely manner , to City's officially designated contract admini strator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or law suit or which could result in a property los s . l. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein . Revi sed Pg . 3 I 0/24 /02 • H. l . m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents . C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT : Delete C8-8.4, Scope of Payment at page C8-8(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided , in full payment for furnishing all labor , tools , materials , and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or :from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstrnctions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph CS-5 .14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified , or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights , or other legal re servations , and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents . The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment , nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair , correct , renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or in1perfections in the constrnction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery fornished in or about the constrnction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects , which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the fmal inspection and acceptance of the work or during the two (2) year guaranty period after the final acceptance . The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects , imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein . C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY : Delete C8-8. J 0 , General Guaranty at page C8-8(4) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following : Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall fomish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of I 00 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined . The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Revised 10/24/02 Pg .4 - - - - - -· J. K . Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the specifications shall be resolved in favor of this specifications, it being the City 's intent that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of acceptance of the project. In the Special Jnstructions to Bidders , TPW contracts place the following in lieu of the existing paragraph 2 . Part C -General Conditions, Section C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL, Page C2-2 (4) exchange para g raphs C2-2 .7 , C2-2 .8 and C2-2.9 with the following: C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered , accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the propo sa l at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered . The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered . Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purcha s ing Divi sion , P .O . Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 . C2-2 .8 WlTHDRA WING PROPOSALS : Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals . A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud , the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened . C2-2 .9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS : Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic corrmmnication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening tin1e , and provided further , that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic corrm11mication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time . 1f such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time , no further consideration will be given to the proposal C3-3.7 BONDS (CITY LET PROJECTS): Reference Part C, General Conditions , dated November I, 198 7: ( City let projects) make the following revisions: I. Page C3-3(3); the paragraph after paragraph C3-3 .7d Other Bonds should be revi sed to read : Revised 10/24/02 Pg . 5 L. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2 ) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100 ,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion , will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein . 2 . Pg. C3-3(5) Paragraph C3-3 . 1 I INSURANCE delete subparagraph "a . COMPENSATION INSURANCE". 3 . Pg . C3-3(6), Paragraph C3-3 .I 1 INSURANCE delete subparagraph "g . LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING". RIGHT TO AUDIT: Part C -General Conditions , Section C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Page C 8-8 (5), add the fol1owin g: C8-8 . 14 RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall , until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor inv olving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor a g rees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilitie s and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provis ions of this section . The City shall gi v e contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits . (b) Contractor further agrees to include in all it s subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor a grees that the City shall, until the expiration of three ( 3) years after final payment under the subcontract , ha ve access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent book s, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further , that City shall have acces s during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilitie s, and shall be p ro vided adequate and appropri a te work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article . City shall gi ve subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits . (c) Contractor and subcontractor ag ree to photocopy s uch document s as may be requested by the City . The City agrees to rein1bur se the Contrac tor for the cost of copies as follow s: l . 50 copies a nd under -IO cent s per p age R evi sed 10/24 /02 Pg . 6 - - - - - - 2, More than 50 copies -85 cents for the fir st page plu s fifteen cents for each page thereafter M . SITE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall clear rights-of-way or ea sements of obstruction which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project constrnction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to paragraph C6-6. l O work within easements, page C6-6(4), part C -General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General Specifications . Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe . N . Reference Part C -General Conditions, Section C6-6 .8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN : 1. Wherever the word Watchmen appears in thi s paragraph, it shall be changed to the word flagmen . 2. In the first paragraph, lines five (5) and six (6), change the phrase take all such other precautionary measures to take all reasonable necessary measures . 0 . MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE : Reference Part C (General Conditions), Section C3-3.2 Entitled "MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRJSE COMPLIANCE" shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following : Upon request , Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work perfom1ed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment therefore . Contractor further agrees to pemut an audit and /or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The nusrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent nusrepresentation) and /or the comnussion of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements ; forther , any such nusrepresentation ( other than negligent nusrepresentation) and/or comnussion of fraud will result in the Contractor being detenruned to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than thee ( 3) years . Revised 10/24/02 Pg . 7 P . WAGE RATES : Section C3-3 .I3 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following : (a) The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b) The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract ; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Section C-1 , L. Right to Audit (Rev . 9/30/02) pertain to this inspection . ( c) The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above . ( d) With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Revised 10/2 4 /02 Pg. 8 - - - PARTD SPECIAL CONDIDONS (WATER DEPT.) -GREEN-. ADDIDONAL SPECIAL CONDIDONS (WATER DEPT.) ~REEN- PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 5 COORDINATION MEETING ......................................................................................... 7 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW ................ 7 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ................................ 9 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES .............................................................. , ............ 9 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS ........................... Jc .................. .:: .......... 10 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES .............................................. : .......... 10 .· TRAFFIC CONTROL ...................... · .......... ~ ................................ : ................................... 11 . DETOURS ... ; ... · ............................................................................................................. 12 .. EXAMINATION OF SITE ............................................................................................. 12 ZONING COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................. 12 WASTE MATERIAL ..................................................................................................... 12 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINALACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 12 · CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK ................................. 13 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES ............................ 13 BID QUANTITIES ........................................................................................................ 13 CUTTING OF CONCRETE .......................................................................................... 14 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN ................................................................................. 14 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT ...................................... 14 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL. ....................................................... 14 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL ............................................................................ 15 2:27 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................... 15 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION ......................................... 15 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS ............ 16 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) ................ 17 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES ................................................................................ 18 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES .................................................................................. 21 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES ................ 22 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES ............................................................................... 25 PIPE CLEANING ................................................................ : ......................................... 25 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL ....................................................................... 25 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN ................................. : ............................... 25 SUBSTITUTIONS ........................................................................................................ 26 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER. ............ 26 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES .......................................... 29 BYPASS PUMPING ..................................................................................................... 30 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER .......... 30 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING ......................................................... 32 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE) ......... ~ ...................................................... 33 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES ........................ 34 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL ......................................................... 34 SITE RESTORATION .................................................................................................. 34 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST .............................................. 35 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING .................................... ~ ........ 35 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM ..................................................................... 40 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION ........................... .41 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS).. ................... .41 CON GRETE ENCASEMEN::C, OF SEWER PIPE ......................................................... .42 11 /17/2008 SC-1 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0-50 CLAY DAM ................................................................................................................... 42 0-51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE) ................................................................. .42 0-52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES ................................................................... .42 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe .......................................................................... .42 52.2 Blocking ............................................................................................................ ;,_., .•...... ,.43 .. . . -52 .3 .··Type o.f Casing Pipe ..................................................................................... : ...•.. .-.. : ....... ,:4.3 :·::. 52.4 ·Tie-lns .................................. , ........... : ......................................................................... .-.43 · · 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains .:.''.:.' .. : .......... : .................................................................. .43 52.6 Valve Cut-Ins .......... · ... ·.::: .... : ... .' ..................................................................................... 44 52.7 Water Services .............. : ............................................................................................. 44 52.8 1 2-lnch Temporary Service Line .................................................................................... 46 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines ...................................................................... 47 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries ...................................................................... .47 52.11 Water Sample Station .................................................................................................. 48 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings ............................................................................... .48 D-53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL. ............................... : ......................................... 49 0-54 DEWATERING ............................................................................................................ 49 0-55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES ........................................................ .49 0-56 TREE PRUNING .......................................................................................................... 49 0-57 TREE REMOVAL ......................................................................................................... 50 0-58 TEST HOLES ............................................................................................................... 50 0-59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 50 TRAFFIC BUTTONS ..................................................................................................... 51 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS .............................................................. 51 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR ............................................................................ 52 • CONSTRUCTION STAKES ......................................................................................... 52 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS ...................................................................................... 52 PRE-CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING ................................................ 53 WAGE RATES ............................................................................................................. 53 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ..................................... 55 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 1 ACRE) ............................................................................................................. 55 0-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF 0-70 0-71 0-72 0-73 0-1 0-2 D-3 D-4 0-5 0-6 D-7 0-8 0-9 0-10 11/17/2008 EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS .................................................................................... 57 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD ............. , .............................. 58 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION ................................................. 58 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS ................................................................................ 59 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE-INSPECTIONS ..................................... 59 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 5 COORDINATION MEETING ......................................................................................... 7 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW ................ 7 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ................................ 9 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES .......................................................................... 9 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS ............................................................ 10 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES ......................................................... 10 . TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................... 11 DETOURS .................................................................................................................... 12 EXAMINATION OF SITE .............................................................................................. 12 SC-2 ·-·---______ P_A __ ,R_T_D_--S---PE_c_1_A_L_c_o_N_o_1r-,o-N--ls•-------- 0-11 ZONING COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 12 0-12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................. 12 0-13 WASTE MATERIAL ..................................................................................................... 12 0-14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 12 0-15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK ................................. 13 0-16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR HIGH. VOLTAGE LINES •........................... 13 0-17 · BIO QUANTITIES ........................................................................................ : .. ,., ... -~ ..... -... ·13 0-16 -CUTTING OF CONCRETE ............................................................................ .' ... ,\ ....... ~·14 -. 0-19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN .................................•............................•.. '..; .. ;;:.: ....... ; 14 0-20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT ...................................... 14 0-21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL. ....................................................... 14 0-22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL ............................................................................ 15 0-23 2:27 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................... 15 0-24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION ......................................... 15 0-25 -TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS ............ 16 0-26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) ................ 17 0-27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES ................................................................................ 18 0-28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES .................................................................................. 21 0-29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES .......•........ 22 0-30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES ............................................................................... 25 0-31 PIPE CLEANING .......................................................................................................... 25 0-32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL. ...................................................................... 25 0-33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN ................................................................. 25 D-34 SUBSTITUTIONS ........................................................................................................ 26 D-35 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER. ............ 26 0-36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES .......................................... 29 D-37 BYPASS PUMPING ..................................................................................................... 30 D-38 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER .......... 30 D-39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING ......................................................... 32 D-40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR D-41 D-42 D-43 D-44 0-45 0-46 0-47 D-48 0-49 D-50 0-51 0-52 52.1 52.2 52.3 52.4 52.5 52.6 52.7 11/17/2008 DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE) ................................................................ 33 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES ........................ 34 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL ......................................................... 34 SITE RESTORATION .................... ~ ............................................................................. 34 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST .............................................. 35 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING ............................................. 35 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM ..................................................................... 40 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION ........................... .41 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) ..................... .41 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE .......................................................... 42 CLAYDAM ................................................................................................................... 42 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE) .................................................................. 42 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES .................................................................... 42 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe .......................................................................... .42 Blocking ....................................................................................................................... 43 Type of Casing Pipe ..................................................................................................... 43 Tie.-lns .......................................................................................................................... 43 Connection of Existing Mains ....................................................................................... 43 Valve Cut-Ins ............................................................................................................... 44 Water Services ............................................................................................................ 44 SC-3 52.8 52.9 52.10 52.11 52.12 D-53 D-54 .D-55 . 0-56 D-57 D-58 D-59 D-60 D-61 D-62 0-63 0-64 0-65 D-66 0-67 D-68 D-69 0-70 0-71 D-72 0-73 0-74 11/17/2008 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2-lnch Temporary Service Line .................................................•.................................. 46 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines ..................................................................... .47 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries ....................................................................... 47 Water Sample Station .................................................................................................. 48 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings ............................................................................... .48 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTR.OL ..... :: .... : ........... :.; ...... , ......................................... 49 DEWATERING ............................................ : ................ : ...................................... :, ....... 49 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES ....•.... , •. ,, ....... :: .. -....... ; ........ ~-.'. ... :.· ....... .49 TREE PRUNING ............................................................................... : ........... : .. :: .......... 49 TREE REMOVAL ......................................................................................................... 50 TEST HOLES ............................................................................................................... 50 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 50 TRAFFIC BUTTONS .................................................................................................... 51 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS .............................................................. 51 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR ............................................................................ 52 CONSTRUCTION-STAKES ......................................................................................... 52 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS ...................................................................................... 52 PRE-CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING ................................................ 53 WAGE RATES .............................................................................................................. 53 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ..................................... 55 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 1 ACRE) ............................................................................................................. 55 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS .. .' ................................................................................. 57 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD ............................................ 58 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION ................................................. 58 AIR POLLUTION WATCH .DAYS ................................................................................ 59 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE-INSPECTIONS ..................................... 59 GREEN CEMENT POLICY 59 SC-4 - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS This Part D -Special Conditions is complimentary to Part C -General Conditions and Part C1 - Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract. Anything contained in this Part D that is additive to any provision in Part C - General Conditions and part C1 -Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract are to be read together. Any conflict between Part C -General Conditions and Part C1 -Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and this Part D, Part D shall control. FOR: WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 FORT WORTH, TEXAS DOE PROJECT NO. 5313 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS NO. P253 606170 0395 83 & P258 706170 0395 83 0-1 GENERAL The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents 3. Special Conditions The following Special Conditions .shall be applicable to this project under the provisions stated above. The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of two (2) years from date of final acceptance of this project by the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of this project which becomes defective due to these causes. Subject to modifications as herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and General Specifications, with latest revisions, are made a part of the General Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, these Special Contract Documents and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings or details referred to by manufacturers name, or identification include therein as specifying, referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all. Any Contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must be pre- qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General Specifications, which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work. This contract and project, where applicable, may also be governed by the two following published specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions: 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH 11/24/2008 SC-5 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION -NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS Any conflict between these contract documents and the above 2 publications shall be resolved in .... favor .of.these contract documents . A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the office of the Transportation and Public Works Director, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth , Texas 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay item are indicated by the call-out for the pay item by the designer. If not shown, then applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as "non-responsive" and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate as determined by the City Engineer. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: A. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered , accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders". It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL", and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Divis ion, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. B. WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS : Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals . A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing , addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals . After all proposals not requested for non- consideration are opened and publicly read aloud , the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS : Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. 11 /2 4/2008 SC-6 PART o· -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-2 COORDINATION MEETING For coordination purposes, weekly meetings at the job site may be required to maintain the project on the desired schedule. The contractor shall be present at all meetings . GL. 0-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATl6~ LAW A. Definitions: 1. Certification of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. 2. Duration of the project -includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) or all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 11/17/2008 SC-7 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage , if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F, The : contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration ,of the project and for one year thereafter. ,c,11: •. .2 G. The contractor shall .· notify the -governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage . I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to : 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 ( 44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage , if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4 . Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a .) A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b.) A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period , if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and 11/17/2008 SC-8 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1 )-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 8 .. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the .. ,.,', · contractor is representing to the governmental . entity that all employees, of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage · for the duration of the project, that · the coverage will be based on proper reporting of · · classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation . Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions . 9. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. J. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules . This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additioral words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other: service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee ." Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 463-3642 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". 0-4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines . 0-5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the s.trffiary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made waterti!:)ht or be 11/17/2001 9C-9 • PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS constructed of ductile iron pipe. The Engineer shall determine the required length of replacement. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping . Adapter fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling ASTM C-425 with series 300 stainless steel . compression straps . Backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances required are deemed subsidiary work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. D-6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines, or other property exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all · necessary provisions (as approved or authorized by the applicable utility company) for the support, protection and/or temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction . It is understood that the Contractor is not responsible for the permanent relocation of existing utilities in direct conflict with the proposed construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and/or temporary relocation of such facilities are deemed subsidiary work and the cost of same and shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall cooperate with the Owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts in grades and alignment. In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the City of the Engineer to be accurate as to extent, location, and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available at the time of design, from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground . D-7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES It is apparent that certain construction vehicles could exceed the load bearing capacity of the pipe under shallow bury conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect both the new 11/17/2008 SC-10 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS line and the existing lines from these possibly excessive loads. The Contractor shall not, at any time, cross the existing or new pipe with a truck delivering new pipe to the site. Any damage to the existing or new pipe will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City . . . ... , • Jn .lo~tions where it is not permissible to cross the existing or proposed pipes without i additional ·. protection the Contractor may elect to provide. additional protection of the pipes so that more frequent crossings of the pipes are allowed . It still is, however, the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to the existing or proposed lines, if the damage results from any phase of his construction operation. D-8 TRAFFIC CONTROL The Traffic Control Plan shall be sealed by an engineer and submitted as part of the complete set of plans to the Infrastructure Review Center to be reviewed under the typical project review process for New Development Projects. The Traffic control Plan shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways," codified as Article 6701d Vernon's Civil Statues, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27 , 29, 30 and 31 . The Contractor shall receive final approval with the City Traffic Engineer following the Pre- construction conference. The contractor shall be responsible for following and maintaining the Traffic Control Plan . Although work will not begin until the traffic control plan has been reviewed and approved, the Contractor's time will begin in accordance with the time frame established in the Notice to Contractor. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or other sign, which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit · required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, (Phone Number 817-392-7738) to remove the sign . In the case of regulatory signs , the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above-referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign . If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications , the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed . Work shall not be performed on certain locations/streets during "peak traffic periods " as determination by the City Traffic Engineer and in accordance with the applicable provision of the "City of Fort Worth Traffic Control Handbook for Construction and Maintenance Work Areas ." The lump sum pay item for traffic control shall cover installation and maintenance of the traffic control plan . 11/17/2008 SC-11 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-9 DETOURS The contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the project area. d( ~ '. ·0~·10 . EXAMINATION OF SITE It shall be . the responsibility of the prospective bidder to visit the project site and make such , .·.;· examinations and explorations as may be necessary to determine all conditions, which may affect construction of this project. Particular attention should be given to methods of providing ingress and egress to adjacent private and public properties, procedures for protecting existing improvements and disposition of all materials to be removed. Proper consideration should be given to these details during the preparation of the Proposal and all unusual conditions, which may give, rise to later contingencies should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to the submission of the Proposal. D-11 ZONING COMPLIANCE During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes . D-12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor at his own expense will furnish water for construction. D-13 WASTE MATERIAL All waste material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at locations approved by the Engineer. All material shall be disposed of in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct proper drainage or to cause injury to street improvements or to abutting property. D-14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE The Contractor shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly condition is considered an integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up work shall be done as directed by the Engineer as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer it is necessary, clean-up shall be done on a daily basis. Clean up work shall include, but not be limited to: • Sweeping the street clean of dirt or debris • Storing excess material inappropriate and organized manner • Keeping trash of any kind off of residents' property If the Engineer does not feel that the jobsite has been kept in an orderly condition, on the next estimate payment (and all subsequent payments until completed) of the appropriate bid item(s) will be reduced by 25%. Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as all construction has been completed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway, right- 11/17/2008 SC-12 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS of-way, or easement is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make a final cleanup of all parts of the work before acceptance by the City of Fort Worth or its representative. This cleanup shall include removal of all objectionable rocks, pieces of asphalt or concrete and other construction materials, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner and appearance. The City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering shall .give . . final acceptan©EJ_of the ,completed project work. •:ia ... :.: D-15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK . . . . Prior to executing the Contract, it shall be the respohsibiifty of the Contractor to furnish a schedule outlining the anticipated time for each phase of construction with starting and completion dates, including sufficient time being allowed for cleanup. The Contractor shall not commence with water and/or sanitary sewer installation until such time that the survey cut-sheets have been received from the City inspector. D-16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: 1. A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed inside and outside vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows: "WARNING -UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES." 2. Equipment .that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have insulati.ng cage-type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or dippers, and insulator links on the lift hook connections. 3. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be given the power company (ONCOR) who will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de- energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the power company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to ONCOR, and shall record action taken in each case . 4 . The Contractor is required to make arrangements with the ONCOR company for the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole cost and expense . 5. No person shall work within six feet of a high voltage line without protection having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (3). 0-17 BIO QUANTITIES Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4 .3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. 11/17/2008 SC-13 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0-18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE When existing concrete is cut, such cuts shall be made with a concrete saw. All sawing shall be subsidiary to the unit cost of the respective item . D-19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN / '· .. ~ Project signs are .required at all locations. It shall be in accordance with the attached Figure 30 : 1.: (dated 9-18-96). The signs may be mounted on skids or posts. The Engineer shall approve the· ';:· · exact locations and methods of mounting. In addition to the 4 ' x 8' project signs, project signs shall be attached to barricades used where manhole rehabilitation or replacement is being conducted . Signs suspended from barricading shall be placed in such a way that signs do not interfere with reflective paint or coloring on the barricades. Barricade signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30, except that they shall be 1 '-0" by 2'-0" in size. The information box shall have the following information: For Questions on this Project Call: (817) 392-8306 M-F 7:30 am to 4:30 p.m . or (817) 392-8300 Nights and Weekends Any and all cost for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed . 0-20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT At locations in the project where mains are required to be placed under existing sidewalks and/or driveways, such sidewalks and/or driveways shall be completely replaced for the full existing width, between existing construction or expansion joints with 3000 psi concrete with reinforcing steel on a sand cushion in accordance with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Specifications for Construction, Item 504. At locations where mains are required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such curb and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and gutter shall be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard Specification for Construction, Item 502 . Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the square yard price of the bid item for concrete sidewalk or driveway repair. 0-21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL Material has been allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions . Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used , measured to the nearest one-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. 11/17/2008 SC-14 - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL Where specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, Crushed Limestone shall be used for trench backfill on this project. The material shall conform to Public Works Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Division 2 Item 208.2 -Materials and Division 2 Item 208.3 -Materials ·sgurces. Trench backfill and compaction shall meet the requirements of E2-2 :::;1J Excavation and Bac~ll; Construction Specifications, General Contract Documents. · -·'./'t ,. Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall b~ made at the unit p~ice bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with E2-2 .16 Measurement of Backfill Materials, Construction Specifications, and General Contract Documents . 0-23 2:27 CONCRETE Transportation and Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as base repair. Since this call-out includes the word "concrete", the consistent interpretation of the Transportation and Public Works Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete . D-24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within easements, and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with Sections E1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as specified herein. 1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise, and if the Engineer determines that the design loadings of the pipe will be exceeded, the Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights-of-way, permanent easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. 2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material. Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples .of soils in all involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material, the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D" Backfill, and E2-2 .11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" back-fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B" backfill material shall be used. In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in accordance with Figure A. Sand material specified in Figure A shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation : . 11/1.7/MlB SC-15 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS • Less than 10% passing the #200 sieve • P .I. = 10 or less Additionally, the crushed limestone embedment gradation specified in Section E1-3 Crushed ,, ... ,;_;; ,· Limestone for Erribedment of the . General Contract Documents and Specifications shall be ,..,h i - replaced with the following : Sieve Size 1" 1/2" 3/8" #4 #8 % Retained 0-10 40-75 55-90 90-100 95 -100 All other provisions of this section shall remain the same . . :.·. ·: ·· .. 3. TRENCH COMPACTION : All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which lie outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M . 0698) by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with 95% Standard Proctor Density by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material to be compacted as described above must be within +-4% of its optimum moisture content. The City, at its own expense, will perform trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material, with the exception of Type "B" backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per linear foot of water and sewer pipe. Type "B" backfill shall be paid for at a pre-bid unit price of $15.00 per cubic yard. D-25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS The unit price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness , etc., to existing pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts , Figures 2000-1 through 2000-3 . The results of the street cores that were conducted on the project streets, to determine HMAC depths on existing streets, are provided in these specifications and contract documents . 11 /17/2008 SC-16 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12) inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled with required materials as shown on paving details, compacted and level with the finished street surface . This finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable, condition until the paving has been replaced. All residential driveways shall be acces,sible at night'~r.id over we~kends . It has been determined by the Transportation and Publ ic . Works Department that the strip of existing HMAC pavement between the existing gutter and the edge · of the trench pavement repair will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two (2) feet or le·ss in width. Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feet or less from the lip of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing paving to such gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to the gutter line. The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) working days, providing job placement conditions will permit repaving. If paving conditions are not suitable for repaving , in the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible date. A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering Construction Services Section by the Contractor in conformance with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No. 792 to make utility cuts in the street. The Department of Engineering will inspect the paving repair after construction . This permit requirement may be waived if work is being done under a Performance Bond and inspected by the Department of Engineering. D-26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) A. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench excavations exceeding depth of five (5) feet in order to protect workers from cave-ins. The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other appurtenances. The design for the trench safety shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in Texas. The trench safety plan shall be specific for each water and/or sanitary sewer line included in the project. 8. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Sub-Part P -Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. C. DEFINITIONS: 1. TRENCHES -A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen ( 15) feet. 2 . BENCHING SYSTEM -Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal level or steps , usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels. 11/17/2008 SC-17 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SLOPING SYSTEM -Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. 4 . SHIELD SYSTEM -Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shieldsn. Shield means a structure thaUs able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers . within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses. Shields can .be . . . either pre-manufactured or job-built in accordance with OSHA standards . . .. : , '·< ··. 5. SHORING SYSTEM -Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed to prevent cave- ins . Shoring systems are generally comprised of cross-braces , vertical rails, (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting. D. MEASUREMENT -Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the existing ground to the bottom of embedment or bottom of excavation. The quantity of trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth greater than five (5) feet.. E. PAYMENT -Payment shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal of trench safety systems. 0-27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES A. GENERAL: The installation, replacement, and/or rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All manholes shall be in accordance with sections E1-14 Materials for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Valve Vaults, Etc., and E2-14 Vault and Manhole Construction of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition . For new sewer line installations, the Contractor shall temporarily plug all lines at every open manhole under construction in order to keep debris out of the dry sewer lines. The plugs shall not be removed until the applicable manhole complete with cone section has been constructed and the lid installed to keep out debris as a result of additional construction . 1. CONCRETE COLLARS: Concrete collars will be required on all manholes specified as per Figure 121. 2. WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS: Watertight gasket manhole inserts shall be installed in all sanitary sewer manholes. Inserts shall be constructed in accordance with Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4 and shall be fitted and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Stainless Steel manhole inserts shall be required for all pipe diameters 18n and greater. 3. LIFT HOLES: All lift holes shall be plugged with a pre-cast concrete plug . The lift hole shall be sealed on the outside of the manhole with Ram-Nek or an approved equal sealant. The lift hole shall be sealed on the inside of the manhole with quick setting cement grout. 4. FINAL RIM ELEVATIONS: Manhole rims in parkways, lawns and other improved lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) nor less than one-half (1/2) inch above the surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from the top of manhole casting 11/17/2008 SC-18 - . ,...._:-... · .. · PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS for not less than three (3) feet each direction to existing finish grade of the ground. The grade of all surfaces shall be checked for proper slope and grade by string lining the entire area regarded near the manhole. Manholes in open fields , unimproved land , or drainage courses shall be at an elevation shown on the drawings or minimum of 6 inches above grade . ;:. ,. ,. 5 . MANHOLE COVERS : All lids shall have pick slots ·in lieu of pick holes. Manhole frames and covers shall be McKinley, Type N, with indented top design, or equal, with pick slots . Covers shall set flush with the rim of the frame and shall have no larger than 1 /8-inch gap between the frame and cover. Bearing surfaces shall be machine finished. Locking manhole lids and frames will be restricted to locations within the 100-year floodplain and areas specifically designated on the plans. Certain teed Ductile Iron Manhole Lids and Frames are acceptable for use where locking lids are specified . 6 . SHAL,LOW CONE MANHOLES : Shallow manhole construction will be used when manhole depth is four ( 4) feet or less. All shallow cone manholes shall be built in accordance with Figure 105. All shallow cone manholes shall have a cast iron lid and frame with pick slots . NOTE: MANHOLES PER FIGURE 106 WILL NOT BE ALLOWED . 7. MANHOLE STEPS : No manhole steps are to be installed on any sanitary sewer manhole. 8. EXTERIOR SURFACE COATING: Exterior surfaces of all manholes shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy, Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service Black" Tnemec "46- 450 Heavy Tnemecol ," or equal to, a minimum or 14 mils dry film thickness. 9. MANHOLE JOINT SEALING: All interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections constructed for the City of Fort Worth Water Department, excluding only the joints using a trapped type performed 0-ring rubber gasket shall require Bitumastic joint sealants as per F,igure M. This sealant shall be pre-formed and trowelable Bitumastic as manufactured by Kent-Seal, Ram-Nek , E-Z Stick , or equal. The joint sealer shall be supplied in either extruded pipe form or suitable cross-sectional area or flat-tape and shaUbe sized as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The· joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable wrapper and shall not in any way depend on oxidation , evaporation, or any other chemical action for either its adhesive properties or cohesive strength . The Joint sealer shall remain totally flexible without shrinking , hardening, or oxidizing regardless of the length of time it is exposed to the elements. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit attesting to the successful use of the product as a pre-formed flexible joint sealant on concrete pipe and manhole sections for a period of at least five years. B. EXECUTION : 1. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT: Each grade adjustment ring and manhole frame shall be sealed with the above-specified materials . All surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, sand , mud, or other foreign matter. The manufacturer shall apply a primer to all surfaces prior to installing the joint sealant in accordance with the recommendations. The protective wrapper shall remain on the joint sealant until immediately prior to the placement of the pipe in the trench . After removal of 11/17/2008 SC-19 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS the protective wrapper, the joint sealant shall be kept clean. Install frames and cover over manhole opening with the bottom of the rings resting on Bitumastic joint sealer. Frames and grade rings shall rest on two (2) rows (inside and outside) of Bitumastic joint sealer. . ; .. ".2.. SEALING AND/OR ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES : Excavate (rectangularfull depth •• 0saw cut if in pavement) adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire i manhole frame and a .. , . minimum of 6 inches of the manhole wall keeping the sides of the trench nearly vertical . c : .· :1 · .· •·· Remove manhole frame from the manhole structure and observe the condition of the frame and grade rings. Any frame or grade ring that is not suitable for use as determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. Grade rings that are constructed of brick, block materials other than pre-cast concrete rings, or where necessary and approved by the Engineer, shall be replaced with a pre-cast flattop section . Pre-cast concrete rings, or a pre-cast concrete flattop section will be the only adjustments allowed . In brick or block manholes, replace the upper portion of the manhole to a point 24 inche~ below the frame. If the walls or cone section below this level are structurally unsound, notify the Engineer prior to replacement of the grade rings and manhole frame . Existing brickwork, if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense . Wire brush manhole frame and exposed manhole surfaces to remove dirt and loose debris. Coat exposed manhole surfaces with an approved bonding agent followed by an application of quick setting hydraulic cement to provide a smooth working surface. If. the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to safely support new adjustment rings or frames, a flat top section shall be installed . · Joint surfaces between the frames, adjustment rings, and cone section shall be free of dirt, stones, debris and voids to ensure a watertight seal. Place flexible gasket joint material along the inside and outside edge of each joint, or use trowelable material in lieu of pre- formed gasket material. Position ttie butt joint of each length of joint material on opposite sides of the manhole. No steel shims, wood , stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be used to obtain final surface elevation of the manhole frame . In paved areas or future paved areas , castings shall be installed by using a straight edge not less than ten (10) feet long so that the top of the casting will conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. The top of the casting shall be 1 /8 inch below the finished elevation .. Allowances for the compression of the joint material shall be made to assure a proper final grade elevation . 3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES : All exposed exterior surfaces shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy. Kopper "Bitumastic Super Service Black"; Tnemec "46- 450 Heavy Tnemecol", or equal, to a minimum of 14 mils dry film thickness. 4 . The exterior surface of all pre-cast section joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and then waterproofed with a 1 /2-inch thick coat of trowelable bitumastic joint sealant from 6-inches below to 6-inches above the joint. The coated joint shall then be wrapped with 6 mil plastic to protect the sealant from damage during backfilling. 11 /17/2008 SC-20 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The price bid for new manhole installations shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for construction of the manhole including, but not limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating . Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bidnfor ,reconstn,..1ction of existing manholes shall include all labor equipment and . · ii~fc: materials necessary for construction of new manhole, including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, disposal of materials, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement; which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bid for adjusting and/or sealing of existing manholes shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for adjusting and/or sealing the manhole, including but not limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing, and exterior surface coating. Payment for concrete collars will be made per each. Payment for manhole inserts will be made per each. D-28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES Any reconnection, relocation, re-routes, replacement, or new sanitary sewer service shall be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contact Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer as active sewer taps. The service connections shall be constructed by the Contractor utilizing standard factory manufactured tees. City approved factory manufactured saddle taps may be used, but only as directed by the Eng.ineer. The decision to~ use saddle taps as opposed to tees shall be made on a case-by-case basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the scheduling of tapping crews with building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when taps will be required. Severed service connections shall be maintained as specified in section C6-6 .15. D. SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTION: When sewer service reconnection is called for the Contractor shall vertically adjust the existing sewer service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap. The fittings used for vertical adjustment shall consist of a maximum bend of 45 degrees. The tap shall be located so as to line up with the service line and avoid any horizontal adjustment. For open cut applications, all sanitary sewer service lines shall be replaced to the property or easement line, or as directed by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer services on sewers being rehabilitated using pipe enlargement methods shall be replaced to the property or easement line or as directed by the Engineer. Procedures listed below for Sewer Service Replacement shall be adhered to for the installation of any sewer service line including the incidental four ( 4) feet of service line which is included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. Payment for work such as backfill, saddles, tees, fittings incidental four (4) feet of service line and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. E. SEWER SERVICE REPLACEMENT: All building sewer services encountered during construction shall be adjusted and/or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer as required for the connection of the sewer service line . If the sewer service line is in such condition or adjustment necessitates the replacement of the sewer service line, all work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. The Engineer shall determine the length of the replacement. All sewer services shall be installed at a minimum of two (2) percent slope or as 11 /1~ ~ ... 21 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS approved by the Engineer. For situations involving sewer service re-routing, whether on public or private property, the City shall provide line and grade for the sewer service lines as shown on the project plans . Prior to installing the applicable sewer main or lateral and the necessary service lines, the Contractor shall verify (by de-holing at the building clean-out) the elevations .. -. c.( shown on the plans) at the building clean-out and compare the data with the elevation. atthe . "mprciposed connection point on the sewer main, in order to ensure that the two n(;2) percent , .. ; minimum slope ( or as specified by .the Engineer) requirement is satisfied. Elevations shall also ·:: .• i be verified at all bend locations on the service re-route. All applicable sewer mains, laterals and affected service lines that ·are . installed without pre-construction de-holing at the affected residences (to verify design elevations) shall be removed and replaced as necessary at the Contractor's expense in the event grade conflicts are brought to light after de-holing is conducted. All elevation information obtained by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Inspector. The Engineer shall be immediately notified in the event that the two (2) percent minimum slope is not satisfied. If the Contractor determines that a different alignment for the re-route is more beneficial than shown on the plans, the Contractor shall obtain and submit all relevant elevation information for the new alignment to the Inspector and shall be responsible for ensuring that the two (2) percent minimum grade (or as approved by the Engineer) is satisfied . Prior to backfilling, the Contractor shall double check the grade of the installed service line and submit signed documentation verifying that the line has been installed as designed to the Engineer. The Contractor, at its sole expense, shall be required to uncover any sewer service for which no grade verification has been submitted . All re-routes that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall be reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall ensure that the service line is backfilled and compacted in accordance with the City Plumbing Code. Connection to the existing sewer service line shall be made with appropriate adapter fittings . The fitting shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M . C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. The Contractor shall remove the existing clean-out and plug the abandoned sewer service line. The contractor shall utilize schedule 40 PVC for all sanitary sewer service re-routes or relocations located on private property. Furthermore, the contractor shall utilize the services of a licensed plumber for all service line work on private property. Permit(s) must be obtained from the City of Fort Worth Development Department for all service line work on private property and all work related to the service line must be approved by a City of Fort Worth Plumbing Inspector. A copy of the plumbing permit shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work on the sanitary sewer service re-route and proof of final acceptance by the Plumbing Inspector shall be provided to the Engineer upon completion of the sanitary sewer re-route . Payment for work and materials such as backfill, removal of existing clean-outs, plugging the abandoned sewer service line, double checking the grade of the installed service line, pipe fittings, surface restoration on private property (to match existing), and all other associated work for service replacements in excess of four ( 4) linear feet shall be included in the linear foot price bid for sanitary sewer service line replacement on private property or public right of way. Payment for all work and material involving the "tap" shall be included in the price bid for sanitary sewer service taps. 0-29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES Any removal, salvaging and/or abandonment of existing facilities will necessarily be required as shown on the plans, and/or described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. This work shall be done in accordance with 11/17/2008 SC-22 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Material and E2-2.7 Removing Pipe, of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. A. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND . METER BOX: Existing water meter and meter box shall be removed and returned to theirWater ,Department warehouse by the .· Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. 8: ·SALVAGEOF EXISTING WATER METER AND CONCRETE VAULT LID: Existing '-.water ,.' .. meter and concrete vault lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The concrete vault shall be demolished in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The concrete vault shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2 .9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. C. SALVAGE OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS: Existing fire hydrants shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section .... E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with - existing surrounding surface and grade. D. SALVAGE OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and valve box and lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void area caused by the valve removal shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. If the valve is in a concrete vault, the vault shall be demolished in place to a point no less than 18" below final grade . E. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING GA TE VAL VE: Existing gate valve and box lid shall be abandoned by first closing the valve to the fully closed position and demolishing the valve box in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade . Concrete shall then be used as backfill material to match existing grade. F. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING VAULTS : Vaults to be demolished in place shall have top slab and lid removed and vault walls demolished to a point not less than 18" below final grade . The void area caused shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with the existing surrounding grade. G. ABANDONMENT OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be abandoned in place shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure plugged with lean concrete. Manhole top or cone section shall be removed to the top of the full barrel diameter section, or to point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The structure shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be either clean 11117/2008 SC-~3 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS washed sand of clean, suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding service surface. Payment for work involved in backfilling, plugging of pipe(s) and all other appurtenances required , shall be included in the appropriate bid item -Abandon Existing Sewer Manhole. H. · REMOVAl!.,OF.MANHOLES : Manholes to be removed shall have all pipes entering ·0r exitirt§.,.... the structure disconnected , The complete manhole , including top or cone section , all full barrel diameter section, and base section shall be removed. The excavation shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method . as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be with Type C Backfill or Type B Backfill, as approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding surface. I. CUTTING AND PLUGGING EXISTING MAINS : At various locations on this project, it may be required to cut, plug, and block existing water mains/services or sanitary sewer mains/services in order to abandon these lines. Cutting and plugging existing mains and/or services shall be considered as incidental and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, unless separate trenching is required. J. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE: Where removal of the existing pipe is required, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly dispose of all removed pipe. All removed valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall be delivered to Water Department Field Operation, Storage Yard. C. PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning and/or removing existing facilities shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, except as follows: separate payment will be · made for removal of all fire hydrants, gate valves, 16 inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes, regardles,s of location . Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning and/or removing all other existing facilities when said facility is not being replaced in the same trench (i.e., when removal requires a separate trench). L. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING SEWER LINES: Where plans call for abandonment of existing sewer mains after the construction of a new sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for TV inspection of 100% of the existing sewer main to be abandoned to make a final determination that all existing service connections have been relocated to the new main. Once this determination has been made , the existing main will be abandoned as indicated above in Item I. 11/17/2008 SC - 24 - - - - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water and sanitary sewer pipe. The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc. or approved equal, ;and shall consist of a minimum thickness 0.35 mils s.ofid ·a1u rn ijllim foil encased jn a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acidt t hemical reagents ar.id . solvents . found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5.5 mils , and the width shall :· . ·, · not be,le$.~ than tw9 inches with .a minimum unit weight of 2Yi pounds/1 inch/100'. The tape shall ... be color coded ancfiniprinted with the message as follows: .. Type of Utility Color Code Water Safety Blue Sewer Safety Green Legends Caution! Buried Water Line Below Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below , Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and detectability. Allow a minimum of 18 inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding , blocking, detectable tapes, and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate bid item( s ). D-31 PIPE CLEANING Joints shall be wiped and then inspected for proper installation by the inspectors. Each joint shall be swept daily and kept clean during installation. A temporary night plug shall be installed on all exposed pipe ends during any period of work stoppage. D-32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material, the Contractor shall advise the Director of Engineering Department, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the Contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain without a permit. A floodplain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary Engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a floodplain. Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain . Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary Engineering studies , shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Engineering Department, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D-33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN The Contractor shall be required to execute a release of mechanics and material men 's liens upon receipt of payment. ... all SC-25 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0-34 SUBSTITUTIONS The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality, which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material, which has been specified .. Wher~Jfie term "or .e9uar, or "or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material, · product, or 'p1efce of equi.Pment . bec;lring tt1e . name so ,used is furnished,·. it will be approvable, as the particular trade name wa$ L1sed for the purpos~ of establishing a standard of ·quality acceptable to the City. If a productof ~riy ofber 'Qa[h~ is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the Contractor procures the proposed substitute. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub-section as related to "substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. 0-35 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER A. GENERAL: Prior to the reconstruction, ALL sections of existing sanitary sewer lines to be abandoned, removed (except where being replaced in the same location), or rehabilitated (pipe enlargement, cured-in-place pipe, fold and form pipe, slip-line, etc.), shall be cleaned, and a television inspection performed to identify any active sewer service taps, other sewer laterals and their location. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for the cleaning and inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television . Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 1. HIGH VELOCITY JET (HYDROCLEANING) EQUIPMENT: The high-velocity sewer line cleaning equipment shall be constructed for easy and safe operation. The equipment shall also have a selection of two or more high-velocity nozzles . The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees in all size lines designated to be cleaned. Equipment shall also include a high-velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. The equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. Hydraulically Propelled Equipment shall be of a movable dam type and be constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. The movable dam shall be equal in diameter around the outer periphery to ensure removal of grease. If sewer cleaning balls or other equipment, which cannot be collapsed, is used, special precautions to prevent flooding of the sewers and public or private property shall be taken . The flow of sewage present in the sewer lines shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible . 2. CLEANING PROCEDURES : The designated sewer manholes shall be cleaned using high- velocity jet equipment. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the sewer lines and manholes. If cleaning of an entire section cannot be successfully performed from one manhole, the equipment shall be set up on the other manhole and cleaning again attempted . If, again, successful 11 /17/2008 SC-26 . . . ~ ."dLr : I .;; __ _ - - ..... - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS cleaning cannot be performed or equipment fails to traverse the entire manhole section, it will be assumed that a major blockage exists, and the cleaning effort shall be abandoned . When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used unnecessarily. No . . fire hydrant shall be obstructed in case of a fire in the area .served py the hydrant. Before ... lising any water from the City Water Distribution System, the Contri'ictor shall apply for and · receive permis~ion from the Water Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for · the water meter and related charges for the setup, including the water usage bilL All . expenses shall be considered incidental to cleaning. 3. DEBRIS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL: All sludge , dirt, sand , rock , grease, and other solid or semisolid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing material from manhole section to manhole section, which could cause line stoppages, accumulations of sand in wet wells , or damage pumping equipment, shall not be permitted . 4. All solids or semisolid resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site designated by the Engineer. All materials shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each workday and disposed of at no additional cost to the City. 5. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SEWAGE OR SOLIDS REMOVED THEREFROM BE DUMPED ONTO STREETS OR INTO DITCHES, CATCH BASINS, STORM DRAINS OR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES . 6. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection . Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe . The camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions . The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection . B. EXECUTION : 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be . moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps . In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection videotapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the 11/17/2008 SC-27 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed . Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll-a-tape , or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guaranire t~at all of.the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a. camera . The.J11ethcids t,Js'ed for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The co_$f of retrieving the Television camera, under all ·circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection . · · · ·· 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs : Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service taps observed during inspection. In addition, other points of significance such as locations of unusual conditions, roots , storm sewer connections, broken pipe , presence of scale and corrosion, and other discernible features will be recorded , and a copy of such records will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4 . VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed . Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes . The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re-televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televi sing this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. THE TAPES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND DETERMINATION OF SAGS. Upon completion of review of the tapes by the Engineer, the Contractor will be notified as to which sections of the sanitary sewer are to be corrected . The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review . All costs associated with this work shall be incidental to unit prices bid for items under Television Inspection of the Proposal. C . PAYMENT OF CLEANING AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS : The cost for Pre-Construction Cleaning and Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer actually televised . The Contractor shall 11 /17/2008 SC-28 - - - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to existing sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer including collection and removal, transportation and disposal of sand and debris from the sewers to a legal dump site . rr,j ., Television : inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanrGal cleaner) to , . provide video image required for. line analysis. The primary purpose of cleaning is. for television inspection and rehabilitation; when a portion of a line is not or cannot be televised or rehabilitated , the cleaning of that portion of line shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera . The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor, and the costs must be included in the bid price for TV Inspections . The cost of retrieving the TV Camera, under all circumstances , when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to TV Inspection . The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents . All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. D-36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES D . GENERAL: This item shall govern the vacuum testing of all newly constructed sanitary sewer manholes. B. EXECUTION : 1. TEST PROCEDURE: Manholes shall be vacuum tested prior to any interior grouting with all connections in place. Lift holes shall be plugged, and all drop-connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing . The sewer lines entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced to prevent the plugs from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond the drop-connections , gas sealing connections , etc. The test head shall be placed inside the frame at the top of the manhole and inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . A vacuum of ten inches of mercury (10"Hg) shall be drawn and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time . The required test time shall be determined from the Table I below in accordance with ASTM C1244-93: 11 /17/2008 Table I MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR VACUUM DROP OF 1" Hg (10"Hg -9"Hg) (SEC) Depth of MH . (FT .) 0 to 16' 18 ' 48 -lnch Dia. Manhole 40 sec. 45 sec. SC-29 60-lnch Dia. Manhole 52 sec. 59 sec. PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 20' 50 sec. 65 sec. 22' 55 sec. 72 sec. 24' 59 sec . 78 sec. . ' 26' ·, ,64 sec,· 85 sec. de _,. 28' 69 sec.·.· · · 91 sec. 30' 74 sec. .98 sec. For Each 5 sec. 6 sec. Additional 2' 1. ACCEPTANCE: The manhole shall be considered acceptable, if the drop in the level of vacuum is less than one-inch of mercury (1" Hg) after the required test time . Any manhole, which fails to pass the initial test, must be repaired by either pressure grouting through the manhole wall or digging to expose the exterior wall of the manhole in order to locate the leak and seal it with an epoxy sealant. The manhole shall be retested as described above until it has successfully passed the test. Following completion of a successful test, the manhole shall be restored to its normal condition , all temporary plugs shall be removed, all braces, equipment, and debris shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C . PAYMENT: Payment for vacuum testing of sanitary sewer manholes shall be paid at the contract price per each vacuum test. This price shall include all material, labor, equipment, and all incidentals, including all bypass pumping, required to complete the test as specified herein . . D-37 BYPASS PUMPING The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be rehabilitated and/or replaced . The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. Provisions shall be made at driveways and street crossings to permit safe vehicular travel without interrupting flow in the bypass system. Under no circumstances will the Contractor be permitted to discharge sewage into the trenches. Payment shall be incidental to rehabilitation or replacement of the sewer line . D-38 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER A. GENERAL: After construction, ALL sections of sanitary sewer lines shall have a television inspection performed by an independent sub-Contractor hired by the prime Contractor. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 8 . TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection . Lighting for the camera shall 11/17/2008 SC-30 - - - - - - - - - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection . · G. EXEGtlTION : ;tJ .· 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when ·necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. No more than 2000 linear feet of pipe will be televised at one time for review by the Engineer. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll-a-tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost or retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. Sanitary sewer mains must be laced with enough water to fill all low pints. The television inspection must be done immediately following the lacing of the main with no water flow. If sewer is active, flow must be restricted to provide a clear image of sewer being inspected. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service tap observed during inspection. All television logs shall be referenced to stationing as shown on the plans. A copy of these television logs will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS : Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording 11/17/2008 SC-31 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded . The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by .the .1Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer.· ;1e ·_ If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition .of · the sewer line or to locate service connections. the Contractor shall be required ·to re- televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. D. PAYMENT OF POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for post-cons'truction Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis . The quantity of TV inspection shall be measured as the total length of new pipe installed. All costs associated with this work shall be included in the appropriate bid item -Post-Construction Television Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents . All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. 0-39 SAMPLES ANO QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The contractor shall provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto . B. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor's laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete . The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. C. Quality control testing of in-place material on this project will be performed by the city at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. D. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for opera t ions requiring testing . The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) 11 /17/2008 SC-32 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. E. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the job site . The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. ., ~ ·U D-40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE)· · ' A. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of tempo~a~ soil erosion sediment and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled-hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices. B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible-earth material exposed by preparing right- of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible-earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR to provide temporary pollution-control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats, seeding, or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution-control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control features, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution-control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule . Should seasonal conditions make such limitations unrealistic, temporary soil-erosion-control measures shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. 2. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams . 3. Frequent fordings of live streams will not be permitted ; therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of stream crossings are necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, mechanized equipment shall not be operated in live streams. 4. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream . 5. All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of false work, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations th~t are not a part of the finished work . 11/17/2008 SC-33 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumen, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of migratory fish. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to provide : teniporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract . and no extr~ pay will · , . · be given for this work. · D-41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES The Contractor shall provide ingress and egress to the property being crossed by this construction and adjacent property when construction is not in progress and at night. Drives shall be left accessible at night, on weekends, and during holidays. The Contractor shall conduct his activities to minimize obstruction of access to drives and property during the progress of construction. Notification shall be made to an owner prior to his driveway being removed and/or rebuilt. D-42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL All property along and adjacent to the Contractors' operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work, to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to start of work. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Trimming or pruning to facilitate the work will be permitted only by experienced workmen in an approved manner (No trimming or pruning without the property owners' consent). Pruned limbs of 1" diameter or larger shall be thoroughly treated as soon as possible with a tree wound dressing. By ordinance, the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal, or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights-of-Ways and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 817-392-5738. All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association . A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture . Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project. D-43 SITE RESTORATION The contractor shall be responsible for restoring the site to original grade and condition after completion of his operations subject to approval of the Engineer. The basis for approval by the Engineer will be grade restoration to plus minus one-tenth (0 .1) of a foot. 11/17/2008 SC-34 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS -D-44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Proposed products submitted in the bid documents must appear in the latest "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List, for the bid to be considered responsive , Products and processes listed in the "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List shall be considered to meet City of Fort Worth minimum technical requirements . .er D-45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING This item shall be performed in accordance 'w ith . the City of Fort Worth Parks and Community Services Department Specifications for Topsoil, Sodding and Seeding. 1. TOPSOIL DESCRIPTION: This item will consist of furnishing and placing a minimum of six (6) inches of topsoil, free from rock and foreign material, in all parkways and medians to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Topsoil will be secured from borrow sources as required to supplement material secured from street excavation. All excavated materials from streets which is suitable for topsoil will be used in the parkways and medians before any topsoil is obtained from a borrow source. Topsoil material secured from street excavation shall be stockpiled at locations approved by the Engineer, and at completion of grading and paving operations, topsoil shall be placed on parkway areas so as to provide a minimum six (6) inches of compacted depth of topsoil parkways. 2. SODDING DESCRIPTION: Sodding will consist of furnishing and planting . Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass in the areas between the curbs and walks, on terraces , in median strips , on embankments or cut slopes, or in such areas as designated on the Drawings and in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Recommended Buffalo grass varieties for sodding are Prairie and 609. MATERIALS : Sod shall consist of live and growing Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass secured from sources where the soil is fertile . Sod to be placed during the dormant state of these grasses shall be alive and acceptable . Bermuda and Buffalo grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a two (2) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots . St. Augustine grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a one (1) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. The sod shall be free from obnoxious weeds or other grasses and shall not contain any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. Sod to be placed between curb and walk and on terraces shall be the same type grass as adjacent grass or existing lawn. Care shall be taken at all times to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, hauling, and planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from the time it is dug until planted. When so directed by the Engineer, the sod existing at the source shall be 11 /17/2008 SC-35 , PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS watered to the extent required prior to excavating . Sod material shall be planted within three days after it is excavated. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as .provided for in other items of the contract, sodding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter-described. Sodding shall be either "spot" or "block"; either Bermuda, Buffalo or St · Augustine grass . , , :'. · ,., . '. ... · a. Spot Sodding Furrows parallel to the curb line or sidewalk lines, twelve (12) inches on centers or to the dimensions shown on the Drawings, shall be opened on areas to be sodded. In all furrows, sod approximately three (3) inches square shall be placed on twelve (12) inch centers at proper depth so that the top of the sod shall not be more than one-half (1/2) inch below the finished grade. Holes of equivalent depth and spacing may be used instead of furrows. The soil shall be firm around each block and then the entire sodded area shall be carefully rolled with a heavy, hand roller developing fifteen (15) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch compression. Hand tamping may be required on terraces. b. Block Sodding . At locations on the Drawings or where directed, sod blocks shall be carefully placed on the prepared areas . The sod shall be so placed that the entire designated area shall be covered, and any voids left in the block sodding shall be filled with additional sod and tamped . The entire sodded area shall be rolled and tamped to form a thoroughly compact solid mass . Surfaces of block sod, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the soil, shall,. upon direction of the Engineer, be pegged with wooden pegs driven through the sod block to the firm earth, sufficiently close to hold the block sod firmly in place. When necessary, the sodded areas shall be smoothed after planting has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time sodding operations were begun . Any excess dirt from planting operations shall be spread uniformly over the adjacent areas or disposed of as directed by the Engineer so that the completed surface will present a sightly appearance . The sodded areas shall be thoroughly watered immediately after they are planted and shall be subsequently watered at such times and in a manner and quantity directed by the Engineer until completion and final acceptance of the project by the City of Fort Worth. 3. SEEDING DESCRIPTION : "Seeding" will consist of preparing ground, providing and planting seed or a mixture of seed of the kind specified along and across such areas as may be designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: 11/17/2008 SC-36 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. General. All seed used must carry a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of time of delivery to the project. Each variety of s~ed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers . A sample of each variety of seed shalr be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the :=tri Engineer. The specified seed shall equal or . exceed fh0 e' ·following percentages of Purity and germination : Common Name Purity Germination Common Bermuda Grass 95% 90% Annual Rye Grass 95% 95% Tall Fescue 95% 90%. Western Wheatgrass 95% 90% Buffalo Grass Varieties Top Gun 95% 90% Cody 95% 90% Table 120.2.(2)a. URBAN AREA WARM-SEASON SEEDING RATE (lbs.); Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates Feb 1 to May 1 Mixture for Clay or Tight Soils (Eastern Sections) Bermudagrass 40 Buffalograss 60 (Western Sections) Buffalograss 80 Bermudagrass 20 Total : 100 Total : 100 Table, 120.2.(2)b Mixture for Sandy Soils (All Sections) Bermudagrass 60 Buffalograss 40 Total : 100 TEMPORARY COOL-SEASON SEEDING RATE; (lb.) Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates (All Sections) Aug 15 Tall Fescue 50 to Western Wheatgrass 50 May 1 Annual Rye 50 Total : 100 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines , grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of this Contract, seeding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. a . Watering. Seeded areas shall be watered as directed by the Engineer so as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgment of the seed. 11 /17/2008 SC-37 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. Finishing. Where applicable , the shoulders, slopes, and ditches shall be smoothed after seed bed preparation has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time planting operations were begun . BROADCAST SEEDING: The seed or seed mixture in the quantity :;pecified shall be uniformly distriblJted over the areas shown on the Drawings and where directed . If the sowing of seed is . ,by harid, rather than by mechanical methods , the seed shall be sown in two directions atright ·' ;. ; : angles to each ;other. Seed and fertilizer shall be distributed at the same time provided the ,, .. specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. "Finishing" as specified in Section O..: 45, Construction Methods, is not applicable since no seed bed preparation is required . DISCED SEEDING: Soil over the area shown on the Drawings as directed to be seeded shall be loosened to a minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section 0-45, Construction Methods. The seed, or seed mixture, specified shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand rather than by mechanical methods, seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one-eight (1/8) inch . The planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type . All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. ASPHALT MULCH SEEDING: The soil over the area shown on the Drawings, or as directed to be seeded, shall be loosened to the minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one ( 1) inch in diameter, or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section 0-45, Construction Methods . Water shall then be applied to the cultivated area of the seed bed until a minimum depth of six (6) inches is thoroughly moistened . After the watering, when the ground has become sufficiently dry to be loose and pliable, the seed, or seed mixture specified, shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time , provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. After planting, the seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one-quarter (1/4) inch. The planted surface area and giving a smooth surface without ruts or tracks. In between the time compacting is completed and the asphalt is applied, the planted area shall be watered sufficiently to assure uniform moisture from the surface to a minimum of six (6) inches in depth . The application of asphalt shall follow the last watering as rapidly as possible. Asphalt shall be of the type and grade as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to the requirements of the item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". If the type of asphalt to be used is not shown on the Drawings, or if Drawings are not included, then MS-2 shall be used. Applications of the asphalt shall be at a rate of three-tenths (0.3) gallons per square yard . It shall be applied to the area in such a manner so that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth. 11 /17/2008 SC-38 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS RE-SEEDING OF AREAS PLANTED WITH COOL SEASONS SPECIES: Areas where temporary cool season species have been planted may be replanted beginning February 1 with warm season species as listed in Table 120.2(2)a. The re-seeding will be achieved in the following manner .. The cool season species shall be mowed down to a height of one (1) inch to insure that slit-seeding equipmentwill be able to cut through the turf and achieve adequate soil penetration . * Slit-seeding, is achieved through the use of an implement which cuts a furrow (slit) in the soil and places the seed in the slit which is then pressed close with a cult packer wheel. 4. HYDROMULCH SEEDING: If hydro mulch seeding is provided, seed mix shall have 95% purity of Bermuda grass and have a germination rate of 90%. Contractor shall ensure that the grass establishes. 5. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PARK AREAS TURF RESTORATION OF PARK AREAS : FERTILIZER DESCRIPTION: "Fertilizer" will consist of providing and distributing fertilizer over such areas as are designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications . MATERIALS: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis . The fertilizer is subject to testing by the City of Fort Worth in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 16-20- 0 or 16-5-8 or having the analysis shown on the Drawings. The figures in the analysis represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash nutrients respectively as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists . In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be a pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. Total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: When an item for fertilizer is included in the Drawings and proposal, pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly over the area specified to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work . Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered to caked will be rejected. Distribution of fertilizer as a particular item of work shall meet the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average rate of three hundred (300) pounds per acre for all types of "Sodding" and four hundred (400) pounds per acre for all types of "Seeding". MEASUREMENT: Topsoil secured from borrow sources will be measured by the square yard in place on the project site. Measurement will be made only on topsoils secured from borrow sources . Acceptable material for "Seeding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place . 11/17/2008 SC-39 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Acceptable material for "Sodding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Fertilizer" shall be subsidiary to the price of sodding or seeding . . , . , ... ~,: ·.··. PAYMENT: All work performed as ordered and measured shall be subsidiar:y to the,contract ,r,tc unless and .otherwise noted in the plans and bid documents to be paid for atcthe unit price bid ' for each · :item of work. Its price shall be full compensation for excavating ( except as noted ·.· . below), loading, hauling , placing .and furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies; and , . incidentals necessary to complete work.' All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to supply, transport, stockpile and place topsoil or salvage topsoil as specified shall be included in "Seeding" or "Sodding" bid items and will not be paid for directly. "Spot sodding" or "block sodding" as the case may be, will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard, complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing and placing all sod; for all rolling and tamping; for all watering; for disposal of all surplus materials; and for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the · Drawings and these Specifications . The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price for "Seeding", or "Sodding", of the type specified, as the case may be, which price shall each be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work accepted as follows : Fertilizer material and application will not be measured or paid for directly, but is considered subsidiary to Sodding and Seeding. 0-46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to implement and maintain a variable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" which must meet OSHA requirements for all its employees and subcontractors at all times during construction . All active sewer manholes , regardless of depth , are defined by OSHA, as "permit required confined spaces ". Contractors shall submit an acceptable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM " for all applicable manholes and maintain an active file for these manholes. The cost of complying with this program shall be subsidiary to the pay items involving work in confined spaces. 11/17/2008 SC-40 - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION 7. Prior to the final inspection being conducted for the project, the contractor shall contact the city inspector in writing when the entire project or a designated portion of the project is substantially complete . 8 . The inspector along with appripriate City staff and the City's consultant shall make an inspection of the substantially completed work and prepare and submit to the contractor a list of items needing to be completed or corrected . 9 . The contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the listed deficiencies and notify the owner in writing when all the items have been completed or corrected . 10. Payment for substantial completion inspection as well as final inspection shall be subsidiary to the project price. Contractor shall still be required to address all other deficiencies, which are discovered at the time of final inspection. 11. Final inspection shall be in conformance with general condition item "C5-5.18 Final Inspection" of PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS. D-48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be considered as incidental work included in the Contract Unit Price bid for applicable pipe or structure installation except for short tunneling/tree augering. 2. Any and all trees located within the equipment operating area at each work site shall, at the direction of the Engineer, be protected by erecting a "snow fence" along the drip line or · edge of the tree root system between tree and the construction area . 3. Contractor shall inspect each work site in advance and arrange to have any tree limbs pruned that might be damaged by equipment operations. The Engineer shall be notified at least 24 hours prior to any tree trimming work. No trimming work will be permitted within private property without written permission of the Owner. 4. Nothing shall be stored over the tree root system within the drip line area of any tree. 5. Before excavation ( off the roadway) within the drip line area of any tree, the earth shall be sawcut for a minimum depth of 2 feet. 6 . At designated locations shown on the drawings, the "short tunnel" method using Class 51 0 .1. pipe shall be utilized . 7. Except in areas where clearing is allowed, all trees up to 8" in diameter damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced with the same type and diameter tree at the contractor's expense. 8. Contractor shall employ a qualified landscaper for all the work required for tree care to ensure utilization of the best agricultural practices and procedures. 11/17/2008 SC-41 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 9. Short tunneling shall consist of power augering or hand excavation. The tunnel diameter shall not be larger than 1-1/2 times the outside pipe diameter. Voids remaining after pipe installation shall be pressure grouted . .0,.49 :c.CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE Concmt~ en&foeryien_t of sewers shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per lineaf 1foot of concrete encasement as measured .in piac$ along the centerline of the pipe for each pipe diameter indicated . The Contract Unit ·Price shall include au · costs · associated with installation and reinforcement of the concrete encasem~rit. -: ., D-50 CLAY DAM Clay dam construction shall be performed in accordance with the Wastewater Clay Dam Construction , figure in the Drawings in these Specifications, at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. Clay dams shall be keyed into undisturbed soil to make an impervious barrier to reduce groundwater percolation through the pipeline trench . Construction material shall consist of compacted bentonite clay or 2:27 concrete. Payment for work such as forming, placing and finishing shall be subsidiary to the price bid for pipe installation . D-51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE) The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction, in accordance with item 0-6. At locations identified on the drawings, contractor shall conduct an exploratory excavation (0-Hole), to locate and verify the location and elevation of the existing underground utility where it may be in potential conflict with a proposed facility alignment. The exploratory excavation shall be conducted prior to construction of the entire project only at locations denoted on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a report of findings (including surveyed elevations of existing conflicting utilities) to the City prior to the start of construction of the entire project. If the contractor determines an existing utility is in conflict with the proposed facility, the contractor shall contact the engineer immediately for appropriate design modifications . The contractor shall make the necessary repairs at the exploratory excavation (0-Hole) to obtain a safe and proper driving surface to ensure the safety of the general public and to meet the approval of the City inspector. The contractor shall be liable for any and all damages incurred due to the exploratory excavation (0-Hole ). Payment shall not be made for verification of existing utilities per item 0-6. Payment for exploratory excavation (0-Hole ), at locations identified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall include full compensation for all materials, excavation, surface restoration, field surveys, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be the unit price bid . No payment shall be made for exploratory excavation( s) conducted after construction has begun. D-52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride {PVC) Water Pipe POLYVINYL Chloride Plastic Water Pipe and fittings on this Project shall be in accordance with the material standard contained in the General Contract Documents. Payment . for work such as backfill , bedding, blocking , detectable tapes and all other associated appurtenant required, shall be included in the linear foot price bid of the appropriate BID ITEM(S). 11/17/2008 SC-42 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 52.2 Blocking Concrete blocking on this _ Project will necessarily be required as shown on the Plans and shall be installed in accordance with the General Contract Documents . All valves shall have concrete blocking provided for supporting . No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for the item and all costs incur.red will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe or the bid price ofrtl:le valve. 52.3 Type of Casing Pipe 1. WATER: The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects . The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as follows: For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal-tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2 .2 and related sections in AWWA C-203 . Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. Stainless Steel Casing Spacers ( centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or an approved equal shall be used on all non- concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer. 2. SEWER: Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E 1-15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents . 3. PAYMENT: Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation , concrete grout, backfill, and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. 52.4 Tie-Ins The Contractor shall be responsible for making tie-ins to the existing water mains . It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the exact location and elevation of the existing line tie-ins. And any differences in locations and elevation of existing line tie-ins between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the field shall be considered as incidental to construction . The cost of making tie-ins to existing water or sanitary sewer mains shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation , configuration and angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. Any differences in locations, elevation, configuration , and or angulation of existing lines between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the said work shall be considered as incidental to construction . Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the 11/17/2008 SC-43 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Engineer, and all efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting down an existing main, the Contractor shall notify the City Project Manager, Construction Services, Phone 817-392-8306, at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVJ.CE, Page C5-5(5), PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER ._ . .-. DEPARTMf;NT / GENERAL .. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL , fVl ,,_. SPECIFICATIONS. The contractor shall nqtify Jh.~ customer both personally and in writing · as to the location, time, and schedule of the servite,_interruption. ' . . .·• . . . The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size. 52.6 Valve Cut-Ins It may be necessary to cut-in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension and/or replacement is to be connected . This may require closing valves in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and all such cut-ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All consumers shall be individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the approximate length of time they may be without service. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items . 52. 7 Water Services The relocation, replacement, or reconnection of water services will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All service's shall be constructed by the contractor utilizing approved factory manufactured tap saddles (when required) and corporation stops, type K copper water tubing, curb stops with lock wings, meter boxes, and if required approved manufactured service branches. All materials used shall be as specified in the Material Standards (E1-17 & E1-18) contained in the General Contract Documents. All water services to be replaced shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade. All existing 3/4-inch water service lines which are to be replaced shall be replaced with 1- inch Type K copper, 1-inch diameter tap saddle when required, and 1-inch corporation from the main line to the meter box. All services which are to be replaced or relocated shall be installed with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required as specified in Section C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 11/17/2008 SC-44 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS All water service meters shall be removed, tagged, and collected by the contractor for pickup by the Water Department for reconditioning or replacement. After installation of the water service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the project inspector the contractor shall install the meter. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the .Engineer. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be perf9rmed ~-,P licensed plurnber. 1. WATER SERVICE REPLACEMENTS: Water service replacement or relocation is requirea · when the existing service is lead or is too shallow to avoid breakage during , street' .· reconstruction. The contractor shall replace the existing service line with Type K copper from the main to the meter, curb stop with lock wings, and corporation stop. Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, curb stop with lock wings, service line adjustment, and any relocation of up to 12-inches from center line existing meter location to center line proposed meter location shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Copper Service Line from Main to five (5) feet behind Meter. Any vertical adjustment of customer service line within the 5 foot area shall be subsidiary to the service installation. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. 1. WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION: Water service reconnection is required when the existing service is copper and at adequate depth to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall adjust the existing water service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap with corporation stop. The contractor will be paid for one ( 1 ) Service Tap to Main for each service reconnected plus for any copper service line used in excess of five (5) feet from Main to five (5) feet behind the Meter. 2 . WATER SERVICE METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIONS : When the replacement and relocation of a water service and meter box is required and the location of the meter and meter box is moved more than twelve ( 12) inches, as measured from the center line of the existing meter to location to the center line of the proposed meter location , separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of service meter and meter box. Centerline is defined by a line extended from the service tap through the meter. Only relocations made perpendicular to this centerline will be paid for separately. Relocations made along the centerline will be paid of in feet of copper service line . When relocation of service meter and meter box is required, payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, five (5) feet of type K copper service and all materials, labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the service meter relocation. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). This item will also be used to pay for all service meter and meter box relocations as required by the Engineer when the service line is not being replaced. Adjustment of only the meter box and customer service line within 5 feet distance behind the meter will not justify separate payment at any time. Locations with multiple service branches will be paid for as one service meter and meter box relocation. 11/17/2008 SC-45 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. NEW SERVICE: When new services are required the contractor shall install tap saddle (when required), corporation stop, type K copper service line, curb stop with lock wings , and meter box. Reinforced plastic meter boxes with cast iron lid shall be provided for all 2 inch water meters or smaller. The reinforced plastic water meter boxes shall comply with section E1-18A-Reinforced Plastic Water Meter Boxes. Payment for all wor~1and mated;ls SL!Ch as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, arid curb stop with lock wings shall be included in . the Lirie~r Foot price bid for Service Line from Main to Meter five (5) feet behind the meter: . ' . · .. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddfe, corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Mains. Payment for all work and materials such as furnishing and setting new meter box shall be included in the price bid for furnish and set meter box. 1. MULTIPLE SERVICE BRANCHES: When multiple service branches are required the contractor shall furnish approved factory manufactured branches. Payment for multiple service branches will include furnishing and installing the multiple service branch only and all other cost will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). 2. MULTIPLE STREET SERVICE LINES TO SINGLE SERVICE METER: Any multiple service lines with taps servicing a single service meter encountered during construction shall be replaced with one service line that is applicable for the size of the existing service meter and approved by the Engineer. Payment shall be made at the unit bid price in the appropriate bid item( s ). 52.8 2-lnch Temporary Service Line A. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed to provide temporary water service to all buildings that will necessarily be required to have severed water service during said work. The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule of the temporary service connections and permanent service reconnections with the building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. Severed water service must be reconnected within 2 hours of discontinuance of service. A 2-inch tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation stop or 2-inch gate valve with an appropriate fire hydrant adapter fitting shall be required at the temporary service point of connection to the City water supply. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed in accordance to the attached figures 1, 2 and 3. 2" temporary service line shall be cleaned and sterilized by using chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) prior to installation. The out-of-service meters shall be removed, tagged and collected by the Contractor for delivery to the Water Department Meter Shop for reconditioning or replacement. Upon restoring permanent service, the Contractor shall re-install the meters at the correct location. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with the existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. 11/17/2008 SC-46 ~.: .. PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS The temporary service layout shall have a minimum available flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 35 PSI per service tap. This criteria shall be used by the Contractor to determine the length of temporary service allowed, number of service taps and number of feed points. · · When the temporary service is required for more than one loca1i.on the 2-inch temporary service pipes, 3/4-inch service lines and the 2-inch meter shall be moved to the next successive project location . Payment for work such as fittings, 3/4-inch service lines, asphalt, barricades, all service connections, removal of temporary services and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item. 8. In order to accurately measure the amount of water used during construction, the Contractor will install a fire hydrant meter for all temporary service lines. Water used during construction for flushing new mains that cannot be metered from a hydrant will be estimated as accurately as possible. At the pre-construction conference the contractor will advise the inspector of the number of meters that will be needed along with the locations where they will be used . The inspector will deliver the hydrant meters to the locations. After installation, the contractor will take full responsibility for the meters until such time as the contractor returns those meters to the inspector. Any damage to the meters will be the sole responsibility of the contractor. The Water Department Meter Shop will evaluate the condition of the meters upon return and if repairs are needed the contractor will receive an invoice for those repairs. The issued meter is for this specific project and location only. Any water that the contractor may need for personal use will require a separate hydrant meter obtained by the Contractor, at its cost, from the Water Department. 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines Before being placed into service all newly constructed water lines shall be purged and sterilized in accordance with E2-24 of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as modified herein . The City will provide all water for INITIAL cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All materials for construction of the project, including appropriately sized "pipe cleaning pigs", chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be furnished by the Contractor. Chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be used in sufficient quantities to provide a chlorine residual of fifty {50) PPM. The residual of free chlorine shall be measured after 24 hours and shall not be less than 10 parts per million of free chlorine. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system. Should a sanitary sewer not be available, chlorinated water shall be "de-chlorinated" prior to disposal. The line may not be placed in service until two successive sets of samples, taken 24 hours apart, have met the established standards of purity. Purging and sterilization of the water lines shall be considered as incidental to the project and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries Contractor shall take note that the water line to be replaced under this contract may cross or may be in close proximity to an existing pressure plane boundary. Care shall be taken to ensure all "pressure plane" valves installed are installed closed and no cross connections are made between pressure planes 11/17/2008 SC-47 .· ·.: .. ,· ... ~ : . :. ·. PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 52.11 Water Sample Station GENERAL: All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. •.: '.-'t· ..... . The appropriate water sampling · station will be .· furnished • to the Contractor free of charge; · however, the Contractor will be required to ·pick up this item · at the · Field Operations Warehouse. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper service line will be shall be included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main . Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, fittings, and Specials, Sub section E2-7 .11 Cast Iron Fittings : E2-7.11 DUCTILE-IRON AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E 1-7. The price bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as designed. All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E 1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for vales and fittings and no other payments will be allowed . 11/17/2008 SC-48 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, "Sprinkling for Dust Control" shall apply. However; no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered to this contract. .D-54 DEWATERING The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operatiordot:the water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations . The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. Oewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the project price. D-55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES Contractor to prevent any water flowing into open trench during construction. Contractor shall not leave excavated trench open overnight. Contractor shall fill any trench the same day of excavation. No extra payment shall be allowed for this special condition . D-56 TREE PRUNING A. REFERENCES: National Arborist Association's "Pruning Standards for Shade Trees ". 8 . ROOT PRUNING EQUIPMENT 1. Vibratory Knife 2. Vermeer V-1550RC Root Pruner C. NATURAL RESOURCES PROTECTION FENCE 3. Steel "T" = Bar stakes, 6 feet long. 4. Smooth Horse-Wire: 14-1/2 gauge (medium gauge) or 12 gauge (heavy gauge). 5. Surveyor's Plastic Flagging : "Tundra" weight, International fluorescent orange or red color. 6. Combination Fence: Commercially manufactured combination soil separator fabric on • wire mesh backing as shown on the Drawings. / D. ROOT PRUNING 7. Survey and stake location of root pruning trenches as shown on drawings. 8. Using the approved specified equipment, make a cut a minimum of 36 inches deep in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone . 11/17/2008 SC-49 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 9. Backfill and compact the trench immediately after trenching. 10. Place a 3-foot wide by 4-inch deep cover of mulch over the trench as required by the Engineer. 11. Within 24 hours, prune flush with'.: ground. arid backfill any exposed roots due to construction activity. Cover with ~wood chips .. of :~ulch . in order ,o equalize soil temperature and minimize water loss due to evaporatio'~. · 12. Limit any grading work within conservation areas to 3-inch maximum cut or fill, with no roots over 1-inch diameter being cut unless cut by hand or cut by specified methods, equipment and protection. E. MULCHING: Apply 2-inches to 4-inches of wood chips from trimming or clearing operation on areas designated by the Engineer. F. Tree Pruning shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price . D-57 TREE REMOVAL Trees to be removed shall be removed using applicable methods, including stump and root ball removal, loading, hauling and dumping. Extra caution shall be taken to not disrupt existing utilities both overhead and buried. The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to utilities and private property including, but not limited to, water and sewer services, pavement, fences, walls, sprinkler system piping, etc., at no cost to the Owner. All costs for tree removal, including temporary service costs, shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be allowed . D-58 TEST HOLES The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall submit his bid under this condition . Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such determination by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of such prospective bidders. If test borings have been made and are provided for bidder's information, at the locations shown on the logs of borings in the appendix of this specification, it is expressly declared that neither the City nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy for the information or that the material encountered in excavations is the same, either in character, location , or elevation, as shown on the boring logs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to make such subsurface investigations, as he deems necessary to determine the nature of the material to be excavated. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for interpretation of these records and for making and maintaining the required excavation and of doing other work affected by the geology of the site. The cost of all rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. D-59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTll:ICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 11 /17/2008 SC-50 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, the contractor shall, on a block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: 0Ur The notification notice or flyer shall be posted seven (7) days prior to beginning ;any construction activity on each block in tne project area. The flyer shall be prepared on the Contractor's , letterhead and shall include the following information: Name of Project, DOE No., Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity); actual· construction duration within the block, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number, the name of the City's inspector and his phone number and the City's after-hours phone number. A sample of the 'pre-construction notification' flyer is attached. The contractor shall submit a schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. In addition, a copy of the flyer shall be delivered to the City Inspector for his review prior to being distributed. The contractor will not be allowed to begin construction on any .block until the flyer is delivered to all residents of the block . In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, the contractor shall prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending . interruption to· the front door of each affected resident. The notice shall be prepared as follows : The notification or flyer shall be posted twenty-four (24) prior to the temporary interruption . The flyer shall be prepared on the contractor's letterhead and shall include the following information : Name of the project, DOE number, the date of the interruption of service, the period the interruption will take place, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number and the name of the City's inspector and his phone number. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached. A copy of the temporary interruption notification shall be delivered to the inspector for his review prior to being distri~ted. :The contractor shall not be permitted to proceed with interruption of water service until th~;flyerhas been delivered to all affected residents and businesses . '-c :J.J:;, Electronic versions of the s~mple flyers ca'n· be obtained from the Construction office at (817) 392- 8~6. · ~ All work involved with the notification flyers shall be considered subsidiary to the contract price and no additional compensation shall be made . D-60 TRAFFIC BUTT6~ r,; . . .' . i:"f:j bh The removal and replacement of traffic buttons is the responsibility of the contractor and shall be considered a subsidiary item. In the event that the contractor prefers for the Signals, Signs and Markings Division (SSMD},of the Transportation/Public Works Department to install the markings, the contractor shall contact SSMD at (817) 392-8770 and shall reimburse SSMD for all costs incurred, both labor and material. No additional compensation shall be made to the contractor for this reimbursement. D-61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS 11/17/~ SC-51 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS Whenever a sanitary sewer service line is installed or replaced, the Contractor shall install a two- way service cleanout as shown in the attached detail. Cleanouts are to be installed out of high traffic areas such as driveways, streets, sidewalks , etc. whenever possible . When it is not possible, the cleanout stack and cap shall be cast iron . . . . ·· i . ' ... Payment for all work and materials necessary. f9r the insta.llation of the two-way service cleanout which are required to provide a complete and functional sanitary. sewer cleanout shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanouts . D-·52 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR The Contractor shall provide a temporary pavement repair immediately after trench backfill and compaction using a minimum of 2-inches of hot mix asphalt over a minimum of 6-inches of compacted flex base. The existing asphalt shall be saw cut to provide a uniform edge and the entire width and length of the temporary repair shall be rolled with a steel asphalt roller to provide smooth rideability on the street as well as provide a smooth transition between the existing pavement and the temporary repair. Cost of saw cutting shall be subsidiary to the temporary pavement repair pay item. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the temporary pavement until the paving contractor has mobilized. The paving contractor shall assume maintenance responsibility upon such mobilization . No additional compensation shall be made for maintaining the temporary pavement. D-63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES The City, through its Surveyor or agent, will provide to the Contractor construction stakes or other customary method of markings as may be found consistent with professional practice, establishing line and grades for roadway and utility construction, and centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. These stakes shall be set sufficiently in advance to avoid delay whenever practical. One set of stakes shall be set for all utility construction (water, sanitary sewer, drainage etc.), and one set of excavation/or stabilization stakes, and one set of stakes for curb and gutter/or paving . It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to preserve, maintain, transfer, etc., all stakes furnished until completion of the construction phase of the project for which they were furnished . If the City or its agent determines that a sufficient number of stakes or markings provided by the City, have been lost, destroyed, or disturbed , to prevent the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for in the Contract Documents, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility, at the Contractor's sole expense, to have such stakes replaced by an individual registered by the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveyor as a Registered Land Surveyor. No claims for delay due to lack of replacement of construction stakes will be accepted, and time will continue to be charged in accordance with the Contract Documents. D-64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS The performance of this contract requires certain temporary construction , right-of-entry agreements, and/or permits to perform work on private property. The City has attempted to obtain the temporary construction and/or right-of-entry agreements for properties where construction activity is necessary on City owned facilities, such as sewer lines or manholes. For locations where the City was unable to obtain the easement or right-of-entry, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the agreement prior to beginning work on· subject 11 /17/2008 SC-52 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS property. This shall be subsidiary to the contract. The agreements, which the City has obtained, are available to the Contractor for review by contacting the plans desk at the Department of Engineering, City of Fort Worth. Also, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain written permission from property owners to perform such work as cleanout repair and sewer service replacement on private property. Contractor shall adhere to all requirements .of Paragraph .. · .. ~6-6. tCB ·of the General Contract Documents. The Contractor's attention is directed •1o.::'the .· .. agreement terms along with any special · conditions that may have been imposed on these agreements, by the property owners ,. , The easements and/or private property shall be cleaned up after use and restored to its original condition or better. In event additional work room is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required . No additional payment will be allowed for this item. The City has obtained the necessary documentation for railroad and/or highway permits required for construction of this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for thoroughly reviewing, understanding and complying with all provisions of such permits, including obtaining the requisite insurance, and shall pay any and all costs associated with or required by the permit(s). It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required flagmen and/or provide payment to the appropriate railroad/agency for all flagmen during construction in railroad/agency right-of-way. For railroad permits, any and all railroad insurance costs and any other incidental costs necessary to meet the conditions associated with permit(s) compliance, including payment for flagmen, shall included in the lump sum pay bid item for "Associated Costs for Construction within Railroad / Agency Right-of-way". No additional compensation shall be allowed on this pay item. D-65 PRE-CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING After the pre-construction conference has been held but before construction is allowed to begin on this project a public meeting will be held at a location to be determined by the Engineer. The contractor, inspector, and project manager shall meet with all affected residents and present the projected schedule, including construction start date, and answer · any construction related questions. Every effort will be made to schedule the neighborhood meeting within the two weeks following the pre-construction conference but in no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. D-66 WAGE RATES Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. 11/17/1008 SC -53. PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or sufu.contractor, the City shall make an initial · · ·determination,. before the 31st day after the date the . City receives the information, as: to whether . good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in,writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination . Upon the · City's , · determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation . Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained . The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pay Estimates . With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Posting of Wage Rates. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. (Wage rates are attached at the end of this section.) (Attached) 11/17/2008 SC-54 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0-67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE '··d ·.-· ··-:( -A. It is the i~it-nt of the City of fort Worth to comply with the requirements of the Asbestos JK. National Emissions Standards for Ha~ardous Air Pollutants ' (NESHAP) found at 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M. This specificaUon will e~t;;il;>lish procedures to be used by all Excavators in the removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP) in compliance with NESHAP. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to void any provision of a contract or other law, ordinance, regulation or policy whose requirements are more stringent. B. ACP is defined under NESHAP as a Category II, non-friable material in its intact state but which may become friable upon removal, demolition and/or disposal. Consequently, if the removal/ disposal process renders the ACP friable , it is regulated under the disposal requirements of 40 CFR 61 .150. A NESHAP notification must be filed with the Texas Department of Health . The notification must be filed at least ten days prior to removal of the material. If it remains in its non -friable state, as defined by the NESHAP, it can be disposed as a conventional construction waste . The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) defines friable as material, when dry, which may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressures . C. The Generator of the hazardous material is responsible for the identification and proper handling, transportation, and disposal of the material. Therefore, it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth that the Excavator is the Generator regardless of whether the pipe is friable or not. D. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that all ACP shall be removed in such careful and prudent manner that it remains intact and does not become friable . The Excavator is responsible to employ those means, methods , techniques and sequences to ensure this result. E. Compliance with all aspects of worker safety and health regulations including but not limited to the OSHA Asbestos Standard is the responsibility of the Excavator. The City of Fort Worth assumes no responsibility for compliance programs, which are the responsibility of the Excavator. (Copy of forms attached) F. The removal and disposal of ACP shall be subsidiary to the cost of installing the new pipe unless otherwise stated or indicated on the project plans or contract documents. 0-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 1 ACRE} PERMIT: As defined by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) regulations, a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required for all construction activities that result in the disturbance of one to five acres (Small Construction Activity) or five or more acres of total land (Large Construction Activity). The contractor is defined as an "operator" by state regulations and is required to obtain a permit. Information concerning the 11/17/2008 SC -55 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS permit can be obtained through the Internet at http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/water perm/wwperm/construct.html. Soil stabilization and structural practices have been selected and designed in accordance with North Central Texas Council of Governments Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Activities (BMP Manual). This manual can be obtained through the Internet at www.dfwstormwater.com/runoff .html. Not all of the structural controls discussed in the BMP Manual will necessarily apply to~Ulhis project. Best Management •.. Practices are construction management techniques that, if properly utilized , can minimize the need for physical : controls ·and possible . reduce costs . The methods of control shall result· in minimum . sediment retention of riotless than 70%. NOTICE OF INTENT {NOi): If the project will result in a total land disturbance equal to or greater than 5 acres, the contractor shall sign at the pre-construction meeting a TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOi) form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notification to the TCEQ of construction activity as well as a commitment that the contractor understands the requirements of the permit for storm water discharges from construction activities and that measures will be taken to implement and maintain storm water -pollution prevention at the site. The NOi shall be submitted to the TCEQ at least 48 hours prior to the contractor moving on site and shall include the required $100 application fee. The NOi shall be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team ; MC-228 P .O . Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 A copy of the NOi shall be sent to : City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management 5000 MLK Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76119 NOTICE OF TERMINATION {NOT): For all sites that qualify as large Construction Activity, the contractor shall sign, prior to final payment, a TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notice that the site is no longer subject to the requirement of the permit. The NOT should be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin , TX 78711-3087 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN {SWPPP): A document consisting of an erosion control and toxic waste management plan and a narrative defining site parameters and techniques to be employed to reduce the release of sediment and pollution from the construction site. Five of the project SWPPP's are available for viewing at the plans desk of the Department of Engineering. The selected Contractor shall be provided with three copies of the SWPPP after award of contract, along with unbounded copies of all forms to be submitted to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. 11/17/2008 SC-56 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS LARGE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY -DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 5 ACRES: A Notice of Intent (NOi} form shall be completed and submitted to the TCEQ including payment of the TCEQ required fee . A SWPPP that meets all TCEQ requirements prepared by the Engineer shall be prepared and implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP shall be incorporated into in the contract documents. The contractor shalt subrnit a sctr~dule ,for impl~mentation of the SWPPP. Deviations from the plan . must be submitted to the engineer for appr<>val. The · SWPPP is . not warranted to meet all the conditions of the permit since the actual ; ccmstructior:i activities may vary from those anticipated during the preparation of the SWPPP. Modifications· may . be required to fully conform to the requirements of the Permit. The contractor must keep a copy"'cif the most current SWPPP at the construction site. Any alterations to the SWPPP proposed by the contractor must be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer for review and approval. A Notice of Termination (NOT) form shall be submitted within 30 days after final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that is the responsibility of the permittee, or, when another permitted operator assumes control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized. SMALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY -DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN ONE ACRE BUT LESS THAN FIVE ACRES: Submission of a NOi form is not required . However, a TCEQ Site Notice form must be completed and posted at the site. A copy of the completed Site Notice must be sent to the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management at the address listed above. A SWPPP, prepared as described above, shall be implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP must include descriptions of control measures necessary to prevent and control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution and will be included in the contract documents. The control measures shall be installed and maintained throughout the construction to assure effective and continuous water pollution control. The controls may include, but not be limited to, silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock berms, diversion dikes, interceptor swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drain, inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding, sodding, mulching, soil retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural storm water pollution controls. The method of control shall result in a minimum sediment retention of 70% as defined by the NCTCOG "BMP Manual." Deviations from the proposed control measures must be submitted to the engineer for approval. PAYMENT FOR SWPPP IMPLEMENTATION: Payment shall be made per lump sum as shown on the proposal as full compensation for all items contained in the project SWPPP. D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. The Contractor may obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. In the event the Contractor requires that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project, the Contractor must coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative . The Contractor shall not operate water line valves of existing water system. Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief} and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. 11/17/20011 SC-57 ·:-diL PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD The City reserves the right to require any pre-qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder(s) for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in sole discretion may require, i()cludirig but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information a1:>9 ut key personneLto . be . assign~d to : the project, and construction schedule, to assist the CitV-in evaluating . :,,md assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s) to deliver a quality product and successfully . complete projects for 'the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information if requested may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. 0-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION Time is of the essence in the completion of this contract. In order to insure that the contractor is responsive when notified of unsatisfactory performance and/or of failure to maintain the contract schedule, the following process shall be applicable: The work progress on all construction projects will be closely monitored . On a bi-monthly basis the percentage of work completed will be compared to the percentage of time charged to the contract. If the amount of work performed by the contractor is less than the percentage of time allowed by 20% or more ( example : 10% of the work completed in 30% of the stated contract time as may be amended by change order), the following proactive measures will be taken : 1. A letter will be mailed to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested demanding that, within 1 O days from the date that the letter is received, it provide sufficient equipment, materials and labor to ensure completion of the work within the contract time . In the event the contractor receives such a letter, the contractor shall provide to the City an updated schedule showing how the project will be completed within the contract time . 2. The Project Manager and the Directors of the Department of Engineering, Water Department, and Department of Transportation and Public Works will be made aware of the situation . If necessary, the City Manager's Office and the appropriate city council members may also be informed. 3. Any notice that may , in the City's sole discretion , be required to be provided to interested individuals will distributed by the Engineering Department's Public Information Officer. 4. Upon receipt of the contractor's response, the appropriate City departments and directors will be notified. The Engineering Department's Public Information Officer will , if necessary, then forward updated notices to the interested individuals. 5. If the contractor fails to provide an acceptable schedule or fails to perform satisfactorily a second time prior to the completion of the contract, the bonding company will be notified appropriately . 111171200a SC - 58 - PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS ". Typically, the OZONE SEASON, within the Metropl~fqrea, runs _from May 1, through OCTOBER 31, with 6:00 a.m. -10:00 a .m. being critical BECAUSE EMl$$1QNS FROM . THIS TIME PERIOD HAVE . ENOUGH TIME TO BAKE IN THE HOT ATMOSPHERE THAT LEADS TO EARL YAF.TERNOON ·. QZONE FORMATION .. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service , will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3 :00 p .m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. On designated Air Pollution Watch Days, the Contractor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that s_uch days have been designated Air Pollution Watch Days and as such shall not begin work until 10:00 a.m . whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m . if use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or if equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting", or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions , or alternative fuels such as CNG . If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven hours between the hours of 7 :00 a.m. -6 :00 p.m ., on a designated Air Pollution Watch Day, that day will be considered as a weather day and added onto the allowable weather days of a given month. 0-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS ANO RE-INSPECTIONS A fee for street use permits is in effect. In addition, a separate fee for re-inspections for parkway construction, such as driveways, sidewalks, etc., will be required. The fees are as follows : 1 . The street permit fee is $50 .00 per permit with payment due at the time of permit application . 2. A re-inspection fee of $25.00 will be assessed when work for which an inspection called for is incomplete. Payment is due prior to the City performing re-inspection. Payment by the contractor for all street use permits and re-inspections shall be considered subsidiary to the contract cost and no additional compensation shall be made . 0-74 "GREEN" CEMENT POLICY As mandated by Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3536, all cement utilized for this project shall be procured from a kiln utilizing a dry kiln process or from any kiln that does not produce an excess of 1. ?lb of NOx emissions per ton of clinker produced . All related costs for complying with the 'Green' Cement Policy shall be considered subsidiary to the applicable project pay items. This policy shall also apply to all cement products including concrete and concrete products . The contractor shall complete and submit the 'Green ' Cement Policy Compliance Statement (included in the contract documents) at the time of bid opening of the project. Failure to comply with the 'Green' Cement policy shall be grounds for rejecting the bid as non-responsive '. During the term of the contract if cement meeting the above requ irement is not available, and where cement from a non-compliant source must be utilized, the contractor shall furnish 900d faith 11117/Z,008 SC-59 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS effort documentation in form of letters from two North Texas cement manufacturers of 'Green' Cement stating that no stock of 'green' cement is available for the contractor at that time. These letters shall be considered valid for a maximum of one week after which new letters must be submitted to the Project Inspector if 'green ' cement continues to remain unavailable . ;9_1 . . :,.· :·~; .. '. ·, . . ··.·: (= •. ·a,;··.·.·· "• I :• 11/17/2008 SC-60 - Dele:._ .. -----',-- ;., DOENO.XXXX Project Name: .' I :· •; .... ~. ~'. NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON ________ _ BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND ------------- IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT-OUT, PLEASE CALL: MR. AT __________ _ (CONTRACTORS S.UPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) OR MR. ____________ AT _______________ _ (CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, __________ _, CONTRACTOR F a r 0 ff I e •• u s e n l y. 0 T PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH ~?-T D H NOTE: CIRCLE ITEMS THAT ARE AMENDED DEMOLITION I RENOVATION NOTIFICATION FORM NOTIFICATION#_~------- 1) Abat ement Contractor:_,...,__ ________________ TDH License Number....__,=----- Addres.s : City : Slate: _____ Zip: ___ _ Office Phone Number: ~~---------Job Site Phone Numbet: ____________ _ Site Supervisor: TOH l.i0er'15&.Nurnbe r: ------------- Site Supel"llisor: TOH License Number.._..,,.....---~-------- Trained On-Site NESHAP lndividU81: _____________ Certification Date :'----~--- oemolitiOtl con1ractor: __________ ..,.,... __ oroce Phone Num~'------=----- Adc;fie»: City: Sta1e : ___ .Zip; ___ _ 2) Project Col1$1.lllanl ~Operator,._· _______________ TOH Lia:,1\$1) Numb&r.. _____ _ Mailing Address :------------=-------=-=----=-:----:-:---,--.--:---,.---------Clty: ________ state:. ___ .Zip,._· ____ Office Phone Number: _ __. _____ _ A 3) FacllityOwner.. _______________________________ _ H Altention : _____________________ ~------------- P Mding Address : ______ ___, _____________ -=----=---:-:---,---,--.,--------- A City: State : Zip· Owner Phone Number._( _.).__ ___ _ ::-"Noto: Tho lovoi~ for a.. notification fee wlll be aent to the owner of Che bulldlng end ttle bHSln9 acJdt.ss for th• Invoice wlll be obtolMd from tho lnfomiation ttlat Is provided In Utl5 &41dlon. D N 4) OesctfpUonar Facility Narrte =·-----------------------------e · Physical Address :-,-__,.....,.... _________ caunty: City: _______ Z.ip: ___ _ S · Facility Phone Number( ) Faciity Contact Person: ____________ _ H Oescriplion of AreaJRQom Number.. __________________________ _ A Prior Use;~ _____________ F.utute use:·-------~~-------- p Age of BuildlngiFaclllty:. ____ Size: ____ N\Jmber of Aoora: _____ Sd1ool {K • 12): D YES O NO a ti Ii D L 5) Type of Work: a ~molition o Renovation (Abatement) o Annual ConG(llidated Work will be during: O Oay D Evening D Night O Phased Proj1;1ct ·· Description of work scheduie:'----------------------------- 6) Is this a Public Building? o YES D NO Federal Faclllty? DYES ;:, NO Industrial Site? O YES ONO NESHAP-Ooly Fac:iUty? D YES D NO Is Building/Facility OCcupied? 0 YES O NO 7) No-1ificatioo Type CHECK ONLY ONE V o Original (10 Working Days) J Cancell;dian o Amendment o Emefllency/Ordetcd I 0 I a ti 0 ,, '? 0 y E s }fa: G N tf lhis is an amendment which arrieru:tment number Is this?_ (EncloH eopy of orlglnal andJor last amendment) ff an emergency, v.ho did you talk with at TDH? Emergency#:_ .. ------ Date and Hou, of EmetgBN:y (HH/MM/DOIYY}: . . DascriptiOn of Ule su!Jden, unexpectild event and expla11ation ol how the ~nt caused unsafe conditions or WouJd cause equipment damage (computets. machinery. etc·-----------~----------- 8) Desctip1 ion of prc;,cedures to be followed In the event that ut1ex~clad asbestos is found or previo\Aly noo ·fnable asbestos material becomes crumbled. pulv~zad. or re<lvced kl powder:-~~------------ 9} WaeenAsbestossurveyperfOOT1ed? o YES a NO Date: J I TOH lnsl)eciOfl.ioenseNo:. ____ _ Aoalylical Method : 0 PLM D TEM O Assumed TOH labol'Story Lloe!\$e No: ------ (For TAHPA (public bulding) projects: an assumption must~ made by a TOH Licensed Inspector) . ··.. ·:·:.·: .. ;' · }i .10) ·Descrfption of planned ~malition or tenovation WOfk, type .of materiet, and method(s) to be used . .,· -------f ~ I IS: t 11) Desaiption of work practices ancf. englneerfng controls to be used lo prevent emissions Of asbestos et the demolition/renovation-· · --------··-··---~-·---.._. .. -----... ·-··-... --.--~--·--.~-----~----· --, ... -----~ . ,_, ~-......... ,.,. . .,_ ... ~.·-_,.._,.. __ _ 11/17/2008 SC-62 PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS 12) All appffcable llems In 1ha foHowing table must be completed: IF NO ASBESTOS PRESENT CHECK HERE 2' . :,l •· .. , . . ApfHOXlmate amount of Cheek unit of measurement Asbestoll~!)ntain!ne auildlng MateriaJ A5be&to$ . Type . .._....~---....... -------!i---.--"T--.---.-~....---t Pipes Sur.fece Area RACM NOT remOYed I noMriable removed I non-friiil~ ~oved I noo-fi'lable NOT removed lnterlot cat II non-friable removed EldeliOr Cate II non-friable removed 11 non-frlable NOT remo11ed RACM Off'-Facllily Component 13) Waste Transporw Name: -----,-----------TOH LiceflSe Number. ____ _ Address: __________ City: _________ Stale: ___ Zip: ___ _ Contact Person: Phone Number: -· __. _______ _ 14) Waste Oisp05al Site N;m1e:. _______ ..,....... ________________ ~---- Address:. _____________ City: ________ Sta1$: ___ rip:--~- Telephone:. ( . . } lNRCC Permit Number. ______ _ 15) For slruciurally unsound fiM:Altles, attach a copy of demolmcn order and identify Governmental Official bek>w: Name: _ __ ·-Registration No:------------ Tille: ___ ...,.,.,..,.,...,..,...,..,....-.,....~---- Date of order (MMIOOJVV) / I Oau;i QCder to begio (MM/00/VY) / / 16) Scheduled Oates of Asbescos Abatement (MWDD/'(y) Start:--~'-~/ __ Coniplete; -~'--'~ 17) Sehedul$d Dates DemolilionJRenovation (MMIOONY} S1art: / I Complete:._...,,/_..:./ ___ _ .. Note: ff ihe star1 dale on Ibis noUflqtion can not i. mot. tho 10H ~fonal or Local Program office Must be canlaclad by phone pfior to the &tut dais. Failure to do so Is a vl<1eatlon ltl aceofdanco to TAHPA. Section 295.81. I h~eby oer1ify that all infofmation I have provided Is cooed, complete. and true to the best of my knowledge. I acknowledge that I am responsible for all as:pec:ts or the notification form, including. but not timiting, oontent and submission da1es . The maximum penalty i$ $10,000 per day per violation. (Signature or Building Owned Operator 0< Delegated Consultant/Contractor) MAIL TO: . •Fuos .,.. not accepfed" (Printed Name) (Dale} ASBESTOS NOTIFlCATtON SECTION TOxtC SUBSTANCES CONTROL DMSION TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH PO BOX 143538 . AUSTIN. TX 78714-3538 PH~ 512-834-6800, 1-800-572-.5648 (Telephone) (Fax Number) •t=axes .,.. not accepted" F1;lnn APB#5, dstsd 07/29/02. Replaces TDH tom, dated 07113/01'. For assistanc:s in completing form, caH f-B00-572-5548 ---··-·· ·--· .--·~·-· ··-·· .. 11/17/2008 SC-63 ·.v ~~ii-.~=:· PART D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS GREEN CEMENT POLICY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT ( To be furnished by the Contractor to the City at the time .'~t_bld ~pening) (Submit separate fonns for each supplier I retalierJ This goes to certify that the cement used for this project meets the following criteria: 0 The cement was manufactured in a kiln utilizing the dry process {list source below) that met the emission standard of 1 . 71b or less of NOx I ton of clinker released into the atmosphere. O The cement meets ASTM C-150 requirements Source of Cement: Name of Concrete Supplier . Name of Plant (KIin) & Address __________________ _ Name of Manufacturer CONTRACTOR SUPPLIER · Name Name Title Title Company Company Phone Number Phone Number 11/17/2008 SC-64 ', • -t i Jan 07 2009 9:47AM Baird, Hampton %26 Brown 8172518810 p .4 PART DA ·-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE IJNf[S ............ OMITTED PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE ............................. _. ... OMITIE.D PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM ..................................................................... OMITIED FOLD AND FORM PIPE ........... --.... ,. .................................................................... OMITTED SUPLINING ..................................................................................................... OMIITED PIPE INSTALLED BY OJHER THAN OPEN cyT ............................................ OMIITED TYPE OF CASING PtPE ................................................................................... OMITTED SERVlyE LINE POINT REPAIR I CIJWiOUT REPAIR ................................... OMITTED PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION ....... OMITTED MANHOLE REHAQILITATION .................. " ................... __ ............................... OMITIED SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATIO N .................... OMIITED INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -MICROSILICATE MQRTAR SYSTEM ..... OMIITED INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING • QUADEX SYSTEM .................................. OMITIED INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -SPRAY WALL SYSTEM ....................................... 54 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING· RAVEN LINING SVSTEM .................................... 56 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERIIACAST SYS WI EPOXY LINER ..... OMITIED INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING:§TRQNG:§EAL-SVSTEM ......................... OMITTED RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS .......................................................... OMITTED PVC UNEO CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION .................................... OMITTED Pft:ESSURE GRQUDNG ............................. ,, ........... , .. _ ...................................................................................... 70 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES ................................. OMITTED FIBERGLASS MANHOLES ... : ........................................................................... OMITTED LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES ..................... 80 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ......... ,. ................................. 81 REPLACEMENT OF 6 .. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ..................................................... 81 REPLACEMENT OF H.11.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE ............................................. 81 GRADED CRUSHED STONES ....................................................................................... 82 WEDGE MILLIHG 2'' JOO" DEPTH 5,0' WJDE; ................................................ OMITTED eun JOINJJi • Ill-LED ................................................................................. OMITTED 2n tt,l,A,C. SURFACE couRSi (TYPE 11P" MIXL ................................................... 84 REPLACEMENT OF Z" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER .......................... '"" ............... 84 NEW r• CONCRETE VALLEY GurrER ......................................................... OMITTED NEW4° STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAIIP ................................................... OMIITED r PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION ........ ; .......................................................... OMITTED REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) .............. OMITTED RAl§EQ PAVEMENT MARKER§ .................................................................... OMITTED POTENTIALL y PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING, ..... OMITTED LOADING, TRANSPORTATION. DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SQlb ..... OMITTED ROCK RIP RAP .. GROUT • FILTER FABRIC .................................................. OMITTED C9NCREI:E RJPMP· .... , .............. , .............. , ................... ,., ..................... ,, ................. ,.,, .. , ....... ,OMITTED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FlfflNGS ........................................................... 98 CONC.RET; PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS ............................................................ 98 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVA TIQN ........................................................ OMIITED 6" PERFORAT§D PIPE SUBDRAIN ................................................................ OMI.ITED REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ..................................................... 99 RECOMMENDED SEQUENyE Qf CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 1 oo PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA ....................................................... OMIITED EASJ:M§NTS AND eERMITS ............................. ""'"'" ................................... OMITTED 11/02104 ASC-1R - DA-1 DA-2 DA-3 DA-4 DA-5 DA-6 DA-7 DA-8 DA-9 DA-10 DA-11 DA-12 DA-13 DA-14 DA-15 DA-16 DA-17 DA-18 DA-19 DA-20 DA-21 DA-22 DA-23 DA-24 DA-25 DA-26 DA-27 DA-28 DA-29 DA-30 DA-31 DA-32 DA-33 DA-34 DA-35 DA-36 DA-37 DA-38 DA-39 DA-40 DA-41 DA-42 DA-43 DA-44 DA-45 DA-46 DA-47 DA-48 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS ......................... .4 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE ................................................ 4 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM ................................................................................... 9 FOLD AND FORM PIPE .............................................................................................. 17 SLIPLINING ................................................................................................................. 21 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT ....................................................... 28 TYPE OF CASING PIPE .............................................................................................. 32 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR/ CLEANOUT REPAIR .............................................. 32 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION .......•.....•..... 35 MANHOLE REHABILITATION .................................................................................... 37 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION ................................ 48 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM ................ .49 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -QUADEX SYSTEM .............................................. 51 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -SPRAY WALL SYSTEM ...................................... 54 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -RAVEN LINING SYSTEM .........•.......................... 56 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPOXY LINER .... 59 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL-SYSTEM .................•.......•...•....•... 62 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS ............................. ~ ..................................... 64 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION ....•...........•...•........................... 67 PRESSURE GROUTING ............................................................................................. 70 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES ............................................. 73 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES ................................... · ...................................................... 76 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATERVALVES .........•........... 80 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ............................................ 81 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS •...............................•................... 81 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE ............................................. 81 GRADED CRUSHED STONES ..................•.........................•.•.•...•...........•.•................. 82 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO O" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE ........................................................... 82 BUTT JOINTS -MILLED ............................................................................................. 83 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) ..................................................... 84 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER ..•...............•.•...•................... 84 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER ..................................................................... 85 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP ............................................................... 86 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION .................................•............................................. 86 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE {UTILITY CUT) .......................... 87 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS ................................................•............................... 88 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING ............. : ... 88 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL. ........ 92 ROCK RIPRAP -GROUT -FILTER FABRIC .............................................................. 93 CONCRETE RIPRAP ................................................................................................... 97 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................... 98 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS ............................................................ 98 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION .................................................................... 98 6" PERFO-RATED PIPE SUBDRAIN ........................................................................... 98 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIOEWALKS ..................................................... 99 RECOMMENDED SEO.UENCE OF CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 100 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA ................................................................. 100 EASEMENTS. ANO PERMITS .................................................................................... 100 ASC-1 DA-49 DA-50 DA-51 OA-52 DA-53 DA-54 OA-55 DA•56 OA..S7 OA-58 OA..S9 OA-60 DA-61 OA-62 OA-63 OA-64 OA-65 OA-66 DA-67 OA-68 OA-69 OA-70 OA-71 OA-72 OA-73 OA-74 OA-75 OA-76 DA-77 OA-78 OA-79 DA-80 OA-81 DA-82 OA-83 DA-84 DA-85 DA-86 OA-87 DA-88 DA-89 DA-90 DA-91 OA-92 OA-93 OA-94 DA-95 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 101 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ..................................................................................... 101 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES ........................................................... 101 TURBO METER WITH VAULT ANO BYPASS INSTALLATION ................................ 101 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS .......................................................................... 101 WATER SAMPLE STATION ...................................................................................... 102 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT ......................................................................... 102 SHOP DRAWINGS .................................................................................................... 103 . COST BREAKDOWN ................................................................................................ 104 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY ................................. 104 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP .................................................................. 104 ASPHALT DRIVEW AV REPAIR ................................................................................ 104 TOP SOIL .................................................................................................................. 104 WATER METER ANO METER BOX RELOCATION ANO ADJUSTMENT ................. 104 BIO QUANTITIES ...................................................................................................... 104 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY ...................................................................... 105 CRUSHED LIMESTONE {FLEX-BASE) .................................................................... 105 OPTION TO RENEW ................................................................................................. 105 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT ................................................................................. 105 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER ................................................................................. 105' TRAFFIC BUTTONS .................................................................................................. 106 PAVEMENT STRIPING .............................................................................................. 106 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 106 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES .............................................................................. 107 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK-FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL VALVE AND BOX ...................................................................................................... 107 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES ....................................................................... 107 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE-IN ............................................................... 107 1 Y2" & 2" COPPER SERVIC.ES ................................................................................ 107 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. cun ................................................................................ 108 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIL TY {UTIL. CUT) ..................................................... 108 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) ................................................................................. 109 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) ............................... 109 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) .................................................. 109 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) ...................................................................... 109 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) ..................................................................... 110 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUD ............................................................................. 110 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUTI ............................................................................................ 110 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. cun ........................................................................... 110 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL CUT) ......................................................................... 110 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) .............................................. 111 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT Ill (UTIL. CUT) ............................ 111 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT {UTIL. CUT) ............................................................ 111 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTlL cun .......... 112 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) ......................................................................... 112 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. cun ............................................................................... 112 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. cun ........................................................... 113 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL CUT) ..................................................... 113 ASC-2 Jan O? 2009 9:47AM Baird , Hampton %26 Brown 81725 18810 p.5 DA-49 DA~ DA-6 1 OA-62 DA::§l. OA-§4 PA::§5 PA-56 QA£ PA-S8 DA-59 PA:60 DA-§1 DA:§2 DA:§3 DA::§4 DA:§5 DA:§§ Q&ll. DA:§8 DA::§9 DA-70 DA-71 l2A:n DA-73 DA-74 DA-7§ PA·Zf QA·U DA•71 DA-79 DA-80 QA:11 g&g RA:!! DA-84 DA-8§ DA::8§ QA-8I DA:H QA:§9 DA:80 DA-91 ~- DA-93 DA;:94 DA-9 5 11102/04 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS HI GHWAY REQ UIREMENTS .......................................................................... OMITTED CONCRETE ENCASEMENT .............................................................................. OMITIED CONNECTION TO EXISTING S-TRUCTURES ........................................................... 101 TURBO METER WITH VAU LT A ND BYPASS INSTALLATION ...................... OMITIED OPEN FIRE1 LINE INSTALLATIONS ................................................................ OMITTED WATER SAMPLE STATIQN ............................................................................ OMllTED CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT ............................................................... OMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS ....................................................................................................... 103 COST BREAKDOWN ................................................................................................. 104 STANQABD SJREET SPECIFICATION S H.M,A.C. QY.sRbA Y .............•.......• OMITIED H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP ........................................................ OMITTED ASPHALT Pffl\lffiAY REPAIR ................................................... ; ................... OMITT ED TOP SOI L .......................................................................................................... OMITTE D WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIO N AN D ADJUS Tl1 ENT ...... OMI TTED BID QUANTITIES ............................................................................................ OMITTE D WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGf:IT OF WAV ................................. ._ .......................... OMITIED CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX-BASE) .......................................................... OMITTED OPTION JO RENEW .......................... " ................................................... '· ......... OMI TTED NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT ....................................................................... OMITTED CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTEft ......................................................................... OMITTED TRAFFIC BUTTONS ........................................................................................ OMITIED- PAYEIENI STRIPING ....................................... ····· .......................................... OMITTED H.M,A,C, TESTING PROCEDURES ................................................................ OMITTED §PECIFICATIQN BEFEREtjCES· .................................................................... OMITIED RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BAC K-FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL YALYE AND BQX ......................................... ; ................................................... OMITTED RESILIENT-SEATED GA TE VALVES ............................................................. OMITIED EMERGENCY SITUATION. JOB MQYE-IN ...................................................... OMITTED 1 ~-& 2" COPPER SERVICES ....................................................................... OMITTED ' SCOPE Qf WORK tUTIL. CUT) ........................................................................ OMITIE.D cONTRACTQR's RESPQN§IB1L TY runL . cun ........................................... OMITTED CONTRACT TIME fV!lb CUD ................................................................. " ..... OMITIEO REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (U TIL. CUT) ..................... OM ITTED JIME ALLOWED FOR YDbDY CUD (UTIL , CUT ).. ...................................... OMITIED LIQUIDATED DAIIAGES (UTIL CUTI ............................................................ OMlTTED PAYING REPAIR EDGES CUTIL, CUTI ............................................................. OMITTE D TRENCH BACKFILL f UTIL CUT} ................................................................... OMITTED CL§6M-UP (UJIL. CUT) ......... ,. ........................................................................ OM ITTE.D PROPERTY ACCESS fUTIL. CUTI ................................................................. O MITTED SUBMISSION OF BIDS {UTib CUT) ............. .,_ ...................................... "' ..... OMI TTED STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUD .................................... O MI TTED 9QNCREJE BASE REPAIR FOR Y~!I II & UNIT III fUTIL. QYT> .................. OMITTE.D 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT {UTIL . CUT).. ................................................ OMl1TED ADJUST WATER YALYE BOXES, MANHQ LE§, VAULTS (UTIL, CUTL ....... OMIITED MAINTENANCE BOND {UTIL. CUT) ............................................................... OMITTED BRICK PA)!EMENT {UTIL . CUT ~ .................................................... "' ................ OMITTED LIME STABILIZED SU BG RADE (UTIL CUT) .. --............................................. OMITTED CEMENT STABILIZ§D SU BGRADE (UTIL, CUT).. ......................................... OMITTED ASC-2R • t Jan 07 2009 9:48AM Baird, Hampt o n %26 Brown 8172518810 DA::96 DA-97 DA:98 DA-99 DA-100 PA~101 DA-102 DA-103 DA-104 PA-106 DA-106 DA-127 DA-108 DA-109 DA .. 110 QA-11 1 DA-112 DA·1!~ DA-114 DA-115 DA-11& 06-117 DA-118 DA-119 11/02/04 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL •. CUT) ............................. OMITTED "QUICK-SET .. CONCREJE (UTIL , gu n ............. "" ........................................... OMITTE.D UTILITY ADJUS,TMENT (UTIL. cu n .............................................................. OMITTED STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK, WHEELCHAIB RAMPS fUTtL. CUT).OMlTTED LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT RE PAI R {UTIL. CUT) ........................ OMITTED CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER fUTlb CUTI ............................................ OMITIED PAYMENT (UTIL . cu,n ............................................................................... OMIITED DEHOLES (MISC. EXT,t ................................................................................ OMIITED CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC . EXT •. ) ............ , ............................... OMIITED PRESSURE 91,EANING AND TESTIN G (MISC . EXT,) ............................... OMITTED BID QUANTmEs (MISC . EXT.) ............................... ······ .............................. OMrTTED L,IFE OF CONTRACT(MISC . EXT .) .............................. , .............................. OMITTED FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.> .................................................................. OMITTED BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC, REPL .) ................................................ OMITIED DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC, REPLL. ............... OMITIE D WQRIS ORDER COMPLETION DIE (MISC. REPL.> ................................. OMITTE D MOYE IN! CHARGES (IIISC. REPL.) ............................................................ OMITTED PROJECT SIGNS (MISC, REPL,L ............................................................... OMI TTED LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IIIISC. REPL.) .................................................... OMITT ED TRENCH werv svsTEM oes1aN c11sc ., Ree1,.L ................................ OM1nEo FIELD OFFICE .............................................................................................. OMITTE D JBAFBC, CONTROL PLAN ........................................................................... OMITTED. COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRAC TOR FOR OTH ER UNITS .. OMITI'ED CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM OMITTED ASC-3R p .6 - DA-96 DA-97 DA-98 DA-99 DA-100 OA-101 DA-102 DA-103 DA-104 OA-105 DA-106 OA-107 DA-108 OA-109 DA-110 DA-111 DA-112 DA-113 DA-114 DA-115 DA-116 DA-117 DA-118 DA-119 11/02104 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) ....................................... 113 "QUICK-SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT}.. ................................................................. 114 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. cun ........................................................................ 114 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) ... 114 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) .................................. 115 CONCRETE CURB ANO GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) .................................................... 115 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUTI ......................................................................................... 115 OEHOLES (MISC. EXT.) ........................................................................................ 116 CONSTRUCTION LlMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) ..................................................... 117 PRESSURE CLEANING ANO TESTING (MISC. EXT.) ......................................... 117 BIO QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) ............................................................................ 117 LIFE OF CONTRACT {MISC. EXT.) ....................................................................... 117 FLOWABLE FILL. (MISC. EXT.) ............................................................................ 117 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) ........................................................ 118 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK {MISC. REPL.) ........................... 119 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) ........................................... 119 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.}.. ................................................................... 119 PROJECT SIGNS {MISC. REPL.) .......................................................................... 119 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES {MISC. REPL.) .............................................................. 120 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) ........................................... 120 FIELD OFFICE ....................................................................................................... 120 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................................................................... 121 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS ............ 121 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 122 ASC-3 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS OA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS The City reserves the right to abandon without obligation to the contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. Award, if made, shall be to the lowest responsible bidder. The following shall apply for contract documents with multiple units of work. Each unit represents a separate project, each with an individual M/WBE specification and proposal section. The proposal sections are arranged to allow prospective bidders to submit bids on one unit. some of the units, or all of the units. Award of contract(s), if made, shall be to the lowest responsible bidder for each individual unit. If a contractor is the low bidder on two units or more, a single set of contract documents consisting of all applicable units will be created and one single award of contract shall be made. The Contractor shall comply with the City's M/WBE Ordinance for the applicable unit or combination of units and shall submit monthly M/WBE reports for the applicable unit or combination of units. Construction time on all units will run concurrently; For situations involving approved contracts with multiple units, the total allowable construction completion time period for all the units shall be the same as the unit with the longest construction time period. DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE A. WORK TO BE DONE: The work to be done under this contract consists of rehabilitation of existing sewer lines by the Cure-in-Place Pipe Method or approved equal. Cured-in- place pipe consists of a resin impregnated flexible tube, coated with an elastomeric coating, when inverted into an existing sewer pipe through existing access manholes, and which, under proper hydrostatic and thermal conditions, is cured-in-place, becoming a structurally sound cured-in-place pipe. The thickness of the pipe will be dictated by the structural requirements of the sewer pipe with no loss of cross sectional area other than the thickness of the resin-impregnated tube. The pipe will be impermeable to water, provide corrosion resistance, and an optimum friction factor for the sewer flow. Branch connections shall be reinstated by a remote controlled cutting device. 11/02104 The work consists of providing all labor, equipment, transportation, materials, and supervision necessary to : 1. 2. 3. 4. Thoroughly clean sewers as required for the installation of the resin-impregnated tube. Inspect sewers by closed circuit color television (CCTV), including identifying and marking the location of each service connection. Cost subsidiary to Pre- Construction TV Inspection. Notify residents at least 48 hours prior to service interruption. Install the resin-impregnated tube of the correct thickness as specified. ASC-4 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Cut out all service connections by remote cutters and restore service within 18 hours. 6. Re-inspect by CCTV to verify satisfactory completion of work at time of lateral reinstatement. Cost subsidiary to Post-Construction TV Inspection. 7. Pump around all dry and wet weather flows to accommodate the process at each separate installation, as required. 8. Comply with all appropriate governmental agencies' regulations regarding traffic, safety procedures and permits, the cost of which is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. MATERIALS: The fiber felt tube shall be fabricated to a size that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference of the conduit specified by the Owner. Allowance for circumferential stretching during inversion shall be made and shall meet ASTM-1216. The minimum length shall be that deemed necessary by the Contractor to effectively span the distance from the inlet to the outlet of the respective manholes, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field before impregnation. Individual inversion may be made over one or more manhole sections, as determined in the field by the Contractor. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish a general purpose unsaturated polyester resin and catalyst system that meets ASTM standards and the finished cured physical strengths specified. C. REQUIRED THICKNESS OF CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE: The thickness of the pipe will be determined from information supplied or manufacture's recommendation for the condition of the existing pipe. Should pre-installation inspections reveal the sewers to be in substantially different conditions than those in the design considerations, the Contractor can request such changes in pipe thickness, supporting such request with design data in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's standard design criteria as follows: 11/02/04 Sewer Diameter 6" 8" 10" 12" 15" 18" 21" LINER THICKNESS Pipe Invert Depth up to 1 O' (al~o the minimum) 4.5mm 6.0mm 6.0mm 6.0mm 7.5mm 9.0mm 10.5mm ASC-5 Pipe Invert Depth 10'-15' 4.5mm 6.0mm 6.0mm 7.5mm 9.0mm 12.0mm 13.5mm Pipe Invert Depth Over 15' 4.5mm 6.0mm 7.5mm 9.0mm 10.5mm 13.5mm 15.0mm PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 24" 12.0mm 15.0mm 16.5mm 30" 15.0mm 18.0mm 21.0mm 36" 16.5mm 21.0mm 24.0mm 42" 19.5mm 24.0mm 28.5mm 48" 22.5mm 28 .5mm 33.0mm 54" 25.5mm 30.0mm 36.0mm 60" 28.5mm 34.5mm 39.0mm D. PREPARATORY WORK: The installation procedures shall be as follows unless otherwise approved by the City. 1. · Safety -The contractor shall carry out his operations in strict accordance with all safety requirements. Particular attention is drawn to those safety requirements that involve working with scaffolding and entering confined spaces. 2. All easements shall be cleaned up after use and restored to their original conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the Property Owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Department of Engineering shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed upon time period. 3. Before using any water from the City of Fort Worth, the Contractor shall be responsible for the water meter and related charges for the set up, including the water usage bill. All expenses shall be considered incidental to cleaning. 4. Cleaning of Sewer Line -It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all internal debris out of the sewer lines and flush the sewer lines clean, disposing of debris off-site. Debris is not to be washed downstream into other sewers. All solids or semisolids resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed from the site and disposed of at no additional cost to the City. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to secure a legal dump site for the disposal of this material. All materials shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each work day. All cost for the above-described work shall be paid for by the price bid per linear foot for Cleaning and Television Inspection. 5. Inspection of Pipelines -Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit color television . Television inspection shall be in accordance with the specifications contained herewith for "Pre-and Post-Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer Lines•. E. INSTALLATION OF THE RESIN IMPREGNATED TUBE: 1. 11/02/04 The Contractor shall designate a location where the uncured resin in the original containers and the unimpregnated fiber-felt tube will be vacuum impregnated prior ASC-6 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS to installation. The Contractor shall allow the Owner to inspect the materials and •wet-our procedure. A resin and catalyst system compatible with requirements of this method shall be used. The quantities of the liquid thermosetting materials shall be per manufacturer's standards to provide the wall thickness specified. All felt shall be impregnated under vacuum. 2. The wet-out fiber felt tube shall be installed through an existing manhole or other approved access by means of an inversion process and the application of a hydrostatic head sufficient to fully extend it to the next designated manhole. The impregnated tube shall generally be inserted into the vertical inversion standpipe with the impermeable plastic membrane side out. At the lower end of the inversion standpipe, the felt tube shall be turned inside out and attached to the standpipe so that a leak-proof seal is created. The inversion head will be adjusted to be of sufficient height to cause the impregnated tube to invert from manhol_e to manhole and hold the tube tight to the pipe wall and produce dimples at the side connections. A lubricant, if used, shall be as approved by · manufacturer's standards. Manufacturer's standards shall be closely followed during the elevated temperature curing so as not to over-stress the felt fiber and cause damage or failure prior to cure. In certain cases, the Contractor may elect to use a top inversion. 3. Curing: After inversion is complete, the Contractor shall supply a suitable heat source and water or steam recirculation equipment. The equipment shall be capable of delivering hot water or steam throughout the section by means of a pre- strung hose, which has been perforated per manufacturer's recommendations, to uniformly raise the water temperature above the temperature required to effect a cure of the resin. This temperature shall be determined by the resin/catalyst system employed and shall be per manufacturers standards. 4. The heat source shall be fitted with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming and outgoing water or steam supply. Another such gauge shall be placed at the remote manholes to determine the temperatures during cure. Initial cure shall be deemed to be completed when inspection of the exposed portions of the cured-in-place pipe appear to be hard and sound. The cure period shall be of · a duration recommended by the resin manufacturer, as modified for the inversion process, during which time the recirculation of the water and/or steam and cycling of the heat exchanger to maintain the temperature continues. 5. Cool-down: The Contractor shall cool the hardened cured-in-place pipe to a temperature below 100 F before relieving the static head in the inversion standpipe. Cool-down may be accomplished by introducing cool water into the inversion standpipe to replace wate.r or steam being drained from a small hole made in the downstream end. Care shall be taken in the release of the static head so that a vacuum will not be developed that could damage the newly installed cured-in-place pipe. F. SERVICE CONNECTIONS: After the pipe has been installed, the Contractor shall reconnect the active service connections. This shall generally be done without excavation, and, in the case of non-man entry pipes, from the interior of the pipeline by means of a television camera and a cutting device that re-established them to not less 11102!04 ASC-7 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS than 90 percent capacity. Existing services shall be reinstated within 18 hours of installation. Should internal reinstatement not be possible, the services must be reconnected externally by excavation immediately. Service saddles acceptable to the Engineer shall be utilized. Backfill at service connections shall be cement stabilized (2 sacks per cubic yard) to a point 12 inches above the service lateral to trench intersection and shall be in accordance with these specifications. Each reconnection shall be paid for separately. Six inch sewer lines shall have service connections completed by external means. Contractor may re-connect the 6• sewer line connections by internal means in special cases with the approval of the Engineer. G. ACCEPTANCE: The finished cure-in-place pipe shall be continuous over the entire length of an inversion run between manholes and be smooth and free from substantial wrinkles, as well as defects, and improper house connections. Should any of these defects occur, the line shall be excavated, repaired and/or replaced and complete restoration made to the satisfaction of the City at no additional cost. The watertightness of the pipe shall be tested for leaks under a positive head during cure with allowances being made for end leakage and temperature effects. H. CLEAN-UP: Upon acceptance of the installation work and testing, the Contractor shall restore the project area affected by his operations to original or better conditions. I. PATENTS: The Contractor shall warrant and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against all claims for patent infringement and any loss thereof. J. SPECIAL NOTES: The Contractor shall be liable for damages to the homes or basements from backups which may result during the installation of new pipe. K. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: 1. 2. 3. 4. 11/02/04 Cured-in-Place Pipe {CIPP) Installation: CIPP installation will be measured for payment by the linear foot of CIPP actually installed in the various diameters of sewers measured along the centerline of the sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per linear foot for the various sewer diameters listed. Service Reconnection: Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per each listed in the bid proposal. Payment shall include all labor, materials, and the lateral connection, including all necessary pipe and fittings to connect the existing service line. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. Television Inspection and Cleaning: Special Condition for Post-Construction Television Inspection applies. Sewer Cleaning by Bucket Machine: Heavy cleaning requiring more than hydraulic jet cleaning shall be performed by bucket machines. The payment for such cleaning shall be included in the bid item for Pre-Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer. ASC-8 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. By-Pass Pumping: The Contractor shall provide diversion for the flow of sewage around the section or sections of pipe designated for the inversion of the resin- impregnated tube. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be subsidiary to the pipe reconstruction item. 6. Point Repairs: Point repairs shall be made before or after a cured-in-place pipe installation at the Contractor's option. Point repairs shall be conducted only if mutually agreed to by the Department of Engineering and the Contractor prior to acceptance of the line for reconstruction. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with various utility companies and determine the location of their facilities. Point repairs shall be measured and paid for by the linear foot for the appropriate depth of cut. Payment shall include all labor, material and equipment for pipe replacement according to standards. · 7. Subsidiary Work: Any damage resulting to utilities and property, resulting repairs , temporary service costs, etc., shall be borne by Contractor. Repair and/or replacement of fences, sprinkler system piping and other such restoration work resulting from Contractor activities shall be considered subsidiary to the cost of the project and no additional payment will be allowed. DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM A. GENERAL: 11/02/04 1. Description: This specification includes requirements to rehabilitate existing sanitary sewers by the pipe enlargement system , herein called Pipe Bursting or Pipe Crushing (Pipe Bursting/Crushing). This system includes splitting or bursting the existing pipe to install a new polyethylene pipe and reconnect existing sewer service connections. 2. Methods: This section specifies the approved system method or process to include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide for the complete rehabilitation of deteriorated gravity sewer lines by the Pipe Bursting/Crushing systems. Approved methods include: the PIM Corporation (PIM System), Piscata Way, New Jersey; Mclat Construction (McConnell System for Pipe Crushing), Houston, Texas; and Trenchless Replacement Systems, (TRS System), Calgary, Canada. Refer to Part D -SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-34 SIBSTITUTIONS for information regarding pre-approval procedures for alternative processes. 3. Definition: The Pipe Bursting/Crushing system is defined as the reconstruction of gravity sewer pipe by installing an approved pipe material, by means of one of the pre-approved methods set forth in Section A.2 of this specification. The process involves the use of a static, hydraulic or pneumatic hammer •moling" device, suitably sized to break out the old pipe or using modified boring •knife· with a flared plug that implodes and crushes the existing sewer pipe. Forward progress of the ·mote• or the •knife· may be aided by the use of hydraulic equipment or other apparatus , as specified in the approved methods. The replacement pipe is ASC-9 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS either pulled or pushed into the bore. The method allows for replacement of pipe sizes from a· through 21 • and/or upsizing in varying increments up to 21 ". This specification is based on the precedent that the Pipe Bursting/Crushing system used has been pre-approved by the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering, and Fort Worth Water Department. 4. Quality Assurance: The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Bursting/Crushing system manufacturer that such firm is a licensed installer of their system. No other Pipe Bursting/Crushing system other than those listed in Section A.2. of these specifications is acceptable. a. Personnel directly involved with installing the new pipe shall receive training in the proper methods for joint fusing, handling, and installing the polyethylene pipe. Training shall be performed by a qualified representative as determined by the pipe manufacturer. b. Personnel directly involved with installing the new pipe shall receive training in the proper methods for joint fusing, handling, and installing the polyethylene pipe. Training shall be performed by a qualified representative as determined by the pipe manufacturer. 5. Submittals: Submit for review and acceptance, the following Contractors Work Plan and Drawings to the Department of Engineering (DOE): a. Shop drawings, catalog data, and manufacturers technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimensions of new pipe and fittings . Include manufacturers recommendation for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings if damaged. b. Location and number of insertion or access pits shall be planned by Contractor and submitted in writing prior to excavation for approval by DOE. c. Method of construction and restoration of existing sewer service connections. This shall include: 1) 2) 3) Detail drawings and written description of the entire construction procedure to install pipe, bypass sewage flow and reconnection of sewer service connections. Working drawings for information only showing sewage flow bypass, and maintenance of traffic. Contractor shall provide for continuous sewerage flow. Dewatering shall be the Contractors responsibility. Certification of workmen training for installing pipe. ASC-10 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4) Television inspection reports and video tapes made after new pipe installation. 6. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: a. Transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by manufacturer. b. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Project Manager at the Contractor's expense, before proceeding further. c. Deliver, store and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. B. MATERIALS: 11/02/04 1. Polyethylene Piping Material: The pipe and fitting material shall be high density, extra molecular weight {EHMW) polyethylene pipe material conforming to ASTM 01248, Type Ill, Class C, category 5, Grade P34, and have a PPI (Plastic Pipe Institute) recommended designation of PE3408 and cell classification 345434C per ASTM 03350. The molecular weight category shall be extra high (250,000 to 1,500,000) as per the Gel Permeation Chromatography determination procedure with a typical value of 330,000. a. The interior of the pipe shall be a light reflective color to facilitate closed circuit television inspection. b. The pipe material shall be listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) in PPI TR-4. The pipe material shall have as hydrostatic design basis of 1600 psi at 73 F and 800 psi at 140 F. c. The manufacturer's certification shall state that the pipe was manufactured from one specific resin and shall state the resin used and its source. All pipe shall be made of virgin material. No rework, except that obtained from the manufacturer's own production of the same formulation, shall be used. d. Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal Ductile Iron Pipe Size inside diameter. The Standard Dimension Ratio (SOR) and minimum pressure rating of the pipe shall be SOR 17 -100 psi. Pipe with a lower SOR ratio and higher pressure rating may be used in lieu of the minimum specified. 2. Tests: The Contractor shall be required to send submittals to the City of Fort Worth on the production material. a. The pipe manufacturer shall provide certification that samples of the production product meets these specifications. The certification will state that production product has been tested in accordance with ASTM 02837, and validated in accordance with the latest revision of PPI TR-3. ASC-11 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. The pipe manufacturer shall provide certification that stress regression testing has been performed on the specific product. Certification shall include a stress life curve per ASTM 02837 and testing shall have been performed in accordance with ASTM 02837. c. Rejection: Polyethylene plastic pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. C. SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS: 1. Sewer Service Connections: Sewer service connections shall be connected to the new pipe by mechanical or fusion methods. Once the saddle is secured, a hole shall be drilled in the pipe the full inside diameter of saddle outlet. 2. Pipe Saddles: Mechanical saddles shall be made of polyethylene pipe compound that meets the requirements of ASTM 01248, Class C. have stainless steel straps and fasteners, neoprene gasket and backup plate. Mechanical saddles shall be Strap-on-Saddle Type as manufactured by Oriscopipe or Tapping Saddle manufactured by DuPont, or approved equal. Fusion saddles shall be electrofusion branch saddles as manufactured by Central Plastics Company, or approved equal. 3. Connection to Existing Service: Connections to the existing sewer service connections pipe shall be made using flexible couplings. All flexible couplings shall conform to ASTM C425 and shall be as manufactured by Fernco Joint Sealer Co., OFW Plastics, Inc. or approved equal. Backfill at service connections shall be cement stabilized sand (2 sacks per cubic yard) to a point 12 inches above the service lateral to trench intersection and shall be in accordance with these specifications. The Contractor shall, upon request, permit the Engineer to take elevations on both the existing and new portions of the service connection pole to determine final grade and invert elevations. Elevation changes greater than 0.1 O feet from the house lateral piping and shall be reconnected as directed by the Engineer. 4. Service Interruptions: Service interruptions to homes shall not exceed 18 hours. 0. PREPARATION: 11/02/04 1. Bypassing Sewage: a. The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be rehabilitated. The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. · ASC-12 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. The Contractor shall be responsible for continuity of sanitary sewer service to each facility connected to the section of sewer during the execution of the work. If sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for clean-up, repair, property damage costs and claims. 2. Line Obstructions: If pre-installation (TV) inspection reveals an obstruction in the existing sewer (heavy solids, dropped joints, protruding service taps or collapsed pipe) which will prevent completion of the pipe bursting/crushing process, and cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, then an obstruction removal shall be made by the Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer. 3. Sags in Sewer Line: ALL SAGS AND GRADE PROBLEMS IN EXISTING SEWER LINES SHALL BE CORRECTED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. If the pre- construction television inspection reveals a sag in the sewer line, the Contractor shall be responsible for bringing the proposed sewer pipe to an acceptable grade without a sag. A sag is defined as any sewer line segment more than 3 feet in length which ponds water in the absence of sewage flow. The contractor shall take the necessary measures to eliminate the sag by the method of: pipe replacement, digging a sag elimination pit and bringing the bottom of the pipe trench to a uniform grade in line with the existing pipe invert or by other measures that shall be acceptable to the Engineer and the City. a. Identification of Sags: Sags shall be identified by television inspection in the absence of sewage flow. If available, the Contractor shall be furnished television tapes from the City identifying the sag location. Flow shall be blocked at an upstream manhole and diverted to another sewer line or downstream manhole below the segment of pipe to be inspected. TV inspection shall be performed in accordance with television inspection of sanitary sewer ·lines. Video tapes shall be submitted to the Department of Engineering for review. b. Correction of Sags: Sags shall be corrected by open cut and by adding additional bedding material to bring the sag back to grade where access is available. For pipe enlargement methods, all sags identified on the pre- construction video tapes shall be corrected prior to commencing with pipe enlargement. C. In instances where sags are located under existing structures, the existing sewer line may be relocated using open cut or boring methods. The Department of Engineering shall specifically review potential relocation's and evaluate the constructability, economics and engineering feasibility prior to construction work. Measurement and Payment: Measurement and payment to correct sags shall be per linear foot of pipe construction to correct the sag. For pipe bursting methods, open-cut or bore construction, the applicable bid prices in the proposal section shall apply. ASC-13 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. Television Inspection: Inspection of the pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles and service connections by closed circuit color television. Television inspection shall be in accordance with the specifications contained herewith for ·Pre-and Post- Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer Lines-, Part D -Special Conditions 0-35 and D-38, respectively. E. PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM AND PIPE INSTALLATION: 11/02/04 1. Site Organization: a. Insertion or access pits shall be located such that their total number shall be minimized and the length of replacement pipe installed in a single pull shall be maximized. b. Existing manholes shall be utilized wherever practical. Manhole inverts and bottoms may be removed to permit access for installation equipment. c. Equipment used to perform the work shall be located away from buildings so as not to create a noise impact. Provide silencers or other devises to reduce machine noise as needed to meet requirements. d. The actual pipe enlargement procedure shall commence prior to 11 :00 AM in order to afford the contractor ample time to complete all related work within the allotted workday, which is defined as the hours between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM, so as not to impose on the peace and comfort of persons in the immediate vicinity. No actual pipebursting work shall be started after 11 :00 AM; all actual pipebursting activity shall cease at 6:00 PM. Other activities other than the actual pipebursting may continue after 6:00 PM. 2. Finished Pipe: The installed replacement pipe shall be continuous over the entire length of each pipe segment from manhole to manhole and shall be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, concentrated ridges, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, pipe separation, other deformities. Replacement pipe with gashes, nicks, abrasions, or any such physical damage which may have occurred during storage and/or handling, which are larger/deeper than 10% of the wall thickness shall not be used and shall be removed from the construction site. The replacement pipe passing through or terminating in a manhole shall be carefully cut out in a shape and manner approved by the Engineer. The invert and benches shall be streamlined and improved for smooth flow. The installed pipe shall meet the leakage requirements of the pressure test specified later. 3. Pipe Jointing: a. Sections of polyethylene replacement pipe shall be assembled and joined on the job site above the ground. Jointing shall be accomplished by the heating and butt-fusion system in strict conformance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. ASC-14 11/02104 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. The butt-fusion system for pipe jointing shall be carried out in the field by operators with prior experience in fusing polyethylene pipe with similar equipment using proper jigs and tools per standard procedures outlined by the pipe manufacturer. These joints shall have a smooth, uniform, double rolled back bead made while applying the proper melt, pressure, and alignment. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to provide an acceptable butt-fusion joint. All joints shall be made available for inspection by the Engineer before insertion. The replacement pipe shall be joined on the site in appropriate working lengths near the insertion pit. The maximum length of continuous replacement pipe which shall be assembled above ground and pulled on the job site at any one time shall be 600 linear feet. c. For situations where the replacement pipe is not pulled all the way to the manhole or if it is impossible to pull the missle all the way through, the following shall apply: At the direction of the Engineer, a 12" -18" full circle steel clamp shall be utilized to connect segments of the HOPE pipe. 4. New Pipe Installation: a. Thread winch cable or chain and associated lines through sewer section to be rehabilitated. Keep lines away from pedestrian and vehicular traffic. b. Existing manholes may be used for launch and receiving access. Remove manhole invert and bottom as required. Pull winch chain through sewer section and attach to cutter and machine head. Lower into launching manhole, apply winch tension pulling the cutter and head into the sewer until the rear of the machine is flush with the manhole wall. Attach steel starter pipe and advance assembly until the rear of the steel starter pipe is flush with the manhole wall. Lower hydraulic jack into the manhole and align. Insert new pipe by simultaneous operation of the jack and winching the cutter and head forward. 5. Anchoring New Pipe and Sealing Manholes: a. b. c. After the new pipe has been installed in the entire length of the sewer section, anchor the pipe at manholes . The new pipe shall protrude in the manholes for enough distance to allow sealing and trimming . Sealing the new pipe at manholes shall not begin for a minimum of ten (10) hours after installation. Provide a flexible gasket connector in the manhole wall · at the end of the new pipe, centered in the existing manhole wall. Grout flexible connector in the manhole, filling all voids the full thickness of the manhole wall. Restore manhole bottom and invert. ASC-15 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. Field Testing: a. Low Pressure Air Test of Replacement Pipe: After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been pipe burst/crushed and prior to any service lines being connected to the replacement pipe, the pipe shall be plugged at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. The design of the plugs shall be such that they will hold against the test pressure without requiring external blocking or bracing. One of the plugs shall have three air hose connections; one for the inflation of the plug, one for reading the air pressure in the sealed line, and one for introducing air into the sealed line. low pressure air shall then be introduced into the sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average back pressure resulting from any ground water that may be over the pipe. At least two minutes shall elapse to allow the pressure to stabilize. The time required for the internal pressure to decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psig greater than the average back pressure resulting from any ground water that may be over the pipe , shall not be less than the time shown for a given pipe diameter in the following table: Carrier Pipe Minimum Elapsed Diameter (inches) Time (minutes) 8 4 10 5 12 6 15 7 b. Post-Construction Television Inspection of New Pipe: Refer to Special Condition for Post-Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer. F. MEASUREMENT ANO PAYMENT: 1. 2 . 3 . 11/02104 Pipe Installation: Pipe installation will be measured for payment by the linear foot of pipe actually installed in the various diameters of sewers measured along the centerline of the sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per linear foot for the various sewer diameters listed. Service Reconnections: Installation of sewer service connections will be measured for payment by each actually reconnected to the installed pipe. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per each listed. Payment shall include required excavation and backfill, saddles. flexible connections, and all other incidentals necessary to successfully reconnect sewer service lines to the rehabilitated sewer. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required , shall be paid separately. Sewer Cleaning by Bucket Machine: Heavy cleaning requiring more than hydraulic jet cleaning shall be performed by bucket machines. The payment for such cleaning shall be included in the bid item for Pre-Construction Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer lines. ASC-16 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. By-pass Pumping: The Contractor shall provide diversion for the flow of sewage around the section or sections of pipe designated for rehabilitation. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be subsidiary to pipe enlargement. 5. Subsidiary Work: Any damage to utilities and property, resulting repairs, temporary service costs, etc . shall be borne by Contractor. Repair and/or replacement of fences, sprinkler system piping and other such restoration work resulting from Contractor activities shall be considered subsidiary to the cost of the project and no additional payment will be allowed. 6. Testing: All cost for testing the replacement pipe by a pressure method will be incidental to pipe installation. DA-4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE A. GENERAL: 1. Description: The Contractor shall utilize the installation of polyethylene or PVC sewer lines to rErstore the watertight condition of sanitary sewer lines. B. MATERIALS: 11/02/04 1. Polyethylene Liner Material: The polyethylene liner material shall be a high density polyethylene pipe compound which conforms to ASTM 0-1248. The polyethylene pipe liner shall meet manufacturer's standards. The lining shall be a hard impermeable pipe which shall conform to the minimum structural standards applicable, including ASTM 0-368 for 3,300 psi tensile stress, ASTM D-638 for 4,500 psi for flexural stress, and ASTM 0-790 for 145,000 psi for modules of elasticity. The finished liner shall incorporate materials which will withstand the corrosive effects of normal sewage. The Contractor shall provide a written guarantee of his compliance with these standards. The liner shall be light in color to facilitate closed circuit television inspection. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Liner Material: Polyvinyl pipe shall conform to ASTM 03034. The PVC compound used for the folded pipe shall conform to ASTM D1784 classification 12334-B, 123448 or 124548 or C. Compounds that have different cell classifications which are superior to those of the specified compounds are also acceptable . The lining shall conform to the minimum structural standards applicable including ASTM D-790 for 6,000 psi flexural stress and 350,000 psi modulus of elasticity. 3. Sizing of the Liner. The liner diameter, length and wall thickness shall be appropriate for each designated location. The Contractor shall verify the actual sewer lengths and diameters in the field prior to cutting the liner to length and sizing the diameter. a. The liner shall be fabricated to a size that when installed will neatly fit the internal circumference of the sewer to be lined. Allowance for ASC-17 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS circumferential stretching of the liner during insertion shall be made as per manufacturer's standards. b. The length of liner shall be that deemed necessary by the Contractor to effectively carry out the insertion and seal the liner at the inlet and outlet points. When reformed, the hardened liner should extend from end to end of the sewer segment being lined in a continuous tight fitting watertight pipe-within-a-pipe. c. The wall thickness of the folded pipe liner shall conform to the design criteria of the manufacturer or the licensee; however, the minimum wall thickness shall conform to the following table: Existing Pipe 1.0. Minimum Wall (inches) Thickness (inches) 6 0.236 8 0.265 10 0.331 12 0.392 C. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. General: Liner installation shall be accomplished by pulling the liner through the existing sanitary sewer pipeline utilizing a power winch and steel cable with an appropriate pulling head at the end of the liner. Rounding of the liner shall be accomplished by utilizing a heat source such as water or steam with a rounding device to reform the folded pipe into a hard, impermeable round pipe. 2. Preliminary Cleaning and Inspection: a. b. C. Prior to any lining of designated sanitary sewer . line segments, the Contractor shall remove internal deposits as necessary to assure proper liner installation. Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit television. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location and extent of any structural failures, which may prevent proper installation of lining materials into the pipelines and location of service laterals. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids, roots, dropped joints, protruding branch connections or broken pipe that will prevent the insertion of the liner. If inspection reveals an obstruction not indicated in these specifications that cannot be removed by conventional cleaning equipment, then the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. The Engineer may authorize an excavation in order to remove such obstruction. ASC-18 - 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. Documentation: Special Conditions for Pre-and Post-Construction Television inspection apply, items 0-35 and 0-38, respectively. 4. Flow Bypassing: The Contractor, when required, shall provide for the transfer of flow around the section or sections of pipe that are to be lined. The bypass shall be made by diversion of the flow at an existing upstream access point and pumping the flow Into a downstream access point or adjacent system. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow. The proposed bypassing system shall be approved in advance by the Owner. All costs of flow bypassing shall be considered incidental to cost of rehabilitating the pipe. 5. Notification of the Public: The Contractor shall notify all Property Owners affected by the liner installation work at least 48 hours prior to commencement of the work which will temporarily plug the sanitary services of the Property Owners connected to the sewer line segment being lined. Notification shall be by written notice and, when possible, shall be verbal, also. Customer complaints during installation shall be resolved by the Contractor. 6. Liner Installation: a. b. C. d. e. f. The liner shall be inserted into the existing sewer line with a power winch and steel cable connected to the end of the liner by use of an appropriate pulling head. A second pulling head may be attached to the other end of the liner for attachment of a tag line to pull the liner back out of the sewer line, if necessary. Precautions should be taken during insertion to protect the liner pipes to prevent scoring the outside of the liner as it is being pulled into the sewer. Prior to reforming the liner, ·o· Ring gaskets shall be installed on the liner at each manhole connection. After insertion is completed, the installer shall supply a suitable heat/pressure source and water recirculation equipment. The equipment shall be capable of delivering water/pressure throughout the section to uniformly raise the water temperature above the temperature required to reform the liner. The heat source shall be fitted with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming and outgoing water supply. The installer shall cool the liner to a temperature below 100 F before relieving the reforming pressure. Cool down may be accomplished by the introduction of cool water or other approved method into the recirculation network. The finished lining shall be continuous over the entire length of an insertion run and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions and pinholes. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to the inside of the lined pipe. Any defects which will affect, in the foreseeable future, or warranty ASC-19 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS period, the integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense, in a manner mutually agreed by the Owner and the Contractor. 7. Completion of lining: a. After the liner has been reformed, the Contractor shall reconnect the existing active service connections. This shall be done from the interior of the pipeline by means of a television camera and a cutting device that re- establishes their operability or by excavation. Any bypass pumping that is required shall be provided at no additional cost for sewer lines where lining is being performed. Service interruptions to any homes tributary to this sewer line shall not exceed 18 hours. Connection of the service lateral by excavation shall be made with a Neoprene Gasket Saddle which inserts into the lined pipe for a watertight fit. Backfill at service connections shall be cement stabilized sand (2 sacks per cubic yard) to a point 12 inches above the service lateral to trench intersection and shall be in accordance with these specifications. b. Excavation pits for externally reinstated service laterals shall remain open for 24 hours after reinstatement of the service. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that shrinkage of the polyethylene sewer liner has not occurred. c. The water tightness of the liner shall be gauged while the liner is curing, and under a positive head. After the work is completed, the Contractor will provide the Owner with a video tape showing both the before lined and after lined conditions, including the restored connections. Upon completion of the installation work after required testing indicates the lining is acceptable, the Contractor shall reinstate the project area affected by his operations and perform any surface restoration in accordance with these Specifications. 8. Special Notes: The installer shall be liable for damages to the homes or basement from backups which may result during the installation of the liner. Installer will be allowed to open clean outs. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: 1. 2. 11/02/04 Liner Installation: liner installation will be measured for payment by the linear foot of liner actually installed in the various diameters of sewers measured along the centerline of the sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per linear foot for the various sewer diameters listed. Service Reconnection: Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per each listed in the bid proposal. Payment shall include all labor, materials, and the lateral connection, including all necessary pipe and fittings to connect the existing service line. Payment shall not include pavement replacement , which if required, shall be paid separately. ASC-20 - - - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. Television Inspection and Cleaning: Special Conditions for Pre-and Post- Construction Television Inspection apply, Part 0-Special Conditions 0-35 and 0- 38, respectively. 4. Sewer Cleaning by Bucket Machine: Heavy cleaning requiring more than hydraul ic jet cleaning shall be performed by bucket machines. The payment for such cleaning shall be included in the bid item for Cleaning and Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewer Lines. 5. By-Pass Pumping: The Contractor shall provide diversion for the flow of sewage around the section or sections of pipe designated for rehabilitation. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be subsidiary to the pipe reconstruction item. 6. Point Repairs: Point repairs shall be made before or after liner installation at the Contractor's option. Point repairs are available for payment only if mutually agreed by the Department of Engineering and the Contractor prior to acceptance of the line for reconstruction. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with various utility companies and determine the location of their facilities. Point repairs shall be measured and paid for by the linear foot for the appropriate depth of cut. Payment shall include all labor, materials, and equipment for pipe replacement according to FWWD standards. 7. Subsidiary Work: Any damage resulting to utilities and property, resulting repairs, temporary service costs, etc., shall be borne by Contractor. Repair and/or replacement of fences, sprinkler system piping and other such restoration work resulting from Contractor activities shall be considered subsidiary to the cost of the project and no additional payment will be allowed. DA-5 SLIPLINING A. GENERAL: This section includes requirements to rehabilitate existing sanitary sewers by sliplining with polyethylene pipe. B. MATERIALS 1. Polyethylene Slipline Pipe: a. b. 11/02/04 The properties of the material shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 0638. ASTM 0638 shall be used to determine that the thermal butt- fusion joints are stronger than the materials joined. The malt index of the polyethylene resin shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 01238, Condition E, and shall be equal to, or between 0.05 g/1 O min. and 1.00 g/1 O min. ASC-21 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS c. The density of the base polyethylene resin shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 01505 and be equal to, or between , 0.941 glee and 0.955 glee. d. The material shall be tested in accordance with ASTM 01693, Condition C. e. Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. f. The sewer liner pipe and fittings shall be made of a polyethylene pipe compound that meets the requirements for Type Ill, Class C, Grade P-34 , Category 5, polyethylene material as defined in ASTM 01248 or ASTM 03350, and having a PPI rating of PE3408, and cell classification 3454340 or E per ASTM 03350. A higher numbered cell classification limit which gives a desirable higher primary property, per ASTM 3350, may also be accepted by the Engineer at no additional cost to the City. The molecular weight category shall be extra high (250,000 to 1,500,000) as per the Gel Permeation Chromatography determination procedure with a typical value of 330,000. g. Before beginning work, the Contractor shall submit for approval, the vendor's specific technical data with the complete information on resin , physical properties of pipe and pipe dimensions pertinent to this job. A certificate of ·Compliance With Specification• shall be furnished for all materials to be supplied. The manufacturer's certificate shall state the pipe was manufactured from one specific resin and shall state the resins used and its source. All pipe shall be made of virgin material. No rework except that obtained from the manufacturer's own production of the same formulation shall be used. h. i. j. The City will run tests on field samples per applicable ASTM specifications at an independent laboratory for verification of the required physical properties and characteristics. The number of samples taken shall be at the City's discretion. All samples shall be provided by the Contractor at no charge to the City. The City shall pay all charges for all testing of the liner material if they are found to meet specification. All retesting of materials not initially meeting these specifications shall be at the Contractor's expense. All polyethylene sliplining pipe shall conform to the sizes and Standard Dimension Ratio (SOR) requirements shown on the drawings. Lengths: Standard lengths shall be used whenever possible, (40 foot sections). Where construction difficulties prevent the use of standard pipe sizes, other pipe sizes may be specified. Pipes shall be joined to one another and to polyethylene fittings by thermal butt-fusion in accordance with ASTM 02657 and ASTM 03350. Butt-fusion joining and site location, joining shall be performed within or outside the ASC-22 - - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS excavation. Joints between pipe sections shall be smooth on the inside and internal projection beads shall not be greater than 3/16 inch. k. The tensile strength at yield of the butt-fusion joints shall not be less that of the pipe. 2. Sewer Service Connections: Mechanical and fusion-bonded saddles shall be made of polyethylene pipe compound that meets the requirements of ASTM D- 2448, Type IV, Class C. Mechanical saddles shall have stainless steel straps and fasteners and neoprene gaskets. Mechanical saddles shall be Strap-on-Saddle Type as manufactured by Drisco Pipe or Tapping Saddle as manufactured by DuPont, or approved equal. Fusion saddles shall be electrofusion branch saddles as manufactured by Central Plastics Company, or approved equal. Saddles for use on PVC pipe shall be molded fittings as recommended by the PVC pipe manufacturer, and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 03034, SOR 35. C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. Cleaning and Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewers: Cleaning and television inspection of sanitary sewers to be sliplined shall be completed per the requirements of Special Condition for pre-construction television inspection. All material encountered in the existing sewers shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. All video tapes shall be delivered to the City's representatives for evaluation prior to any sliplining operations. 2. Obstruction Removal: The Engineer shall determine where obstruction removal (due to dropped joints, collapsed pipe, roots, rocks, obstructions in the pipe which cannot be removed by the cleaning equipment or other reasons) will be required. The Contractor shall locate · the insertion pits at these obstruction locations whenever possible, and no additional payment will be authorized to the Contractor. When obstruction removal is required at locations other than insertion pits, payment for the obstruction excavation at the appropriate Contract unit price will be authorized. 3. Sewer Cleaning by Bucket Machine and Root Cutting: Heavy cleaning requiring more than hydraulic jet cleaning shall be performed by bucket machines or root cutting, as required. No additional payment for such cleaning and/or root cutting shall be made. 4. Insertion or Access Pits: The location and number of insertion or access pits shall be planned by the Contractor and submitted in writing for approval by the Engineer prior to excavation. The pits shall be located such that their total number shall be minimized, and the footage of liner pipe installed in a single pull shall be maximized. Before excavation is begun, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with the various utility companies and determine the location of the utilities in the vicinity of the work area. ASC-23 11 /02104 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Damage done to utilities and the resulting repair, temporary service cost, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. All excavations shall be properly sheeted/shored in accordance with OSHA specifications for trench safety systems. Any damage resulting from improperly shored excavations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer with no compensation to the Contractor. All open excavations shall be kept secure at all times by the use of barricades with appropriate lights and signs, construction tape, covering with steel plates, etc., or as directed by the Engineer. The cost for bypass pumping if required around an insertion pit, from a manhole upstream to a manhole downstream, shall be included in the Unit Price Bid for sliplining. Excavation for insertion pits shall not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the Unit Price Bid for sliplining. 5 . Insertion of Polyethylene Liner Pipe into Carrier Pipe: The existing sewer will remain in operation during the sliplining process whenever possible. Obstructions such as roots, large joint offsets, rocks or other debris, etc., that would prevent passage or damage to the other pipe sections must be removed or repaired prior to installing the new pipe. After completing the insertion pit excavation, the top of the existing sanitary sewer line shall be removed, where required, down to the spring line. A power winch cable shall then be connected to the end of the liner by use of a suitable pulling head, equal to the outside diameter of the liner. The pulling head shall be adequately secured to the liner and then attached to the power winch cable so that the liner can be satisfactorily fed and pulled through the sanitary sewer main. Proper bumpers shall be provided in the insertion pit in order to prevent the ragged edges of the existing pipe from scarring the outside of the liner as it is pulled into the existing sewer. Precautions shall be taken not to damage the liner or break or separate any of the butt-fused joints. Sufficient time (a minimum of 24 hours} shall be allowed for the liner to return to its normal length assuming the over-elongation is due to a higher temperature at the time of installation} based upon the average temperature in the sewer. The length of the liner pulled in any one segment shall be limited to prevent any backup of service lines which may result due to restricted flow through the annular space. Maximum Allowable Pulling Force. In order to ensure the integrity of the polyethylene liner, the pulling force exerted on the liner shall be limited to that indicated on the fallowing table for the appropriate outside diameter of the polyethylene liner: ASC-24 - 11/02104 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS POLYETHYLENE LINE OUTSIDE DIAMETER (INCHES) 5.375 7.125 8.625 10.750 14.000 18.000 21.000 24.000 MAXIMUM PULLING FORCE (TONS) 3.5 4.0 7.5 10.5 12.0 21.5 35.0 52.0 The Contractor shall use a suitable pulling head so that the pulling head and liner will separate from each other when the pulling force exerted on the liner reaches the amount indicated above . The pulling head design (including calculations) shall be approved by the Engineer prior to its use. As an alternative, the Contractor may be permitted to use a measuring device (spring, gauge , etc.) connected to the pulling cable which shall register the pulling force being exerted on the liner. The pulling force shall not exceed those values indicated above for the applicable outside diameter of the polyethylene liner. The measuring device shall be approved by the Engineer prior to its use. The Contractor may be allowed to push the liner subject to the Engineer's approval. Care shall be taken to avoid any buckling of the liner by limiting the stroke of the backhoe. Any portion of the liner damaged during this insertion process shall be cut out and the liner rejected. In certain cases, the Contractor may be permitted to use a combination of pulling and pushing to enhance the insertion of the liner. A liner that is permitted to be pushed shall not have an open end which can allow sand or other debris to be pushed into the liner. A pipe manufacturer's representative shall be onsite to assist the Contractor for the first full day of slipline pipe installation. 6. Use of Clamps and Encasement for Polyethylene Pipe: Where excavations for the insertion of the liner are made between two manholes, the ends of the liner will be cut smooth, square to the axis of the liner, so that it can be joined in a workman- like manner. The liner shall be joined with a JCM Industries Type 108 or equal, all stainless steel (including bolts and lugs), full circle, Universal Clamp Coupling with a 1/4-inch minimum thickness grid type gasket. Clamps shall be selected to fit the outside diameter of the liner pipe. Minimum clamp widths shall be selected from the following table : OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LINER PIPE (Inches) 5.375 7.125 8.625 10.750 or Greater ASC-25 MINIMUM WIDTH OF CLAMP (Inches) 12 15 18 30 11102/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS In all excavations where the liner is not within the existing sanitary sewer line (carrier pipe) cement stabilized sand bedding shall be installed. Visual inspection is required for approval of bedding before backfill is completed. 7. Testing of the Liner: Testing will be required after the liner has been installed in the existing sanitary sewer main. The first is a low pressure air test of the liner before it has been sealed in place at the manholes and before any service reconnections have been made to the liner. The purpose of this test is to check the integrity of the joints that have been made and to verify that the liner has not been damaged by inserting it into the sanitary sewer. 8. a. Low Pressure Air Test Procedure: After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to the new liner, the liner shall be plugged at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. The design of the plugs shall be such that they will hold against the test pressure without requiring external blocking or bracing. One of the plugs shall have three (3) air hose connections; one for the inflation of the plug, one for reading the air-pressure in the sealed line, and one for introducing air into the sealed line. Low pressure air shall then be introduced into the sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average back pressure resulting from any groundwater that may be over the pipe. At least two (2) minutes. shall elapse to allow the pressure to stabilize. The time required for the internal pressure to decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psig greater than the average back pressure resulting from any ground water that may be over the pipe, shall not be less than the time shown for a given pipe diameter in the following table: CARRIER PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER (Inches) 5.375 7.125 8.625 10.750 14.000 18.000 MINIMUM ELAPSED TIME (Minutes) 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lines over 18 inches shall be approved for payment by Visual and T. V. Inspection in accordance with Special Condition 0-38. Sealing Liner in Manholes: After the pipe has reached equilibrium the annular space between the liner and the existing sanitary sewer main must be sealed at each manhole with a chemical seal and nonshrink grout. Oakum soaked in Scotchseal 5600 or equal shall be placed in a band to form an effective water-tight ASC-26 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS gasket in the annular space between the liner and the existing pipes in the manholes. The width of the band shall be a minimum of 12 · or one-half the diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. It shall be finished off with a non-shrink grout placed around the annular space from inside the manhole and shall not be less than s· wide. The chosen method, including chemicals and materials, must be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cut the liner so that it extends 4• into the manhole. The Contractor shall make a smooth, vertical cut and slope the area over the top of the exposed liner using non-shrink grout. The Contractor shall also use cementitious grout to fonn a smooth transition with a reshaped invert and a raised manhole bench such that neither the shape edges of the liner pipe, nor the concrete bench, nor the channeled invert shall exist to catch debris and create a stoppage. The invert of the manhole shall also be reworked (smoothed and built-up) to match the flow line of the new liner. The liner pipe shall be allowed to nonnalize to ambient temperatures, as well as recover from any imposed stretch , a minimum of 24 hours in the case of polyethylene, before being cut to fit between manholes and proceeding with reshaping and/or smoothing the manhole invert. 9. Sewer Service Connections: a . Sewer service connections shall be connected to the new pipe by mechanical or fusion methods. Once the saddle is secured, a hole shall be drilled in the pipe, the full inside diameter of the saddle outlet. b. Connections to the existing sewer service connection pipe shall be made using flexible Fernco sewer connectors, or approved equal. Backfill at service connections shall be cement stabilized sand (2 sacks per cubic yard) to a point 12 inches above the service lateral to trench intersection and shall be in accordance with these Specifications. c. The Contractor shall upon request , pennit the Engineer to take elevations on both the existing and new portions of the service connections pipe to determine final grade and invert elevations. Elevation changes greater than 0.1 O feet from the house lateral piping shall be reconnected as directed by the Engineer. d. Service interruptions to homes shall not exceed 18 hours. 0. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. 11/02/04 Pipe Installation: Pipe installation will be measured for payment by the linear foot of pipe actually installed in the various diameters of sewers measured along the centerline of the sewer from centerline of manholes. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per linear foot for the various sewer diameters listed . ASC-27 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Service Reconnections: a. Installation of sewer service connections will be measured for payment by each actually reconnected to the installed pipe. Payment will be made for the quantities measured at the unit price per each listed. b . · Payment includes all required excavation and backfill, surface restoration, saddles, flexible couplers, up to 5' of service line, and all appurtenant work. c. Payment for additional service line (over 5' at each service reconnection) will be paid for at the appropriate Contract Unit Price. Payment includes all required additional excavation, backfill, surface restoration, and all appurtenant work. 3. Television Inspection and Cleaning: Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The quantity of TV inspection shall be measured as the total length of pipe actually cleaned and televised. This contract requires the Contractor to TV inspect the sewer lines twice , once before and once after construction. Pre- Cleaning and Television Inspection shall be paid at the Contract Unit Price for all pipe successfully cleaned and television inspected . The amount paid to the Contractor for Post Construction Television Inspection shall be the Unit cost times the length of pipe lined. 4. Obstructions: Obstructions such as roots, large offset joints, rocks, or other debris, that would prevent passage or cause damage to pipe and must be removed or repaired before installing the pipe will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per obstruction removal. Payment shall include all excavation and backfill costs, pipe replacement, surface restoration and appurtenant work required to complete each obstruction removal. Obstruction located within ten feet of each other shall be included in only one obstruction removal. Trench Safety System, if required , shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price. Contractor will not be paid for obstruction removal located at insertion pits. 5. Subsidiary Work: Any damage resulting to utilities and property, resulting repairs , temporary service costs, etc. shall be borne by Contractor. Repair and/or replacement fences, sprinkler system piping, and other such restoration work resulting from Contractor activities shall be considered subsidiary to the cost of the project and no additional payment will be allowed . 6 . Testing: All cost for testing the replacement pipe by a pressure method will be incidental to the installation . OA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. GENERAL: 1. 11 /02/04 Furnish materials and necessary accessories, with strengths , thickness, coatings, and fittings indicated, specified and/or necessary to complete the work. ASC-28 PART DA~ ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. All excavation shall provide an open area conforming to the outside diameter of the casing and/or carrier conduit. The excavation shall be to an alignment and grade which will allow the carrier conduit to be installed to proper line and grade as shown on the Plans and as established in the Specifications. 3. Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Water Department, the Texas Department of Transportation, or railroad company, as applicable. B. MATERIALS: 1. Casing Pipe: casing pipe shall be steel conforming to ANSI 636.1 O and the following: a. Field Strength: 35,000 psi minimum. b. Wall thickness: 0.312 in. minimum (0.5 for railroad crossings). c. Diameter: As shown on the drawings (minimum size requirements). d. Joints: Continuous circumferential weld in accordance with AWS 01 .1. 2. Carrier Pipe in Casing: Carrier pipe shall be as shown on drawings and as specified in the General Contract Documents. 3. Sewer Pipe without Casing Pipe: Shall be minimum Class 51 ductile iron pipe, or as designated on the plans. 4. Grout: Grout shall be Portland Cement grout of min. 2000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. Proportioned not less than 1 cu. ft. of cement to 3 cu. ft. of fine sand with sufficient water added to provide a free flowing thick slurry. C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. Where sewer pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets or other facilities in other than open cut, construction shall be performed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway, or other facility, and so as not to weaken or damage any embankment or structure. During construction operations, barricades and lights to sat eguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and maintained, until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall be removed from the site. 2. Pits and Trenches: a. If the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, suitable pits or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking or tunneling operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. Wherever end trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or beyond it, such work shall be sheeted securely and braced in a manner to prevent earth from caving in. ASC-29 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the Engineer. c. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled immediately after the casing and carrier pipe installation has been completed. 3. Boring and Jacking Steel Casing Pipe: Steel casing pipe shall be installed by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously jacking pipe into place. a. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workmen. The holes are to be bored mechanically. The boring shall be done using a pilot hole. By this method an approximate 2-inch hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be approved if acceptable to the Engineer. Excavated material shall be placed near the top of the working pit and disposed of as required. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. b. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel.;forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least 1 O percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to consolidate cuttings of the bit, seal the walls of the hole, and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the pipe immediately thereafter. c. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified under paragraph A.2. All voids between bore and outside of casing shall be pressure grouted. · 4. Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing: a . b. c. d. Sanitary sewer pipe located within the encasement pipe shall be supported by •skids• or •bands· to prevent the · pipe and bells from snagging on the inside of the casing, and to keep the installed line from resting on the bells. All skids shall be treated with a wood preservative. Skids should extend for the full length of the pipe with the exception of the bell area and spigot area · necessary for assembly unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall prevent over-belling the pipe while installing it through the casing. A method of restricting the movement between the assembled bell and spigot where applicable shall be provided. At all bored, jacked, or tunneled installations, the annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall be filled with grout. Care must be taken that not too much water is forced into the casing so as not to float the pipe. ASC-30 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The backfill material will not be required unless specified on the plans and specified by the Engineer. e. Closure of the casing after the pipe has been installed shall be plugged at the ends of the casing as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 5. Boring and Jacking Ductile Iron Pipe without Casing Pipe: a . As indicated on drawings and as required and directed by the Engineer sewer shall be constructed of bore and jacked ductile iron pipe. b. When a casing pipe is not designated on the drawings, the contractor shall provide a casing pipe if necessary to achieve line and grade. Casing pipe shall be provided at no additional cost and shall be subsidiary to the cost bid for installation By Other than Open Cut. c. Bore and jack in accordance with paragraph C.3. above. d. Short length of sewer consisting of a single pipe section may be installed by jacking without a bore hole if permitted by the Engineer and in soft soil layer. All voids outside of installed pipe shall be pressure grouted. 6. Tunneling: Where the characteristics of the soil, the size of the proposed pipe, or the use of monolithic sewer would make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than jacking or boring, or when shown on the plans, a tunneling method may be used, with the approval of the Engineer or railroad/highway officials. a. When tunneling is permitted, the lining of the tunnel shall be of sufficient strength of support the overburden . The Contractor shall submit the proposed liner method to the Engineer for approval. The tunnel liner design shall bear the seal of a licensed professional engineer in the State of Texas. Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of the liner method. b. The space between the tunnel liner and the limits of excavation shall be pressure grouted or mud-jacked. c. Access holes for placing concrete shall be space at maximum intervals of 10 feet. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Installation of pipe by other than open cut will be measured by the linear foot of pipe, complete in place. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe along the central axis as installed. The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid per linear foot for Pipe Installed by Other Than Open Cut of the type, size, and class of pipe specified as shown on plans. The furnishing of all materials, pipe, liner materials required for installation, for all preparation, hauling and installing of same, and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including excavation, backfilling and disposal of surplus material shall be included in the Contract 11102!04 ASC-31 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Unit Price as shown in the Bid Proposal. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE 1. WATER: The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as follows: A. For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal-tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C-203. B. Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company, Advanced Products and Systems, Inc., or an approved equal shall be used on all non- concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.SEWER: Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1-15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents. 3. PAYMENT: Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill, and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. . DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR/ CLEANOUT REPAIR A. GENERAL: The work covered by this item consists of furnishing all labor, material , equipment, supervision, etc. necessary to construct a point repair on the portion of a service line located within a utility easement, street right-of-way or on private property. Point repairs on private property shall only be addressed after the Contractor has received written permission from the property owner to do the work. A blank Right-of-Entry Agreement form to be completed by the Contractor and the individual property owners is included at the end of this section. The Contractor shall keep a record copy of all Right- of-Entry forms obtained and have it on hand at all times during construction. 11/02/04 The street addresses and approximate location of service line repairs are shown in Table_ and the Field Survey Forms in Attachment_. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to accurately field locate the exact point of repair. ASC-32 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. MATERIALS: The pipe replacement material shall be gasketed joint, gravity PVC sewer pipe (ASTM 0- 3034, SOR 26) and have a minimum cell classification of 12454 A or B as defined in ASTM 0-1784. Installation shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer, recommendations and the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association. The method of jointing the ends of the replaced pipe with the existing pipe shall be water tight. C. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. After the location of the point repair is determined, the Contractor shall excavate and remove the damaged pipe and replace with new pipe. The minimum length of pipe replaced shall be three (3) feet. All work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. Determine whether additional lengths of line beyond "minimum length" criteria need replacement. Report need for additional replacement to City and obtain approval before proceeding. 2. The Contractor shall excavate, shape the bottom of the trench and place the required pipe bedding so that the grade of the replaced pipe matches the existing service line grade. 3. Numerous service line point repairs along with lateral line point repairs and obstruction removals are located in areas which in many instances will require the removal of existing landscaping, structures, sidewalks, driveways, etc. Items removed or disturbed shall replaced or restored to original conditions or better. 4. Removal of Debris: Excess excavated material and debris are to be removed from the work site daily. Cost of hauling excess excavation and debris is to be included in the price bid for "Service Line Point Repair". 5. Roof and Yard Drains: At the locations indicated in Table of the Attachments. The Contractor shall disconnect roof and yard drains from the sanitary sewer service line. For yard drains, the Contractor shall excavate and remove the drain from the yard and plug the line at the property line. For roof drains, the Contractor shall remove the downspout from the drain line and plug the line to prevent inflow. In addition, the Contractor shall install an elbow fitting at the bottom of the downspout to direct runoff, away from the building, and a concrete splash pad to prevent erosion. · 6. Disconnected Service Lines: At the locations indicated in Table_ of Attachments __ to the Special Contract Documents, the Contractor shall remove the service line no longer in use by excavating at the property line and plugging the service line. 7. Abandonment of Point Repair: If a pipe is exposed and found in good condition, not requiring a point repair, notify City Engineer who will record abandonment of point repair. Backfill the excavation, replace pavement or sidewalk and repair and seed or sod unpaved areas. ASC-33 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 8. Cleanout Repair: The Contractor shall make appropriate repairs to cleanouts as indicated in Table and as shown on the PLANS. All cleanout repair work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. a. General This special condition describes the repair of sanitary sewer cleanouts located on private property as designated on the VI Elimination Repair plans. . Repair of the cleanouts shall consist of replacing defective cleanout caps or installing new caps where none exist, such that inflow is eliminated. There will be no repairs made to the existing cleanouts that require excavation, other than what is required to expose the top of the cleanout so that the new caps can be installed. b. Materials Replacement cleanout caps shall be Dal-Caps as manufactured by Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Company, or equal . The rubber caps are held down by stainless steel clamps. c. Excavation 1) The Contractor shall submit shop drawings on all materials and equipment to be installed. 2) The Contractor is responsible for obtaining right of entry from the property owners prior to performing any work. Property owners should be notified 48 hours in advance of any work on their property. 3) The Contractor shall restore any disturbed surface to its original or better condition at no separate pay. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: 1. 2. 3. 3. 11/02/04 Payment for service line point repair shall be on a unit price basis for each repair performed on all sizes of service lines for the respective depths. The minimum length of service line point repair shall be three (3) feet. No separate pay if the work is done within the limits of a service line reconnect as defined in Special Condition, 0-28, "Sanitary Sewer Services". Measurements for extra length repair is on a linear foot basis for repairs in excess of the minimum 3 foot replacement length. All pipe fittings, adapters, concrete collars, bedding, and removal and replacements of grass sodding required shall be considered incidental to service line point repair. If no pay item is included for any work required to properly complete a service line point repair as specified, the cost to perform said work, including any required ASC-34 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS removal and replacement of materials, shall be considered incidental to the service line point repair. 5. Depth of Bury is to be measured from Natural Ground level to the Flow line of the Sanitary Sewer Service line at the Point of Replacement. The minimum trench width shall be 3'-0". 6. All excavation, backfill, removal and replacement of grass sodding and landscaping, plugs, fittings, and splash pads shall be considered incidental to removal of yard drains, disconnecting roof drains and plugging disconnected service lines. 7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor to obtain written permission to enter private property. 8. Payment will be made for Abandonment of Point Repairs at the Contract Unit Price for Excavation and Backfill Abandoned Point Repairs. 9. Payment shall be made at the Contract Unit Price for each sanitary sewer cleanout suCGessfully repaired. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, equipment, and labor required to perform the work. DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION A. GENERAL: 1. Scope: This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior protective coating. Structures designated to received interior coating are listed on the construction drawings. The structures are to be coated, including interior wall, top and bench surfaces. Protective coating for corrosion protection shall meet the requirements of this Specification (and items DA-14 and DA-15) and the Manufacturers recommendations and specifications. 2. Description: The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of protective coating of structures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Materials and procedures utilized for the lining process shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Corrosion Protection: Corrosion protection may be required on all structures where high turbulence or high H2S content is expected. B. MATERIALS: 1. tt/02/04 Scope: This section governs the materials required for completion of protective coating of designated structures. ASC-35 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Protective Coating: The protective coating shall be a proprietary two component, 100 percent solids, rigid polyurethane system designated as Spray Wall as manufactured by Sprayroq, Inc. or a two-part epoxy resin system using 100% solids based epoxy binder with fibrous and flake fillers, is manufactured by Raven lining systems and designated as Raven 405. 3. Specialty Cement (If required for leveling or filling): The specialty cement-based coating material shall be either Ouadex QM-1 s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. 4. Material Identification: The protective coating material sprayed onto the surface of the structure shall be a urethane or epoxy resin system formulated for the application to a sanitary sewer environment. The spray system shall exhibit the minimum physical properties as follows: Property Tensile Strength Flexural Stress Flexural Modulus Standard ASTM D-638 ASTMD-790 ASTM D-790 Long Term Value 5,000 psi 10,000psi 550,000 psi 5. Mixing and Handling: Mixing and Handling of specialty cement material and protective coating material, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the coating material shall perform the spray coating operations and coating installations. C. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. General: Protective coating shall not be installed until the structure is complete and in place. 2. Preliminary Repairs: 3. a. All foreign materials shall be removed from the interior of the structure using high pressure water spray (3500 psi to 4000 psi at spray tip). b. All unsealed lifting holes, unsealed step holes, and voids larger than approximately one-half (1/2) inch in thickness shall be filled with patching compound as recommended by the material supplier for this application. c. After all repairs have been completed, remove all loose material. Protective Coating: ASC-36 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. The protective coating shall be applied to the structure from the bottom of the frame to the bench, down to the top of the trough. The top of the structure shall also be coated. b. The protective coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials and matter. 2) Place covers over the invert to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewers. 3) If required for filling or leveling, apply specialty cement product to provide a smooth surface for the coasting material. 4) Spray the urethane or epoxy onto the structure wall . and bench/trough to a minimum uniform thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inches). Thickness to be verifiable through the use of methods acceptable to the Engineer. After the walls are coated, the wooden bench covers shall be removed. 5) The final application shall have a minimum of three (3) hours cure time or be set hard to the touch, before being subjected to active flow. 6) No applications shall be made to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected -to occur inside the structure within 24 hours after application. 4. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes: Testing of rehabilitated manholes for watertightness shall be performed by the Contractor after operations are complete in accordance with the Section D-36 -VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price Bid per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and material testing required to complete the work. Pressure grouting, if necessary to stop active infiltration prior to application of the protective coating, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular structure, if required by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately, as specified in Section DA-10, MANHOLE REHABILITATION. DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION A. GENERAL 1. Scope. This section covers the rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes and other appurtenances in accordance with the Manhole Rehabilitation Details in the specifications. The rehabilitation requirements for each manhole are listed in the 11102/04 ASC-37 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule in the specifications. Manhole rehabilitation includes . repairing, replacing, or restoring manhole frame & cover, frame seal, chimney, corbel, wall, bench, invert and/or pipe seal(s). The Contractor shall furnish all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and testing required to complete the rehabilitation of the manholes listed in these Contract Documents. 2. General: Contractor is responsible for locating all manholes scheduled for rehabilitation. Contractor shall notify City Engineer if a manhole cannot be located. Contractor shall contact City Engineer to determine if materials removed from rehabilitated manholes will remain the property of the Owner. If so, Contractor shall coordinate when and where to deliver salvaged material to the Fort Worth Water Department. If not, Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of material. Contractor shall provide watchmen, barricades and warning signs to protect his workers, inspectors, and the public. Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, replace any portion of an existing manhole that is damaged during rehabilitation of the manhole. Contractor shall provide necessary means to prevent wastewater flow from contacting material used for rehabilitation prior to fully curing. Loose and broken brick and mortar shall be removed immediately from the manhole to eliminate the possibility of pieces entering the sewer lines. 3. Submittals: a. Product Information. Contractor shall submit manufacturer's information on products proposed to be used that are not specifically named in the Contract Documents. b. Personnel Qualifications. Prior to starting manhole coating, Contractor shall submit qualifications of personnel that will be performing wall repairs and coating procedures. Proposed personnel shall verify certification within the last two years by the coating manufacturer and verify working on at least three projects with similar coating within the previous 12 months. c. Work Schedule. Prior to beginning work on bench and invert replacements, complete manhole replacements, or construction of new maintenance manholes, Contractor shall submit for review by Owner's Representative a plan for maintaining wastewater flow without any interruptions. Contractor shall maintain wastewater flow at all times. 4. Quality Assurance. Contractor will be responsible for all testing laboratory services in connection with data required for review of materials proposed to be used in the Work. Contractor shall obtain Engineer's acceptance of the testing laboratory before having services performed and shall pay for all costs for testing. Owner may, at his discretion, perform quality control tests on materials during and after their incorporation in the Work. If any of these tests fail, Contractor will be responsible for correcting situation and shall pay for any retest. All costs for quality assurance testing will be subsidiary to the Work. 11/02/04 ASC-38 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Delivery, Storage, and Handling. Upon delivery, all material shall immediately be stored and protected until installed in the Work. All material shall be labeled and stored in accordance to the manufacturer's recommendations and all local, state, and federal regulations. 6. Testing . All rehabilitated manholes shall be tested in accordance with Section D-63. B. MATERIALS 11/02/04 1. Cleaners: 2. 3.- 4. 5. Water Cleaners Wall, Bench, Trough, Grouting, and Pipe Seal Repair Hydraulic Cement Quick-setting Mortar Urethane Gel Grout Cementitious Grout Material Activated Oakum Clean and free from deleterious substances. Detergent, muriatic acid or approved equal. Strong-Seal Plug, Penny Grout, IPA ·octocrete·, or approved equal. Strong-Seal QSR, Rapid Set, or approved equal. Scotch-Seal •5510 and 5612· or approved equal. Sauereisen Cements ·F-100 Grout· or approved equal. 3M Scotch Seal •5500· or approved equal. Two-Part Epoxy Adhesive Coating American Chemical Corp. • Aquatapoxy• or approved equal. Concrete Bonding Agent ThoroSeal • Acryl 60 • or approved equal. Concrete External Manhole Coating Coal Tar Internal Manhole Coatings Non-cementitious Cementitious Frames, Covers, and Inserts Manhole Frames and Covers Watertight Manhole Frames and Covers Manhole Insert -Polyethylene ASC-39 Material in accordance with City of Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents. Tnemec •46-450 Heavy Tnemecol-, Kop Coat ·Bitumastic Black Solution•, or approved equal. Sprayroq •spray Wan· or Raven 405. Standard Cement Materials ·Reliner MSP· or Quadex ·aM-1 s·. McKinley ·Type N with indented · top-, Neenah ·R1726A-, or approved equal. Neenah ·R1915-E, Type L· or approved equal. Corrosion-proof high density polyethylene, 11a· thick in accordance with Fort Worth Water Department General Standards E100- 6 . 7. 8. 9. PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. Manhole Insert -Stainless Steel Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc., "T etherlok". Fiberglass Manhole Liner PVC Lined Concrete Wall Reconstruction Joint Material Adjustment Rings Bitumastic Gasket Material Bitumastic Trowelable Material Miscellaneous Root inhibitor Material in accordance with Section DA-15 of these specifications. Material in accordance with Section DA-16 of these specifications. Single-piece, precast concrete, ASTM C478, 2· min. thickness. RAM -NEK, EZ-STIK or approved equal. GS-702 compound or approved equal. Dichlobenil 2,6 -dichlorobensonitrile, or approved equal. C. EXECUTION 1. Inspection. Prior to beginning the Work on a manhole, the Contractor shall inspect the manhole and notify City Engineer if actual conditions are in conflict with Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. After City Engineer revises schedule, Contractor shall commence with Work. 2 . Manhole Rehabilitation Repairs. Each manhole listed in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule will be repaired with at least one of the following repair methods. The requirements for each repair shall be completed as described in this section and as indicated on the Manhole Rehabilitation Details in the specifications. 11/02/04 a . Cover/Frame/Frame Seal Replacement. 1) Paved Areas: Make square full depth saw cut and remove the pavement to expose the entire manhole frame and exterior of manhole a minimum of 6 inches below the top of the structurally sound structure, keeping trench sides as vertical as possible. Remove the pavement by breaking out from saw cut toward the manhole to avoid breaking the frame. 2) Non-paved Areas: Excavate adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire frame to a minimum depth of 6 inches below the top of the structurally sound structure, keeping trench sides as vertical as possible. Limit excavation to a 6-foot by 6-foot working area. Remove and replace the existing frame, cover, and sealing material. Furnish bolt down frame and cover, if required by Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule in the Specifications. If grade rings are broken, deteriorated, or loose, Contractor shall notify Engineer prior to placing manhole frame . Also, if manhole contains brick grade adjustments on top of concrete corbel or chimney, Contractor shall replace the brick grade adjustments with ASC-40 - 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) precast concrete rings in accordance with manhole grade ring replacements. Clean exposed interior and exterior surfaces of the existing chimney and inspect for reuse. Wire brush and apply a concrete bonding agent and quick setting hydraulic cement to the top surface of the manhole to provide a smooth surface prior to installing new grade rings and bitumastic material. Surfaces between the frame, adjustments, and corbel sections shall be free of dirt and debris. Bitumastic gasket material (minimum ~ inch thick) shall be placed in two concentric rings along the inside and outside edge of each joint or use bitumastic trowelable material. Butt joints of the two rows of bitumastic material shall be positioned opposite of each other. No steel shims, wood, stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be used to obtain final surf ace elevation of the manhole frame. In paved areas, frames shall be installed so the top of the casting will conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. Allowances for the compression of the bitumastic material shall be made to assure a proper final grade elevation. Manhole rims in parkways, lawns, or other improved lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) inch nor less than one-half (1 /2) inch above the surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from the manhole frame for not less than three (3) feet each direction to existing ground elevations. In drainage areas, frames shall be installed so the top of the casting will be at the same elevation that existed prior to rehabilitating the manhole. If the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to sat ely support new grade adjustments or frame, the corbel shall be replaced or a flattop installed prior to placing frame. The exposed, exterior surfaces of manhole corbel, chimney, and frame shall be wire brushed and coated with two coats of coal tar, 14 mils OFT. The grade adjustments shall be wrapped with a 6 mil polyethylene sheet. In unpaved areas, backfill with excavated material and compact with mechanical equipment. In paved areas, backfill with granular material meeting requirements of Item 402 and Section E1-2 to the limits shown on figures in Section H. A concrete collar shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 121. Concrete collars will be required on rehabilitated manholes and new replacement manholes as listed in the manhole rehabilitation schedule. Construction of concrete collar will be paid for separately for each manhole and shall include surface restoration (including seeding/sodding} and permanent pavement repair. Repair of pavement outside of 4 foot by 4 foot concrete collar shall be equal to or superior in composition, thickness, ASC-41 11/02/04 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS etc., to existing pavement and/or as detailed in the Transportation and Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 1 through 5. Non-standard concrete collars shall be constructed at locations authorized by the Engineer. b. Reseating/Sealing of Existing Frame -Work shall be done in accordance with Section D-27, with the exception that the existing frame shall be reused. The frame and cover shall be inspected for any defects and notify the Owner's representative if it is damaged or deteriorated. All scale, dirt, and debris shall be removed from the existing casting with a wire brush. a. Grade Adjustment -All Work shall be done in accordance with Section 0-27, with the exception that the existing frame shall be raised or lowered to surrounding surface elevations in accordance with the Grade Adjustment Detail. 1) In brick manholes, remove and replace the defective chimney up to a maximum of 24 inches below the frame. If chimney is defective below 24 inches, Contractor shall notify Engineer prior to completing manhole rehabilitation. 2) Existing defective concrete grade ring adjustments and all brick or block adjustments shall be replaced with precast concrete adjustment rings. 3) Where partial manhole replacement is required on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, the following shall apply : a) b) c) d) e) The extent of partial manhole replacement shall be based on the depth of deterioration as determined by the Owner's Representative. The remaining structure shall be capable of supporting the newly constructed portions of the manhole. Excavate the work area to expose the entire depth of deterioration in the existing manhole to a minimum depth of 6 inches below the top of structurally-sound structure. Perform reconstruction to allow easy access into the manhole. No more than 12 inches of depth of precast concrete grade adjustment rings shall be allowed to obtain proper grade. Perform reconstruction in accordance with the -Partial Manhole Replacement Detail. Seal manhole joints in accordance with Section D-27. Precast corbel, or barrel sections may be used as necessary. The diameter of the precast sections shall be consistent with the existing remaining structure. Place a flattop section on existing manhole structure prior to setting precast sections. Flattop sections shall not overhang existing manhole structures by more than 6 inches. If the clearance from the underside of the proposed flattop to the ASC-42 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS manhole invert is less than 4 Y2 feet, the manhole shall be completely replaced. f) Partial Manhole Replacement shall also include replacement of frame, cover, and sealing of frame and grade adjustments. g) Remove all debris from reconstruction from the manhole and dispose of properly. d. Interior Manhole Coating -Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-14, DA-15, DA-16 and DA-17. e. Bench and Invert Rehabilitation 1 ) Remove existing deteriorated bench and invert material to solid material. Care shall be taken to avoid allowing broken pieces of brick and mortar to enter the sewer lines. · 2) Apply concrete bonding agent and quick setting concrete to form a smooth surface and continuous invert with the sewer pipe. New bench and invert shall be formed in accordance with repair Bench and Invert Rehabilitation Detail. f. Bench and Invert Replacement 1 ) Remove the existing bench and trough completely. If the existing trough is formed of sewer pipe laid continuously through the manhole, special care shall be taken to ensure that the pipe seal and the sewer pipe to remain is not damaged. Contractor shall, at no additional cost, replace any portion of the existing manhole or sewer pipe to remain that is damaged during bench and invert replacement. 2) Install new bench and trough with Class A concrete in accordance with repair detail. Surface shall be troweled smooth and the invert of the trough shall form a continuous smooth flow path from pipes entering the manhole to where they exit. The bench and invert shall form a watertight seal with the manhole wall, pipe, and bench/trough area. 3) If the manhole base is deteriorated or nonexistent, the minimum thickness of the bench/trough shall be six inches. g. Removal of Existing Manhole -Work shall be conducted as specified in Section 0- 29. h. Construct New Manhole 1) 2) Completely remove the existing manhole structure. Construct new manhole in accordance with Section D-27 of these specifications. Connect to existing sewers using flexible couplings. ASC-43 \ PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3) Contractor shall maintain existing wastewater flows at all times . Contractor shall submit a plan for maintaining wastewater flows to the Engineer prior to beginning work . i. Pressure Grout Pipe Seals, Bench and Trough, and Lower Portion of Manhole 1) All work shall be done in accordance with Section DA-19 of these specifications. 2) Remove all foreign materials from the manhole walls around the pipe seal and within the pipe seal itself, including all loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete. Stop active leaks using products specifically for that purpose. 3) Remove deteriorated area of the pipe seal to sound material. Apply bonding agent to area and place hydraulic cement to fill voids to form a watertight seal around pipe. 4) Drill holes around the pipe seal, bench/trough and lower portion of the manhole and inject urethane gel grout into holes in accordance with repair detail. Activated oakum rope shall be used to fill the injection hole after removal of the grouting probe. Patch the injection hole with hydraulic cement and apply a water resistant two-part epoxy coating to the patch. Clean all grout from interior of manhole. j. Manhole Step Removal -Remove existing manhole steps and fill voids with hydraulic cement in accordance with repair detail. k. Patch Holes -Clean and remove loose debris from holes to be patched. Apply bonding agent to surface of holes and fill voids with hydraulic cement in accordance with repair Patch Holes Detail. I. Watertight Manhole Insert -Install watertight gasketed manhole inserts as specified in Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4. m. Grout Flattop to Wall Joint -Injection holes shall be drilled through the manhole at 90 degree angles from each other within 4 inches of the bottom of the flattop . Provide additional holes near observed defects, if necessary. Urethane gel grout shall be injected through the holes under pressure with a probe designed for this purpose. Injection pressure shall not cause damage to the manhole structure or surrounding surface features. Grouting from the ground surface will not be allowed . Grout travel shall be verified by observation of grout at defects or adjacent injection holes. Provide additional injection holes, if necessary, to ensure grout travel. Injection holes shall be cleared with a drill and patched with a waterproof quick setting mortar. The flattop to wall joint shall be pressure washed, cleaned, filled with a non-shrink grout, and finished smooth. n. Fiberglass Manhole Insert -Work shall be conducted as specified in Section DA-18. 11102104 ASC-44 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS o. PVC Lined Concrete Wall Reconstruction -Work shall be conducted as specified in Section DA-19. p. Point Repair to Replace Sewer Line, 6"-15" Diameter -This item shall apply at those locations indicated in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule and those additional locations authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor shall excavate adjacent to the manhole to uncover the damaged sewer pipe. This pipe shall be carefully removed from the manhole to the first sound joint (maximum of 5 feet) of pipe. This pipe shall be replaced with SOR 35 PVC pipe of the same nominal size. This pipe shall be connected to the existing sewer using flexible connectors approved by the City. The connection of the new pipe to the manhole shall be made using flexible gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM C-923, grouted into the manhole wall using non-shrink grout. Embedment material shall be installed around the pipe up to the pipe springline. Backfill material conforming to City specifications shall be placed and compacted as required. This item shall include surface restoration and permanent pavement repair. q. Bypass Pumping -The Contractor shall furnish and operate pumping equipment and piping as required for bypass pumping necessary to complete any manhole rep,lacement or rehabilitation work. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. Frame and Cover Replacement: Payment for installation of new manhole frames and covers shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual quantity installed. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for the new manhole frame and cover, excavation, installation of the manhole frame and cover, minor grade adjustment, backfill, and demolition and disposal of waste materials. 2. Grade Ring Replacement: Payment for installation of new grade rings shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual quantity of new grade rings installed. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for the new grade rings. All costs for installing and sealing grade rings shall be included in the applicable Contract unit price for sealing of frame and grade rings. 3. Paved Frame and Grade Adjustment Sealing: Payment for sealing manhole frames and grade adjustment rings in paved areas shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual number of manholes where sealing of the manhole frame and/or grade adjustments in paved are required. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for excavation, pavement removal, sealing materials, installation of grade rings, sealing, minor grade adjustment, backfill, and demolition and disposal of waste materials. 4. Non-Paved Frame and Grade Adjustment Sealing: Payment for sealing manhole frames and grade adjustment rings in non-paved areas shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual number of manholes where sealing of the manhole frame and/or grade adjustments in non-paved are required. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for excavation, sealing materials, installation of grade rings, sealing, minor grade adjustment, backfill, surface restoration, and demolition and disposal of waste materials. 11102104 ASC-45 11 /02104 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Interior Manhole Coating: Payment for interior manhole coating shall be based on the Contract unit price where interior manhole coating is applied. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for surface preparation, interior coating of the corbel, wall and bench , and cleanup . 6. Pressure Grout Pipe Seals, Bench and Trough, and Lower Portion of Manhole: Payment for grouting pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of the manhole shall be based upon the Contract unit price and . the actual quantity of manholes where pipe seals, bench and trough and lower portion of the manhole were grouted. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for the preliminary repairs, rehabilitating the pipe seals, grout material, installation of the grout materials and cleanup. 7. Bench and Invert Rehabilitation~ Payment for bench and invert rehabilitation shall be based upon the Contract unit price and the actual number of manholes where the bench and invert were rehabilitated. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for materials and bench and invert rehabilitation. 8. Bench and Invert Replacement: Payment for bench and invert replacement shall be based upon the Contract unit price and the actual quantity of manholes where the bench and invert were replaced. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for materials, installation of materials, and demolition and disposal of waste materials. 9. Patch Holes: Payment for patching holes shall be based upon the Contract unit price and the actual number of manholes that were patched. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for surface preparation, patching of the holes, and cleanup. This item is allowed for payment only when it is included in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. Patching holes prior to interior coating of manholes is not a pay item. 10. Manhole Step Removal: Payment for manhole step removal shall be based upon the Contract unit price per manhole and the actual number of manholes that had steps removed. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for removal and disposal of the steps and patching of the voids created by step removal. 11. Watertight Manhole Insert: Payment for watertight manhole inserts of the respective type shall be based upon the Contract unit price and the actual number of inserts of each type installed . The Contract unit price shall be full payment for the watertight manhole insert and installation of the insert in the manhole. 12. New Sanitary Sewer Manhole: Payment shall be made as indicated in Measurement and Payment, Section 0-27 in these specifications. This item shall include up to five (5) linear feet of new PVC pipe at each manhole pipe connection and connecting to the existing sewer. 13. Concrete Manhole Collars: ASC-46 11/02104 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. Paved Areas. Payment for manhole collars in paved areas shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual quantity installed. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for labor, materials, pavement sawing, excavating, disposal of waste materials. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. b. Non-Paved Areas. Pavement for manhole collars in non-paved areas shall be based on the Contract unit price and the actual quantity installed . The Contract unit price shall be full payment for labor, materials, excavation, disposal of waste materials, and surface restoration. 14. Partial Manhole Replacement: Payment for partial manhole replacement shall be based on the Contract unit price per vertical foot measured from the top of the frame to the top of the structurally sound existing manhole. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for furnishing all labor and materials necessary, including excavation and removal of the existing structure, replacement of the frame and cover, installation of new adjustment rings, flattop, corbel or wall sections, sealing, backfilling, and unpaved surface restoration. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. 15. Interior Corrosion Protection: Payment shall be made as indicated in Measurement and Payment, Section DA-9 in these specifications. 16. Grout Flattop to Manhole Wall Joint: Payment for grouting the flattop to manhole wall joint shall be based upon the Contract unit price and the actual number of joints grouted. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for all material, labor and cleanup required to complete each joint grouting. 17. Fiberglass Manhole Insert~ Payment shall be made as indicated in Measurement and Payment, Section DA-18 in these specifications. 18. PVC Lined Concrete Wall Reconstruction: Payment shall be made as indicated in Measurement and Payment, Section DA-19 in these specifications. 19. Point Repair to Replace Sewer Line, s· -15• Diameter: Payment for each point repair shall be based upon the Contract unit price for each manhole connection actually repaired. The Contract unit price shall be full payment for all material, labor, and cleanup required to complete each manhole connection repair. 20. Flattop Replacement: Payment for each flattop replacement shall be based on the Contract unit price for each flattop actually replaced. The Contract unit price shall be payment in full for all labor, material, and cleanup required to complete each flattop replacement. Payment for frame and cover replacement, grade rings, sealing, and concrete manhole collar as required to complete the manhole rehabilitation will be paid for separately at the applicable Contract Unit Prices. 21. Bypass Pumping: All bypass pumping shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. All costs for bypass pumping shall be included in the Contract unit price for the items requiring bypass pumping. ASC-47 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION A. GENERAL: This item shall govern the preparation of surfaces for manhole rehabilitation. B. CLEANING: 1. Covers (screens) shall be placed over the pipe inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer system. 2. All concrete that is not sound or has been damaged by chemical exposure shall be removed from the manhole. Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a masonry hammer and chisel and/or scrapers. Existing roots and manhole steps shall be removed by cutting them flush with the wall of the manhole. 3. All contaminates including but not limited to: oils, grease, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, incompatible existing coatings , and all other contaminants shall be removed . 4. Surfaces to receive protective coating shall be cleaned and abraded to produce a sound concrete/brick surface with adequate profile and porosity to provide a strong bond between the protective coating and the substrate. All foreign materials shall be removed from the manhole interior using high pressure water spray (3500 psi to 4000 psi). Cleaning equipment shall have a pressure gauge that indicates the water pressure being used. 5. Detergent water cleaning, muriatic acid, and hot water blasting shall be used, if necessary, to remove dirt, oils, grease, and other matter which may prevent a good bond of sealing material to the manhole surface. A mild chlorine solution (household bleach) may be used to neutralize the surface to diminish microbiological bacteria growth prior to final rinse and coating. C. PRELIMINARY REPAIRS 1. 2. 3. 11/02/04 All unsealed lifting holes, unsealed step holes, voids larger than approximately one- half (1/2) inch in thickness shall be filled with patching compound at least one hour ( 1) prior to application of the first spray coat. Active leaks shall be stopped using City approved products specifically for that purpose and according to manufacturer's recommendation. Some leaks may require grouting to stop the inflow. Grouting shall be performed in accordance with City specifications and Section DA-20 -PRESSURE GROUTING. Bench area shall be built up if required to provide a uniform slope from the circumferences to the manhole trough. City approved cementitious patching compounds or epoxy grout as recommended by manufacture shall be used. ASC-48 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. After all repairs have been completed, all loose material shall be removed from the manhole. Contractor shall insure no material is allowed to enter the sewer system . 5. Contractor shall ensure the manhole is clear of all detergents and cleaners and that all active infiltration has been stopped prior to application of protective manhole coatings for rehabilitation. D. INSPECTION Applicator shall e:arefully inspect all surfaces prior to application of protective coating and shall notify Owner of any noticeable disparity in the surface which may interfere with the proper performance of the repair mortar and protective coating. E. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for Surface Preparation shall be considered subsidiary to the cost for Interior Manhole Coating or Protective Manhole Coating for Corrosion Protection. DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope -This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed on the Manhole Rehabilitation schedule. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this section or of Section DA-13, DA-14, DA-15, DA-16 or DA- 17. 2. Description -The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturers Recommendations -Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process . shall be in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. 4. Manholes -Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. Some manholes may have a cementitious sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. B. MATERIALS 1. 2. 11/02/04 Scope -This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. Interior Coating -Reliner MSP proprietary pre-blended mixture of cementitious and pozzolanic materials, silica fume admixture, 100 percent polypropylene fibers and other selected ingredients, as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. No material ( other than clean potable water) shall be used with or added to these standard products without prior approval or recommendation of the respective manufacturer. ASC-49 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. Material Identification -Contractor shall completely identify the types of grout, mortar, patching compounds, sealant, and/or root control chemicals used and provide case histories of successful use or defend the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 4. Mixing and Handling -Mixing and handling of interior coating, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling and application of the coating material shall perform the coating operations. C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. General -Manhole coating shall not be performed until replacement of manhole covers, sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, or concrete collar construction is complete. 2. Temperature -Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40°F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. If ambient temperatures are in excess of 90°F, precautions shall be taken to keep mixing water below 85°F, using ice if necessary. 3. Interior Manhole Coating a. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the top of the corbel or flattop to the bench/trough, including the bench/trough. b. The interior coating shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface preparation shall comply with the requirements of Section DA-11, SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION. 2) The surface prior to application shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Reliner MSP material shall be spray applied (using a manufacturer approved machine) to a minimum uniform thickness of 1-inch minimum. Troweling shall begin immediately following the spray application. The trowelled surface shall be smooth with no evidence of previous void areas. After the walls are coated, the wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench sprayed with Reliner MSP material in such a manner as to produce a bench having a gradual slope from the walls ASC-50 - PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS to the invert with the wall/bench intersection built up and rounded to a uniform radius for the full circumference of the intersection. The thickness of the bench shall be no less than 1-inch at the invert and shall increase in the direction of the wall so as to provide the required slope. 3) The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. Ambient conditions in the manhole are adequate for curing as long as the manhole is covered. 4) Traffic shall not be allowed over manholes for 24 hours after reconstruction is complete. 4. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes a. Testing of rehabilitated manholes for watertightness shall be performed by the contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA- 21. b. At least two 3-inch diameter x 6-inch tall cylinders of the coating material shall be taken from each days work with the date, location and job recorded on each. The cylinders shall be sent to a certified testing laboratory for . testing. A compression test will be made per ASTM C780 or ASTM C-1 o. as recommended by the material manufacturer, and the results will be furnished to the Engineer and Owner on request. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the top of the corbel or flattop to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision. materials, equipment and all material testing necessary to complete the work. Grouting, if necessary, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular manhole, if required by Manhole Rehabilitation Work Schedule or required to be done by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately at the Contract Unit Price. DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-QUADEX SYSTEM A. GENERAL 11/02/04 1. Scope This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this Section or of Section DA-12, DA-14, DA-15, DA-16 or DA-17. 2. Description ASC-51 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturers Recommendations Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations . 4. Manholes Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. Some manholes may have a cementitious sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. 8. MATERIALS 1. Scope This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. 2. Interior Coating Quadex QM-1 s and Quadex Excel proprietary pre-blended cement based synthetic granite (Donnafill) enhanced polypropylene fiber reinforced coatings as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. No material (other than clean potable water) shall be used with or added to Ouadex OM-1 s or Quadex Excel without prior approval or recommendation from Quadex, Inc. 3. Material Identification Contractor shall completely identify the types of grout, mortar, patching compounds, sealant, and/or root control chemicals used and provide case histories of successful use or defend the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 4. Mixing and Handling Mixing and handling of interior coating, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the coating material shall perform the coating operations . C. EXECUTION 11102104 ASC-52 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. General Manhole coating shall not be perfonned until replacement of manhole covers, sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, or concrete collar construction is complete. 2. Temperature Nonna! interior coating operation shall be perfonned at temperatures of 40°F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. If ambient temperatures are in excess of 90°F, precautions shall be taken to keep mixing water below 85°F, using ice if necessary. 3. Interior Manhole Coating a. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the top of the corbel or flattop to the bench/trough, including the bench/trough. b. The interior coating shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface preparation shall comply with the requirements of Section DA-11, SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILIATATION. 2) The surface prior to application shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. QM-1 s material shall be spray applied (using a Quadex Model 9000 application machine or manufacturer approved equal) to a minimum unifonn thickness of 1- inch minimum. Troweling shall begin immediately following the spray application. The trowelled surface shall be smooth with no evidence of previous void areas. 3) The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. Ambient conditions in the manhole are adequate for curing as long as the manhole is covered. 4) Traffic shall not be allowed over manholes for 12 hours after reconstruction is complete. 4. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes a. b. Testing of rehabilitated manholes for watertightness shall be performed by the contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA- 21. At least two 3-inch diameter x 6-inch tall cylinders of the coating material shall be taken from each days work with the date, location and job recorded on each. The cylinders shall be sent to a certified testing laboratory for ASC-53 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS testing. A compression test will be made per ASTM C780, and the results will be furnished to the Engineer and Owner on request. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot measured from the top of the corbel or flattop to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and all material testing necessary to complete the work. Grouting, if necessary to stop active leaks in manhole wall areas, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular manhole, if required by the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule or required to be done by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately at the Contract Unit Price. OA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -SPRAY WALL SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this Section or of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-15, DA-16 or DA-17. 2. Description The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision , materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Manholes Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. All manholes shall have a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement-based coating material (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. 8. MATERIALS 11/02104 1. Scope This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. ASC-54 -2. PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Interior Coating The interior coating shall be. a proprietary two component, 100 percent solids, rigid polyurethane system designated as Spray Wall as manufactured by Sprayroq, Inc. 3. Specialty Cement The specialty cement-based coating material shall be either Ouadex QM-1 s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. 4. Material Identification The interior manhole coating material sprayed onto the surface of the manhole shall be a urethane resin system formulated for the application to a sanitary sewer environment. The spray system shall exhibit the physical properties as follows: Property Tensile Strength Flexural Stress Flexural Modulus 5. Mixing and Handling Standard ASTM D-638 ASTM 0-790 ASTM D-790 Long Term Value 5,000 psi 10,000 psi 550,000 psi Mixing and handling of specialty cement material and interior coating material, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the . coating material shall perform the spray coating operations and coating installations. C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. General Manhole coating shall not be installed until sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, or partial manhole replacement when required for the manhole per the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, is complete. 2. Temperature 3. Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40°F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. Interior Manhole Coating ASC-55 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the bottom of the frame to the bench, down to the top of the trough. b. The interior coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials and matter. Cleaning shall be accomplished by using high pressure water spray (minimum 3500 psi at spray tip), cleaning with muriatic acid, degreaser, or other solvents as needed in order to remove any film or residue on the surface. 2) Place covers over the invert to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewers. 3) Apply a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement product (Quadex QM-1s or Reliner MSP) smooth surface for the urethane coating material. 4) Spray the urethane onto the manhole wall and bench/trough with a minimum thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inches). Thickness to be verifiable through the use of methods acceptable to the Engineer. 5) Coat trough area with specialty cement product (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP). 1. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes a. Testing of rehabilitated manholes for watertightness shall be performed by the Contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA- 21. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and material testing required to complete the work. Grouting, if necessary, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular manhole, if required by Manhole Rehabilitation Work Schedule or required to be done by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately at the Contract Unit Price. DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-RAVEN LINING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope 11/02/04 ASC-56 - 2. PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed of the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, listed in Section I. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this Section, or of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-14, DA-16 or DA-17. Description The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Manholes ·Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. All manholes shall have a minimum of one-half (1/2) specialty cement-based coating material (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. 8. MATERIALS 11/02/04 1. Scope This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. 2. Interior Coating Raven Ultra High-Build epoxy Coating, a two-part epoxy resin system using 100% solids based epoxy binder with fibrous and flake fillers, is manufactured by Raven Lining systems and designated as Raven 405. 3. Specialty Cement The specialty cement-based coating material shall be either Quadex QM-1 s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. 4. Material Identification Contractors will completely identify the types of grout, mortar, sealant, and/or root control chemicals proposed and provide case histories of successful use or defend the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance. These grouting materials shall be compatible with Raven 405 interior coating. The contractor shall be responsible for ASC-57 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS getting approval from Raven lining systems and/or the grout manufacturers for the use of these grouting materials. 5. Mixing and Handling Mixing and handling of interior coating, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Coating shall be performed only by certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. C. EXECUTION 1. General Manhole coating shall not be performed until sealing of manhole from frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, manhole grouting or sewer replacement/repairs are complete. 2. Temperatures Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40°F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. 3. Interior Manhole Coating a. Manholes scheduled for interior coating are shown on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the bottom of the manhole frame to the bencMrough, including the bencMrough. b. The interior coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface preparation shall comply with the requirements of Section DA-11, SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE RESTORATION. 2) Apply a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement-based product (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) smooth surface for the urethane coating material. 3) · The surface prior to application may be damp but shall not have noticeable free water droplets seeping or running water. Material shall be spray applied per manufacturer's recommendations with a minimum thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inch). 11102104 ASC-58 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4) After the walls are coated, the wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench sprayed to the same average and minimum thickness as required for the walls. 5) The final application shall have a minimum of three (3) hours cure time or be set hard to the touch, before being subjected to active flow. 6) No applications shall be made to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected to occur in side the manhole within 24 hours after application. 4. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes a. After the epoxy liner has set (hard to touch), all visible pinholes shall be repaired. Repairs shall be made by lightly abrading the surface and brushing the lining material over the area. All blisters and evidence of uneven cover shall be repaired according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Spot check of coating thickness may be made by Owner's Representative, and the contractor shall repair these areas as required, at no additional cost to the Owner. b. Testing of rehabilitated manholes for watertightness shall be perfonned by the Contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA- 21 -VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES. D . MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for perfonning the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment all testing necessary to complete the work. Payment for grouting of pipe seals, bench and trough and manhole walls shall be based on the Contract Unit Price for each manhole actually grouted. DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPOXY LINER A. GENERAL This section prescribes the minimum standards for the safe and efficient rehabilitation of sewer structures, utilizing Permacast with Epoxy Liner. B. MA TE RIALS 1. 11/02/04 Leak Plugging leak Plugging of the same or greater strength than the liner Mix and/or chemical grouts may be used. If water pressures are severe, the contractor may drill relief holes at the bottom of the manhole wall to concentrate the leaks before plugging. ASC-59 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2 . Patching Mix Voids which have not compromised the structure in its overall soundness must be filled prior to lining with materials of the same or greater strength than the Liner Mix. 3. Liner Mix Shall be densely compacted, Reliner Microsilicate cement mortar, Quadex QM-ls and Quadex Excel cement mortar, or approved equal, applied uniformly at a minimum thickness of }2 inch. Liner Mixes shall attain strengths as follows: Compressive ASTM C-109 Flexural ASTM C-295 Elasticity ASTM C-469 24 HOURS 3500 psi 650 psi 180,000 psi 28 DAYS 10,000 psi 800 psi 1, 150,000 psi It shall be delivered in factory prepared packaging suitable for mixing with just the addition of clean water in the prescribed dosage. No additives shall be used at the site without prior approval. All visible leaks must be plugged prior to application of the cementitious liner with quick setting, non-shrink hydraulic cement mortar. C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. Mixing The manufacture's published technical specifications and directions for proportioning and mixing shall be strictly followed by the certified applicator. 2. Equipment Equipment shall be as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure proper mixing and pumping of the mortar and shall be clean and in good working order according to the manufacture's published recommendations for safe operation. Only factory certified workers shall operate with a controllable retrieval method shall be used to produce a uniform and dense application without the need to trowel which can weaken the mortar. 3. Application Once prepared, the application shall commence, in accord with the manufacturer's recommended procedures and in the presence of the owner's inspector in a single application to the prescribed thickness (1/2 inch or greater) without delay or interruption in order to produce a uniform and monolithic liner. Multiple layers with time between for drying are not allowed. Once completed, the manhole shall be covered to prevent air drying. ASC-60 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. Testing & Verification Testing of rehabilitated manholes for water tightness shall be performed by the Contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA-21 . The owner's inspector shall verify the thickness with a wet gauge. Any area found to less than the minimum prescribed thickness shall result in the minimum prescribed thickness shall re&ult in the immediate relining of the entire interior. Two test cubes shall be made from each day's mix and tested for strength verification. D. CORROSION PREVENTION 1. Preparation & Procedure The liner shall be applied to the prepared interior as specified in proceeding sections at Vl inch thickness. 2 Protective Coating The protective coating shall be a 100% solids epoxy with no volatile organic compounds and white in color to optimize visual inspection. Minimum physical properties shall be: Hardness Tensile Strength Compressive Strength Flexural Strength ASTMD-2240 ASTMD-63860 ASTMD-69544 ASTM D-79058T 65 Shore D 10,000psi 15,000 psi 1,000 psi It shall be uniformly spray applied or centrifugally cast onto the fresh mortar before new bacterial growth can contaminate the underlying mortar. It shall have a minimum thickness of 125 mils and shall not run or sag during placement. 3. Safety If pers.onnel are required to enter the confined space during the application procedure, each and all OSHA requirements as well as those required by the manufacturer's material safety data sheets shall be complied with fully. 4. Testing & Verification The interior shall be visually inspected for thoroughness of coverage. When dry to the touch, the entire interior shall be tested with a Tinkor & Rasor holiday detector at the prescribed voltage to verify thickness and locate pinholes if any. Deficiencies shall be immediately corrected and retested. E. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 11102!04 ASC-61 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment all testing necessary to complete the work. Payment for grouting of pipe seals, bench and trough and manhole walls shall be based on the Contract Unit Price for each manhole actually grouted. DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL-SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope. This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, listed in Part 1. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this Section or of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-14, DA-15 or DA-16. 2. Description. The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturers Recommendations. Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 4. Manholes. Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. Some manholes may have a cementitious sprayed or trowelled-on coating over the original interior surface. 8. MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 11/02/04 Scope. This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. Interior Coating. Strong-Seal Systems MS-2A , factory-blended, cement-based , fiber-reinforced coating as manufactured by Strong-Seal Systems of Pine Bluff, AR. No material (other than clean potable water) shall be used with or added to Strong-Seal MS-2A without prior approval or recommendation from Strong-Seal Systems. Material Identification. Contractor shall completely identify the types of grout, mortar, patching compounds, sealant, and/or root control chemicals used and provide case histories of successful use or defend the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Mixing and Handling. Mixing and handling of interior coating, which may be toxic under certain conditions, shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the ASC-62 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the coating material shall perform the coating operations. C. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. General. Manhole coating shall not be performed until replacement of manhole covers, sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, or concrete collar construction is complete . 2. Preliminary Repairs a} All foreign materials shall removed from the manhole interior using high pressure water spray (minimum 3500 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar, and concrete shall be removed using a masonry hammer and chisel and/or scrapers. Existing roots and manhole steps shall be removed by cutting them 1" below the surface of the manhole. b) All unsealed lifting holes, unsealed step holes, voids larger than approximately one-half (1/2) inch in thickness shall be filled with rapid- setting, trowel-applied patching compound prior to spray application of the MS-2A coating. c) Active leaks shall be stopped using rapid-setting hydraulic cement products specifically for that purpose and according to manufacturer's recommendation. Some leaks may require grouting to stop the inflow. Grouting shall be performed in accordance with Section DA-20. Contact Strong-Seal Systems for grouting recommendations. d) After all repairs have been completed, remove all loose material. 3. Temperature. Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40 Degrees F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. If ambient temperatures are in excess of 90 Degrees F, precautions shall be taken to keep mixing water below 85 Degrees F, using ice if necessary. 4. Interior Manhole Coating a) The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the top of the bench/trough to the top of the corbel or flattop, including the bench/trough. b) The interior coating shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. (1) The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials and matter. Cleaning shall be accomplished by using high pressure water spray (minimum 3500 psi). ASC-63 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS (2) Place covers over invert to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer. (3) The surface prior to application shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. MS-2A material shall be spray applied (using a manufacturer approved application machine) to a uniform thickness of 1" minimum . Troweling shall begin immediately following the spray application. The trowelled surface shall be smooth with no evidence of previous void areas. (4) The application shall have a minimum of four hours (4) cure time before being subjected to active normal flows . Ambient conditions in the manhole are adequate for curing as long as the manhole is covered. (5) Traffic shall not be allowed over manholes for 12 hours after reconstruction is complete. 5. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes a) Testing of rehabilitated manholes for water-tightness shall be performed by the contractor after operations are complete in accordance with Section DA-21 . b) At least four (4) 2-inch cubes of the coating material shall be taken from each day's work with the date , location and job recorded on ' each. The cubes shall be sent to Strong-Seal Systems, Pine Bluff, AR, for testing. A compression test will be made according to ASTM C-109, and the results will be furnished to the engineer and the owner. 0. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per each manhole coated . The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and material testing necessary to complete the work. Grouting, if necessary to stop active leaks in manhole well areas, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular manhole , if required by the Manhole Rehabilitation Work Schedule or required to be done by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately. DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS A. GENERAL 11/02/04 This item shall govern the furnishing and installation of rigid fiberglass liners in existing brick or concrete manholes. The manholes to be rehabilitated using fiberglass liners, and the interior diameter and depth of the liner are listed in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. The locations of these manholes are shown on the drawings. Rigid Fiberglass Liners shall be as manufactured by L.F. Manufacturing, Inc ., of Giddings, Texas; Associated Fiberglass Engineers, of Fort Worth, Texas ; or approved equal. The ASC-64 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS installation at each manhole shall include the preparation of the existing manhole to receive the fiberglass liner, installation of the liner, grouting the annular space between the existing structure and the liner, and backfilling around the new fiberglass corbel section. 8. MATERIALS 1. General. Fiberglass reinforced polyester manhole liners shall be manufactured from commercial grade polyester resin or vinyl ester resin, with fiberglass reinforcements. All liners shall meet the requirements of ASTM 03753 and this specification. Fillers, when used, shall be inert to the environment. The fiberglass shall be suitable for atmospheres containing hydrogen sulfide and dilute sulfuric acid as well as other gasses associated with wastewater collection systems. 2. Reinforcing. The reinforcing materials shall be commercial grade E type glass in the form of continuous roving and chop roving. The coupling agent will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcements and the resin. C. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 11/02/04 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Manholes shall have sufficient strength to withstand an MSHTO H-20 dynamic loading. This shall be verified by acceptable test results performed in accordance with the reference standard. The manhole cylinder and the hemispherical reducer (corbel) shall be preassembled at the factory into a monolithic unit by overlaying the joint with fiberglass reinforced resin to a thickness equal to or greater than the wall thickness of the cylinder. Field jointing is not permitted. Corbel section shall be concentric with respect to the larger cylinder, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe stiffness values shown in the table below when tested in accordance with the reference standard: Length -Ft. F/AY-Psi 3.0 6.5 0.75 7.0 12.5 1.26 13.0 20.5 2.01 21.0 25.5 3.02 26.0 35.0 5.24 Diameter tolerance. Inside diameter tolerances shall be +/-1% of the required inside diameter. UV Inhibitor. The exterior surface of the manhole liner shall be UV-protected using grey pigments in the resin. ASC-65 · PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. Interior Surfacing Material. The inner surface exposed to the sewer environment shall be a resin-rich layer 0.01 o to 0.020 inch thick followed by a minimum of two passes of chopped roving of minimum length 0.5 inch to maximum length of 2.0 inch, applied uniformly to an equivalent weight of 3 oz./ft2 . Each pass of chopped roving shall be well rolled prior to the application of additional reinforcement. The combined thickness of the inner surface and interior layer shall not be less than 0.1 O inch 7. The entire fiberglass assembly at each manhole shall be fabricated so that no more than twelve inches of concrete adjusting rings will be required to bring the top of the manhole frame/cover to the required elevation. 0. CLEANING 1. Covers (screens) shall be placed over the pipe inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer system. 2. Existing roots and manhole steps shall be removed by cutting them flush with the manhole wall. 3. All foreign materials shall be removed from the manhole wall using high pressure water spray (3500 -4000 psi). Cleaning equipment shall have a pressure gauge that indicates the water pressure being used. E. PRELIMINARY REPAIRS 1. Active leaks shall be stopped using City-approved products specifically formulated for that purpose and according to manufacturer's recommendation. Some leaks may require exterior groutin'g to stop the inflow. Grouting shall be performed in accordance with Section OA-20 -PRESSURE GROUTING. 2. After all repairs have been completed , all loose materials shall be removed from the manhole. No material shall be allowed to enter the sewer system. F. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 11 /02/04 Excavate around the top of the existing manhole and remove the manhole frame and cover, brick or concrete adjustments, and corbel section. If the existing manhole is poured concrete, the corbel section shall be removed using methods which will not damage the lower manhole barrel. Brick and precast concrete corbels shall be removed to the top of the manhole barrel section After cleaning and preliminary repairs are completed on the existing manhole, the rigid fiberglass liner shall be installed in accordance with the construction drawings . The bottom of the manhole liner shall be cut to fit the existing manhole base and pipe entrances. Cuts shall be accurately made with a suitable power saw. The manhole liner shall be lowered into the existing manhole and set into wet, Class 0 concrete mix on the benches. A good bottom seal shall be obtained in order to prevent ASC-66 - - G. H. PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the manhole liner and the interior of the existing manhole. A 6-inch lift of quick-setting grout shall be placed above the initial bottom seal to ensure adequacy of the bottom seal. Existing pipes shall be bridged with short lengths of PVC or fiberglass pipes and sealed as detailed in the construction drawings. The annular void between the manhole liner and the existing manhole shall be filled with a 4,000 psi at 28-days strength cementitious grout mixture. The grout mixture shall consist of Portland cement and sand. The actual design mix showing the proportions of each component and admixtures, if any, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Cellular grouts containing the same materials as cementitious grout, blended with pre- generated aqueous foam to form macroscopic non-interconnected air cells uniformly distributed throughout the grout may also be used. Foam shall be added onsite by an experienced foam contractor. After the annulus and perimeter of the manhole liner is grouted, concrete adjustment rings shall be placed on top of the liner corbel section to bring the frame and cover to finish grade. Seal adjustment rings and frame per Section DA-1 O requirements. The manhole corbel section shall be backfilled with sand or granular material as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the City. The remaining excavation shall be backfilled as required in Section D-24, Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction. A concrete collar shall be constructed if required in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. TESTING After the manhole liner installation is complete and all adjustment rings and the frame and cover are installed, the manhole shall be vacuum tested as required by Section DA-21, VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES. Any leakage into the manhole shall be stopped. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. The Contract Unit Price for rigid fiberglass manhole inserts shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the complete construction of the manhole insert, including backfilling. The pay quantity shall be measured from the bottom of the fiberglass barrel section to the top of the fiberglass corbel. 2. Payment for exterior grouting of manhole walls necessary to stop infiltration will be at the Contract Unit Price for manhole grouting. 3. Payment for step removal, furnishing and sealing concrete adjusting rings and the ring and cover, and concrete collar, will be at the applicable Contract Unit Prices. DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION A. GENERAL 11/02/04 This item shall govern the furnishing and installation of a plastic liner integrally cast into concrete cast within the existing manhole structure. The concrete shall have a nominal ASC-67 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS thickness of 3-inches placed by using an internal form system that can be installed without excavation or removing portions of the manhole. The manholes to be rehabilitated using PVC lined concrete wall reconstruction and the interior diameter and depth of the liner are listed in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. The locations of these manholes are shown on the drawings. B. MATERIALS The forms used for placing the concrete shall be segmented, stackable steel forms having cylindrical and conical sections. The forms shall be shaped to accommodate placement of concrete in manholes with eccentric cones, concentric cones, or flattop ceilings. When assembled, the forms shall be of sufficient stiffness and strength to prevent shifting or collapse during the placement and curing of the concrete. The assembled forms shall have sufficient size to provide the maximum interior manhole space while providing the minimum required concrete wall thickness. Concrete shall be Class F concrete ( 4000 psi @ 28-day) with a coarse aggregate no greater than 5/8 inch. Fibermesh fibers (1-1/2 lb/cy of concrete), anti-bacterial agent (Con Shield or equal), and a superplasticizer shall be added to the concrete on-site prior to placing the concrete in the forms. The plastic liner shall be Amer-Plate 95Y T-Lock as manufactured by Ameron Corrosion Control Division, Brea, California or equal. The minimum thickness shall be 65 mils. C . CLEANING 1. Covers (screens) shall be placed over the pipe inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer system . 2. Existing roots and manhole steps shall be removed by cutting them flush with the manhole wall. 3. All foreign materials shall be removed from the manhole wall using high pressure water spray (3500 -4000 psi). Cleaning equipment shall have a pressure gauge that indicates the water pressure being used . D. PRELIMINARY REPAIRS 1. Active leaks shall be stopped using City-approved products specifically formulated for that purpose and according to manufacturer's recommendation. Some leaks may require exterior grouting to stop the inflow. Grouting shall be performed in accordance with Section DA-20 -PRESSURE GROUTING. 2 . After all repairs have been completed, all loose materials shall be removed from the manhole. No excess material shall be allowed to enter the sewer system. E. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 11 /02/04 A section of PVC pipe or fiberglass pipe shall be inserted in each pipe inlet/outlet to extend the existing connection through the new concrete wall. The pipe shall be installed ASC-68 - - - - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS as shown on the construction drawings. All pipe inlets/outlets shall remain active during th~ manhole rehabilitation unless otherwise specified. Internal forms shall be properly sized, installed, and braced to allow for the installation of the new concrete wall. The wall shall have a minimum thickness of 3-inches and shall extend from the manhole bench to the top of the cone section. The wall shall generally conform to the existing interior dimensions of the structure and shall provide the maximum allowable diameter based on the existing dimensions. If the proposed wall will reduce the diameter of the barrel section to less than 42-inches or the chimney section to less than 20-inches, the thickness of the proposed wall may be reduced to 1 %-inches. This change must be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. Prior to placement of the concrete, the forms shall be sealed and finished at the manhole base with concrete grout to prevent concrete from entering the .sewer during the installation of the concrete. The plastic liner shall be placed on the exterior of the forms so that when the concrete is placed an integral lock between the liner and the concrete is provided. Sheets of the liner shall be preformed and factory welded, and cut to fit curved surfaces using the minimum number of separate pieces. The concrete shall be placed to ensure that it makes complete contract with the plastic lined form and fills all pockets, seams, and cracks within the annular space. Vibration of the concrete may be used, but cannot be so excessive that segregation of the concrete components occurs. After the concrete has been placed and has sufficiently cured, seams in the plastic liner shall be welded by an experienced PVC liner welder using only manufacturer's approved methods and techniques. The welding operation of any joint shall be continuous until that joint has been completed. The welding strip shall be centered over the cleaned surfaces to be joined, and fused across its entire width using a hot air welding gun producing temperatures ranging between 500 F and 600 F. F. TESTING After the PVC liner and concrete wall reconstruction and all additional work is complete, the manhole shall be vacuum tested, as required by Section DA-18, Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes. If the vacuum test fails, the · plastic liner may be required to be spark tested at 10,000 volts with a holiday-detector. Any pinhole discovered shall be rewelded and retested. G. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 11/02/04 1. The price bid for PVC Lined Concrete Wall Reconstruction shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the complete reconstruction of the concrete wall. The payment length for this item shall be measured from the top of the manhole bench to the bottom of the manhole frame. 2. Payment for exterior grouting of manhole walls necessary to stop infiltration shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for manhole grouting. 3. Payment for step removal, if required, will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for step removal. ASC-69 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING A. GENERAL 1. Scope. This Section governs all work, materials and testing required for the pressure grouting of manhole defects. Manholes or sections of manholes with active leaks shall be repaired as indicated in the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. 2. Description.,, The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of pressure grouting of manhole defects in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations. Materials, additives, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the grouting process shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Manholes. Manholes to be grouted are of brick, concrete, or fiberglass construction. A. MATERIALS 11/02/04 1. Grouting Materials: a. Urethane Gel Grout: Urethane gel grout, such as Scotch-Seal 5610 gel or equal shall be a hydrophilic polymer. The chemical shall be mixed within the range of from 8 to 1 O parts of water and shall contain a reinforcing agent supplied by the same manufacturer. The material shall gel and cure to a tough flexible elastomeric condition. When wet, the gel shall exhibit strength properties of at least 25 psi tensile at 150 percent elongation. The material shall not change in linear dimension more than eight percent when subjected to wet and dry cycles. b. The chemical grout shall be applied so as to have the grout material flow freely into the defects. To avoid any wastage of the material flowing through the defects, a gel control agent may be added. The following properties shall be exhibited by the grout: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Documented service of satisfactory performance in similar usage. Controllable reaction times and shrinkage through the use of chemicals supplied by the same manufacturer. The minimum gel set time shall be established so that adequate grout travel is achieved. Resistance to chemicals; resistant to most organic solvents, mild acids and alkali. Compressive recovery return to original shape after repeated deformation. The chemical shall be essentially non-toxic in a cured form. ASC-70 - - - -11/02/04 PART DA ··ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. 6) Sealing material shall not be rigid or brittle when subjected to dry atmosphere. The material shall be able to withstand freeze/thaw and moving load conditions. 7) Sealing material shall be noncorrosive. A reinforcing agent such as Scotch-Seal Brand 5612 reinforcing agent or equivalent shall be utilized in accordance with ma!'lufacturer's recommendations. Any 5612 reinforcing agent which contains lumps must be discarded. Care must be taken to be sure that the pH of the water in the tank is from 5 to 9. As a precaution against the possibility of the pH being outside this range, take a small amount of water from the tank to which Gel Reinforcing Agent 5612 is to be added. Add a few drops of 5612 to this test sample. Scotch-Seal Brand Gel Reinforcing Agent 5612 should disperse readily. If precipitation occurs, drain the tank and retest. Repeat as necessary until dispersion occurs. If dispersion does not occur, do not use the water source. b. A filler material such as Celite 292 (diatomaceous earth) from Johns Mansville or equivalent shall be utilized. The addition of the filler material shall not exceed . the quantity specified by the manufacturer, and continuous agitation of the water side of the mixture is required. The filler material may also be utilized as a reinforcing agent in accordance with the urethane gel grout manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Additives: Grout additions may be utilized for catalyzing the gel reaction, inhibiting the gel reaction, buffering the solution, lowering the freezing temperature of the solution, acting as a filler, providing strength or for inhibition of root growth. 2. Root Control: A root inhibiting chemical such as dichlobenil shall be added to the chemical grout mixture at a safe level of concentration and shall have the ability to remain active within the grout for a minimum of 12 months. 3. Material Identification: Contractor shall completely identify the types of grout, mortar, sealant, and/or root control chemicals used and provide case histories of successful use or defend the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 4. Mixing and Handling: . Mixing and handling of chemical grout and forming constituents, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that chemicals or gels produced by the chemicals are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the grout material and additives shall perform the grouting operations. ASC-71 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS C. EXECUTION 11/02/04 1. General. Manhole grouting shall not be performed until sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, or manhole repairs are complete. 2. Preliminary Repairs: a. Seal all unsealed lifting holes, unsealed step holes, voids larger than approximately one-half (1/2) inch in thickness. All cracked or deteriorated material shall be removed from the area to be patched and replaced with Octocrete, as manufactured by IPS Systems, Inc. or equal, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. b. Cut and trim all roots within the manhole. 3. Temperature.! Normal grouting operations including application of interior coating shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Grouting Material Usage. Grouting of the manhole may include corbel, wall, pipe seals, manhole joints; wall to flattop joint, and/or bencMrough. Areas of the manhole designated to be grouted will be directed by the Engineer. If entire manhole is scheduled for grouting, grouting shall include the entire manhole including corbel, wall, pipe seals and bencMrough. Pipe seal grouting shall include all pipe seals in the specified manhole and grouting of the specified manhole including the bencMrough to the maximum height of 18 inches from the crown. 5. Drilling and Injection: 6. a. Injection holes shall be drilled through the manhole wall at locations indicated in the appropriate detail(s). b. Grout shall be injected through the holes under pressure with a suitable probe. Injection pressure shall not cause damage to the manhole structure or surrounding surface features. Grout shall be injected through the lowest .holes first. The procedure shall be repeated until the manhole is externally sealed with grout. · c. Grouting from the ground surface shall not be allowed. d. Grout travel shall be verified by observation of grout to defects or adjacent injection holes. Provide additional injection holes, if necessary, to ensure grout travel. e. Injection holes shall be cleaned with a drill and patched with a waterproof quick setting mortar for brick and concrete manholes. Testing of Rehabilitated Manholes. Testing of rehabilitated manholes for water tightness shall be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer in ASC-72 - - - - - - - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS accordance with the requirement of Section DA-21, VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES of these specifications. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT If the entire manhole is grouted, the Contract Unit Price shall be per vertical foot grouted as indicated on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule included in these specifications or as required by the Engineer. Payment for grouting pipe seals, bench and trough, and 18 inches above crown of pipe, and grouting flattop to wall joint, shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per each manhole rehabilitated as indicated on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. The Contract Unit Price shall .be payment in full far performing the work and far furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, preliminary repairs and testing necessary ta complete the work including grouting with urethane grout. DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES A. GENERAL Scope. This section describes manhole testing to effectively confirm the watertight integrity of existing manholes following structural ,infiltration and inflow related repairs and that the appearance of the work is acceptable. Description: Infiltration may be observed in manhole defects at manhole walls, pipe seals or bencMrough areas. Infiltration related repairs are intended to eliminate leakage of groundwater into manholes. Inflow may be observed in manhole defects at manhole frames, cavers, frame seals, grade adjustments, grade adjustment seals, corbels, or walls. Inflow related repairs are intended to eliminate sources of surface water entry that became active during rainfall events. Structural repairs may be required when making 1/1 related manhole repairs. Structural repairs may include defects in any manhole components but .not displaying 1/1. Testing, Observations and Guarantee Periods: The testing required shall be performed by the Contractor at locations designated by the Engineer and documented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any new or rehabilitated manholes that are observed to be leaking by the Engineer during periods of high groundwater or during inflow conditions shall be subject to additional repairs. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional repairs required on these unsatisfactory manholes during the guarantee period . All manhole rehabilitation work shall be warranted to be free of defects and of good workmanship for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of final acceptance of the project. Any manhole repairs completed by the Contractor which fail during the warranty period shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City at no additional cost to the City. tf/02/04 ASC-73 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. MATERIALS -Not specified. C. EXECUTION Infiltration Testing~ All interior coated manholes and all partial replacement manholes shall be observed (tested) by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer for sources of infiltration. Observations will be made during high groundwater conditions, wherever possible. Manholes shall be tested after installation with all connections (existing and/or proposed) in place. Drop-connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing. The lines entering the manhole shall be temporarily plugged with the plugs braced to prevent them from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond drop-connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall be placed inside the frame at the top of the manhole (so that the manhole frame seal is tested) and inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn, and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time. If the drop in the level is less than 1-inch of mercury (final vacuum greater than 9-inches of mercury), the manhole will have passed the vacuum test. After a successful test, the temporary plugs will be removed. The required test time is determined from Table I. Table I MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR A VACUUM DROP OF 1" H9 {10"Hg -9"H9 ) (SEC) DEPTH OF M.H . 48-lnch Dia. 60-lnch Dia. (FT.) Manhole Manhole 8 20sec. 26 sec. 10 25sec. 33 sec. 12 30sec. 39sec. 14 35 sec. 45sec. 16 40 sec. 52 sec. 18 45sec. 59sec. ** T=5sec. T=6.5sec. 72-lnch Dia. Manhole 33sec. 41 sec. 49 sec. 57 sec. 67 sec. 73 sec. T=8 sec. **For all Manholes over 18 feet in depth, add ·T" seconds as shown for each respective diameter for each two feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for that 18 foot depth. [Example: A 30 (thirty) foot deep, 48 (forty-eight) inch Manhole Total Test Time would be 75.0 seconds. 45.0+6(5.0)=75.0 seconds] (Values listed above are extrapolated from ASTM C924-85). Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1-inch of mercury (Final vacuum less than 9- inches of mercury) will have failed the test and will require additional rehabilitation. The Contractor shall make the necessary repairs to the already completed rehabilitation work at no additional compensation. If the failure of the vacuum test is determined to be due to preexisting conditions not on the manhole rehabilitation schedule for that manhole, this additional work may be authorized by the Owner's Representative. After completion of the additional rehabilitation the manhole shall then be re-tested as described above until a successful test is made. Only one payment for manhole vacuum testing will be made on each manhole. Vacuum testing is required on all manholes having interior rehabilitation. 11102104 ASC-7 4 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Inflow Testing: All partially rehabilitated manholes shall be dyed water tested unless the manhole has successfully passed the vacuum test. Manholes shall be dyed water tested in the presence of the Engineer. The dye test shall consist of applying a concentrated dye solution around the manhole frame. Dyed water shall be applied for at least ten minutes. Manholes observed to be actively leaking greater than one drip per five seconds will have failed the test and will not be acceptable. Manholes failing the test will require additional rehabilitation by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Other Testing: One ( 1) rehabilitated manhole will be randomly selected for further testing. A laboratory selected by the City will take core samples of wall sections of manholes with wall coatings. Testing of the core -samples will be done to evaluate material thickness, compressive strength, flexural strength and slant shear bond strength. The following are the minimum required strengths for cementitious and non-cementitious wall coatings: - - - - Compressive Strength. Compressive strength shall conform to ASTM C 495 and C 109 and shall meet or exceed a minimum 28-day break of 4,000 psi. Flexural Strength. Flexural strength shall conform to ASTM C 348 and shall meet or exceed a - minimum 28-day break of 1,200 psi. Slant Shear Bond Strength. Slant shear bond strength shall conform to ASTM 882 modified and shall meet or exceed a minimum 28-day break of 2,400 psi. If the manhole tested fails to pass any of these requirements, another manhole shall be selected and tested. If the second manhole fails, the City may, at its option, stop work until the Contractor can provide assurance that testing requirements can be met. Guarantee: Contractor shall warrant that the workmanship and materials are free from defects and that the manholes are sealed from inflow and infiltration for a period of three (3) years from the date of final acceptance of the project. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for manhole vacuum testing shall be made at the Contract Unit Price bid for each Manhole Vacuum Test actually performed and passed and the appearance of the completed manhole is visually acceptable. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor and materials necessary to complete each test. No payment will be made for additional vacuum tests or any dyed water testing. 11/02/04 ASC-75 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Payment for manhole core testing, including all labor and materials necessary to complete each test, shall be made at the Contract Unit Price bid for each Manhole Core Test actually performed and passed. DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES A. DESCRIPTION: This item shall govern the furnishing and installation of fiberglass manholes. The location of these manholes are shown on the drawings. Each manhole shall be a one-piece unit manufactured to meet or exceed all specifications of ASTM D-3753, latest edition, as manufactured by L.F. Manufacturing, Inc., Giddings, Texas, or approved equal. All manholes shall be "heavywall", }'2 inch minimum wall thickness. B. GENERAL: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 11/02104 Resin: The resins used shall be a commercial grade unsaturated polyester resin or other suitable polyester or vinyl ester resin. Reinforcing Materials: The reinforcing materials shall be commercial Grade "E" type glass in the form of continuous roving, and chop roving, having a coupling agent that will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. Interior Surfacing Material: The inner surface exposed to the chemical environment shall be a resin-rich layer of 0.010 to 0.020 in. thick. The inner surface layer exposed to the corrosive environment shall be followed with a . minimum of two passes of chopped roving of minimum length 0.5 in. (13mm) to maximum length of 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) and shall be applied uniformly to an equivalent weight of 3 oz/ft. Each pass of chopped roving shall be well-rolled prior to the application of additional reinforcement. The combined thickness of the inner surface and interior layer shall not be less than 0.1 O in. (2.5 mm) Wall Construction Procedure: After inner layer has been applied the manhole wall shall be constructed with chop and continuous strand filament wound manufacturing process which insures continuous reinforcement and uniform strength and composition. The cone section, if produced separately, shall be affixed to the barrel section at the factory with resin-glass reinforced joint resulting in a one piece unit. Seams shall be fiberglassed on the inside and the outside using the same glass-resin jointing procedure. Field joints shall not be acceptable by anyone except the manufacturer. Exterior Surface: For a UV inhibitor the resin on the exterior surface of the manhole shall have gray pigment added for a minimum thickness 0.125 in. ASC-76 - - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. Stubouts and Connections: Stubouts shall be installed at locations shown on the drawings. Installation of SOR 35 PVC sewer pipe shall be performed by sanding, priming, and using resin fiber-reinforced hand layup. The resin and fiberglass shall be same type and grade as used in the fabrication of the fiberglass manhole. Kor-N-Seal boots for each pipe connection shall be installed by manhole manufacturer using fiberglass reinforced pipe stubout for Kor-N-Seal boot sealing surface. 7. Manhole Bottom: Manholes shall have resin fiber-reinforced bottoms. Bottom shall have a minimum of three 1 ¥.2 in. deep x 3¥.2 in. wide stiffening ribs completely enclosed with resin fiber-reinforcement and have a minimum 3 in. anti-flotation ring as shown on the drawings. Manhole bottom shall be a minimum of 5/16 in. thick. 8. Fillers and Additives: Fillers, when used, shall be inert to the environment and manhole construction. Sand shall not be accepted as an approved filler. Additives, such as thixotropic agents, catalysts, promoters, etc., may be added as required by the specific manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements of this standard. The resulting reinforced-plastic material shall meet the requirements of this specification. C. MANUFACTURE: Manhole cylinders, manway reducers, and connectors shall be produced from glass fiber- reinforced polyester resin using a combination of chop and continuous filament wound process. 1. Interior Access: All manholes shall be designed so that a ladder or step system can be supported by the installed manhole. Manhole steps will not be required, however. 2. Manway Reducer: Manway reduces will be concentric with respect to the larger portion of the manhole diameters through 60 inches. 3. Cover and Ring Support: The manhole shall provide an area from which a grade rings can be installed to accept a typical metal ring and cover and have the strength to support an H-20 traffic load without damage to the manhole. D. REQUIREMENTS: 11/02/04 1. Exterior Surface: The exterior surface shall be smooth with no sharp projections .. 2. Hand-work finish will be acceptable as long as enough resin is present to eliminate fiber show. The exterior surface shall be free of blisters larger than 0.5-inch diameter, delamination or fiber show. Interior Surface: The interior surface shall be resin rich with no exposed fibers. The surface shall be free of crazing, delamination, blisters larger than 0.5-inch diameter and wrinkles of 0.125-inch or greater in depth. Surface pits shall be permitted if they are less than 0.75 inches in diameter and less than 0.0625-inch deep. Voids that cannot be broken with finger pressure and that are entirely below ASC-77 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS the resin surface shall be permitted if they are less than 0.5-inch diameter and less than 0.0625-inch thick. 3. Repairs: All manhole repairs by the manufacturer shall result in a product which meets all requirements of this specification. Field repair of manholes will not be allowed. 4. Diameter Tolerance : Tolerance of inside diameter shall be +/-1% of required manhole diameter. 5. Load Rating: The complete manhole shall have a minimum dynamic-load rating of 16,000 lbf. when tested in accordance with ASTM 0-3753 8.4 (note 1). To establish this rating the complete manhole shall not leak, crack, or suffer other damage when load tested to 40,000 lbf. and shall not deflect vertically downward more than 0.25-inc at the point of the load application when loaded to 24,000 lb. 6. Stiffness: The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe-stiffness values shown in table below when tested in accordance with ASTM 0-3753 8.5 (note 1 ). HEIGHT-FT. 3-6.5 7 -12.5 F/AY-PSI 0.75 1.26 7. Soundness: In order to determine soundness, apply an air or water pressure test to the manhole test sample . Test pressure shall not be less than 3 psig or greater than 5 psig. While holding at the established pressure, inspect the entire manhole for leaks. Any leakage through the laminate is cause for failure of the test. Refer to ASTM 0-3753 8.6. 8. Chemical Resistance: The fiberglass manhole and all related components shall be fabricated from corrosion proof material suitable for atmospheres containing hydrogen sulphite and dilute sulfuric acid as well as other gasses associated with the wastewater collection system . E. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: 1. Tensile Strength (psi) 2. Tensile Modules (psi) 3. Flexural Strength (psi) 4. Flexural Modules (psi) 5. Compressive (psi) Hoop Direction 18,000 0.6 X 106 26,000 1.4 X 106 18,000 Axial Direction 5,000 0.7 X 106 4,500 0.7 X 106 10,000 F. QUALITY CONTROL: 11/02/04 Each completed manhole shall be examined for dimensional requirements, hardness , and workmanship. All required ASTM 0-3753 testing shall be completed and records of all testing shall be kept and copies of test records shall be presented to customer upon formal written request within a reasonable time period. ASC-78 - PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS G. As a basis of acceptance the manufacturer shall provide an independent certification which consist of a copy of the manufacturer's test report and accompanied by a copy of the test results that the manhole has been sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with the provisions of this specification and meets all requirements. H. SHIPPING AND HANDLING: The fiberglass manholes shall not be dropped or struck. They may be lifted by inserting a 4" x 4" x 30" timber into the top of manhole with cable attached or by a sling or "choker" connection around center of manhole, lift as required. Use of chains or cables in contact with the manhole surface is prohibited. I. CONCRETE: 1. Fiberglass Bottom: Class F Concrete shall be used to form bench area and invert. Class E Concrete shall be used on top of anti-flotation ring and around the reduce section as required for buoyancy and as shown on the drawings. 2. Concrete Bottom: Lower manhole into wet concrete until it rests at the proper elevation, with a minimum of 4 inches of fiberglass manhole inserted into the wet concrete below flow line, then move manhole to plumb. The concrete shall extend a minimum of one foot from the outside wall of the manhole and a minimum of 6 inches above incoming lines. On the inside concrete shall form the bench and invert area and rise a minimum of 4 inches above incoming lines. Concrete collars shall be constructed around reducer section at locations shown on the drawings. J. BACKFILL: 1. Backfill Material: Unless shown otherwise on drawings and approved by the Engineer, sand, crushed stone, or pea gravel shall be used for backfill around the manhole for a minimum distance of one foot from the outside surface and extending from the bottom of the excavation to the top of the reducer section. Suitable material chosen from the excavation may be used for the remainder of the backfill. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not readily break down under compaction. This material will be subject to approval by Engineer. 2. Backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than 12 loose measure inches and mechanically tamped to 95% Standard Proctor Density, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Flooding will not be permitted. Backfill shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the fiberglass manhole structure. K. MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION: 11/02/04 Each manhole shall be marked on the inside and outside with the fallowing information: L 2. 3. Manufacturer's name or trademark Manufacturer's factory location Manufacturer's serial number ASC-79 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. Total height 5. Complies with ASTM 0-3753 L. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: 1. The price bid for new/ replacement manhole installations shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for construction of the manhole including but not limited to joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating, concrete base, concrete invert, connections to sewer pipes, castings, backfill, unpaved surface restoration, and all appurtenant work. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. 2 . Payment for concrete collars and watertight manhole inserts, if required , will be made separately, based on the appropriate bid items. DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES The contractor shall be responsible for locating and marking all previously exposed manholes and water valves in each street of this contract before the resurfacing process commences for a particular street. The contractor shall attempt to include the Construction Engineer (if he is available) in the observation and marking activity. In any event a street shall be completely marked a minimum of two (2) working days before resurfacing begins on any street. Marking the curbs with paint is a recommended procedure. It shall be the contractors responsibility to notify the utility companies that he has commenced work on the project. As the resurfacing is completed (within same day) the contractor shall locate the covered manholes and valves and expose them for later adjustment. Upon completion of a street the contractor shall notify the utilities of this completion and indicate the start of the next one in order for the utilities to adjust facilities accordingly. The following are utility contact persons: Company Telephone Number Southwestern Bell Telephone 338-6275 Texas Utilities 336-9411 Lone Star City of Fort Worth, Street Light and Signal Ext. 2121 336-8381 Ext. 6982 871-8100 Contact Person ·Hot Line• Mr. Roy Kruger Mr. Jim Bennett Mr. Jim Bob Wakefield Of course, under the terms of this contract, the contractor shall complete adjustment of the storm drain and Water Department facilities, one traffic lane at a time within five (5) working days after completing the laying of proposed H.M.A.C. overlay adjacent to said facilities. Any deviation from the above procedure and allotted working days may result in the shut down of the resurfacing operation by the Construction Engineer. 11 /02/04 ASC-80 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The contractor shall be responsible for all materials, equipment and labor to perform a most accurate job and all costs to the contractor shall be figured subsidiary to this contract. DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER These provisions require the contractor to remove all failed existing curb and gutter, as designated by the Construction Engineer, and replace with standard concrete curb and gutter, laydown curb and gutter, or in like kind, as governed by the standard City Specifications, Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 502 "Concrete Curb and Gutter", and Drawing Nos. S-S2 through S-S4. Pay limits for laydown curb and gutter are shown in Drawing No. S-S5 of the Standard Specifications. Contractor shall saw cut the curb and gutter and pavement prior to removal. Included, and figured subsidiary to this unit price, will be the required sawcut excavation, as per specification Item No. 106 "Unclassified Street Excavation", into the street to aid in the construction of the curb and gutter. The pay limit will be 9• out from the gutter lip, with same day haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. The street void shall be filled with H.M.A.C. ·Type D· mix as per specification No. 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", Item No. 304 "Prime Coat" and Item No. 312 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" and compacted to standard City . densities and top soil as per specification item No. 116 "Top Soir, if needed, shall be added and leveled to grade behind the curb . Existing improvements within the parkway such as water meters, sprinkler system, etc. damaged during construction shall be replaced with same or better at no cost to the City. Backfill for curb and gutter shall be completed within fourteen (14) calendar days from the day of demolition to date of completion. If the contractor fails to complete the work within fourteen (14) calendar days, a $100 dollar liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day. The unit price bid per linear foot shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6 11 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete driveways, due to deterioration or in situations where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate ponding water with same day haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dump site.. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 104 ·Removing Old Concrete-, Item No. 504• Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways•. Pay limits for concrete driveway are as shown in Drawing No. S-SS of the Standard Specifications. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE The contractor shall remove all existing deformed H.M.A.C. pavement and/or bad base material that shows surface deterioration and/or complete failure. The Engineer will identify these areas upon which time the contractor will begin work. The failed area shall be saw cut, or other similar means, out of the existing pavement in square or rectangular fashion. The side faces shall be cut vertically and all failed and loose material excavated. As a part of the excavation process, all unsatisfactory base material shall be removed, if required, to a depth sufficient to obtain stable sub-base. The total depth of excavation could range from a couple of inches to include the 11/02104 ASC-81 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS surface-base-some sub-base removal for which the Engineer will select the necessary depth . The remaining good material shall be leveled and uniformly made ready to accept the fill material. All excavated material shall be hauled off site, the same day as excavated, to a suitable dump site. After satisfactory completion of removal as outlined above, the contractor shall place the permanent pavement patch, with ·Type o· surface mix. This item will always be used even if no base improvements are required. The proposed H .M.A.C. repair shall match the existing pavement section or the depth of the failed material, whichever is greater. However, the patch thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Generally the existing H.M.A.C. pavement thickness will not exceed 5•. Before the patch layers are applied, any loose material, mud and/or water shall be removed. A liquid asphalt tack coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. Placement of the surface mix lifts shall not exceed 3 inches with vibrator compactions to follow each lift. Compactions of the mix shall be to standard densities of the City of Fort Worth, made in preparation to accept the recycling process. All applicable provisions of Standard Specification Item Nos . 300 • Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions•, 304 ·Prime Coat-, and 312 ·Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete• shall govern work. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES This item shall be used to repair the failed base material in areas exceed a· deep as directed by the Engineer. The material shall be graded crushed stones. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 208 ·Flexible Base •. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO O" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE A. Description 11 /02/04 This item shall consist of milling the existing pavement from the lip of gutter at a depth of 2· and transitioning to match the existing pavement co· cut) at a minimum width of 5'. The existing pavement to be milled will either be asphalt, concrete, or brick pavement. The removal and disposal of the milled materials shall be as directed by the Engineer. The milled surface shall provide a smooth surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other imperfections of workmanship and shall have a uniform textured appearance . In all situations where the existing H.M.A.C. surface contacts the curb face the wedge milling shall include the removal of the existing asphalt covering the gutter up to and along the face of curb. The wedge milling operations for this project will be performed in a continuous manner along both sides of the street. Details of milling locations are at the back of this document. Contractor is required to begin the overlay, within five (5) calendar days from the date of the wedge milling completion of any one street. Should the contractor fail to meet this condition, the wedge milling will be shut down , and liquidated damage of $500.00 per day ASC-82 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS per street will be assessed until all wedge milled streets are overlayed. The overlay, once begun on a street shall continue uninterrupted until complete. The Contractor shall haul-off the removed material to a suitable dump site. 8. Equipment The equipment for removing the pavement surface shall be a power operated milling machine or other equal or better mechanical means capable of removing, in either one pass or two passes, the necessary pavement thickness in a five-foot minimum width. The equipment shall be sett-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate depth of cut and slope. The machine shall be equipped with an integral loading and reclaiming means to immediately remove material being cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings into a truck, all in one operation. Adequate back-up equipment (mechanical street sweepers, loaders, water truck, etc.) and personnel will also be provided to keep flying dust to a minimum and to insure that all cuttings are removed from street surface daily. Stockpiling of planed material will not be permitted on the project site unless designated by the Engineer. The machine shall be equipped with means to control dust created by the cutting action and shall have a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of cut while the machine is in motion thereby making it possible to cut flush to all inlets, manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area. The speed of the machine shall be variable in order to leave the desired grid pattern specified under Surface Texture. The unit price bid per linear feet shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-29 BUTT JOINTS -MILLED A. Description: This item requires the contractor to mill •butt joints· into the existing surface, in association with the wedge milling operation to the depth and at locations as described below. The butt joint will provide a full width transition section, whereby the new overlay shall maintain constant depth at the point the new overlay is terminated and the new surface elevation matches the existing pavement. The construction activities, performance standards and equipment needed for the butt joints milling operations shall be governed by the special provisions of Pay Item No. 9 -Wedge Milling. The configuration of the butt joints is described in more detail below. General details of butt joint locations -along with wedge milling in general -are shown in plan form at the back of this document. 8. Construction Details 11102104 ASC-83 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Prior to the milling of the butt joints, the Contractor shall consult with the Construction Engineer for proper location of these joints and verify that the selected limits of the projects' street are correct. The general locations for butt joints are at all beginning and ending points of streets listed in the project and as more graphically detailed at the back of this specification book. The joints are also required on both sides of all railroad tracks and concrete valley gutters, bridge decks and culverts and all other items which transverse the street and end the continuity of the asphalt surface. Each butt joint shall be 20 feet long and milled out across the full width of the street section to a tapered depth of 2•. This milled area shall be tapered within the 20 feet to a depth from o· to 2· at a line adjacent to the beginning and ending points or intermediate transverse items. This butt joint -when overlayed -will consist of a asphalt section that will transition the new overlay to match the existing pavement elevation. The contractor shall provide a temporary wedge of asphalt at all butt joints to provide a smooth ride over the bump. C. Measurement and Payment Butt joints as prescribed above, will be measured by the unit of each butt joint milled. The disposal of excess material involved will not be measured for payment. Each butt joint-milled, measured as above, complete-in place-in accordance with these specifications, will be paid for at the unit price shown in the proposal for ·eutt Joints·. The unit price bid per each shall be full compensation for all milling, including material haul-off, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the required work. DA-30 2 11 H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications, Item Nos. 312 ·Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete•, 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coar, and 313 ·central Plant Recycling-Asphalt Concrete· shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the project. Standard Specification 312.5 (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat, or the asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The contractor shall furnish batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City approval 48 hours prior to placing the H.M.A.C. overlay. The City will provide laboratory control as necessary. The unit price bid per square yard of H.M.A.C. complete and in place, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER 11/02104 ASC-84 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This item shall include the removal and reconstruction of existing concrete valley gutters at locations to be determined in field: Removal of existing concrete valley, asphalt pavement, concrete base, curb and gutter, and necessary excavation to install the concrete valley gutters all shall be subsidiary to this pay item. Furnishing and placing of 2:27 concrete base and crushed limestone to a depth as directed by the Engineer and necessary asphalt transitions as shown in the concrete valley gutter details, shall be subsidiary to this Pay Item. See standard specification Item No. 314, ·concrete Pavement", Item 312 ·Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete·, Item No. 104, ·Removing Old Concrete·, Item No. 106, ·unclassified Street Excavation• Item No. 208 ·Flexible Base.• Measurement for final quantities of valley gutter will be by the square yard of concrete pavement and the curb and gutter section will be included. Contractor may substitute 5• non-reinforced (2:27) Concrete Base in lieu of Crushed Stone at no additional cost. See Item 314 • Concrete Pavement". · Asphalt base material may be required at times as directed by the Engineer to expedite the work at locations identified in the field. The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch. Contractor shall work on one-half of Valley Gutter at a time, and the other half shall be open to traffic. Work shall be completed on each half within seven (7) calendar days. If the contractor fails to complete the work on each half within seven (7) calendar days, a $100 dollars liquidated damage will be assessed per each half of valley gutter per day. The unit price bid per square yard for Concrete Valley as shown on the proposal will be full compensation for materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER This item shall include the construction of concrete valley gutters at various locations to be determined in field. Removal of existing, asphalt pavement, concrete base, curb and gutter, and necessary excavation to install the concrete valley gutters all shall be subsidiary to this pay item. Furnishing and placing of 2:27 concrete base and crushed limestone to a depth as directed by the Engineer and necessary asphalt transitions as shown in the concrete valley gutter details shall be subsidiary to this Pay Item . See standard specification Item No. 314-, Concrete Pavement", Item 312 ·Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete·, Item No. 104, ·Removing Old Concr~te•, Item No. 106, •unclassified Street Excavation· Item No. 208 ·Flexible Base: Measurement for final quantities of valley gutter will be by the square yard of concrete pavement and the curb and gutter section will be included. · Contractor may substitute 5• non-reinforced (2:27) Concrete Base in lieu of Crushed Stone at no additional cost. See Item 314• Concrete Pavemenr. 11/02/04 ASC-85 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch. Contractor shall work on one-half of Valley gutter at a time, and the other half shall be open to traffic. Work shall be completed on each half within seven (7) calendar days. If the Contractor fails to complete the work on each half within seven (7) calendar days, a $100 dollars liquidated damage will be assessed per each half of valley gutter per day. The unit price bid per square yard for Concrete Valley as shown on the proposal will be full compensation for materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP The Contractor shall construct standard concrete wheelchair ramps as shown on the enclosed details, or as directed by the Engineer. The removal of existing substandard wheelchair ramps and sidewalk as required for the installation of new wheelchair ramps shall be subsidiary to this pay item. The removal and replacement of existing curb and gutter as required for the installation of new wheelchair ramps shall be included in Pay Item 5 (Removal and Replacement of Curb and Gutter). Pay limits for laydown curb and gutter are as shown in the Standard Pay Limit Detail (WR-1). The pay limit will extend from 9• outside the lip of gutter to 1 s· back from the face of curb. Any asphalt tie-in shall be subsidiary to the curb and gutter pay item. Pay limits for ·standard Wheelchair Ramp• will start 15• back from the face of curb and encompass the remainder of the ramp and sidewalk. All applicable provision of standard Specifications Item 104 ·Removing Old Concrete· and Item 504 •concrete Sidewalk Driveways• shall apply except as herein modified. All concrete flared surface shall be colored with LITHOCHROME color hardener as manufactured by L.M. Scofield Company or equal. The color hardener shall be brick red color and dry-shake type, and shall be used in accordance with manufactures instructions. Concrete stain may be applied after concrete is poured (Product sold by BAER). ·Contractor shall provide a colored sample concrete panel of one foot by one foot by three inches dimension , or other dimension approved by the Engineer, meeting the aforementioned specification. The sample, upon approval by the Engineer, shall be the acceptable standard to be applied for all construction covered in the scope of this pay item. The method of application shall be by screen, sifter, sieve or other means in order to provide for a uniform color distribution.• The unit price bid per square yard for 4 • standard wheelchair ramp as shown on the proposal will be full compensation for materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to compete the work. DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION Contractor shall pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of a·. After pulverization is completed, contractor shall temporarily remove and store the a· deep pulverized material, then cut the base 2· to provide place for the new 2· H.M.A.C. surface. The 2· base cut shall start at a depth of a· from the existing pulverized surface. After the undercut operation is completed , contractor shall 11/02/04 ASC-86 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS spread, mix, and compact the pulverized material to a 95% compaction per City's Standard Specifications or as directed by the Engineer in the field. A 3.5% portland cement shall be used to mix the pulverized material. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10" H.M.A.C. and crushed stone/gravel, undercut will not be required, the contractor will pulverize 1 O" inches, the 2" inch cut will be taken from the 1 o· pulverized material. (see soil test report) Pulverization shall start within ten (10) calendar days after all concrete work has been completed on a street. If the contractor fails to begin the work within ten (10) calendar days, a $200 dollars liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day. After the pulverization material is cured, the contractor shall overlay it with 2" H.M.A.C. surface within five (5) calendar days. If the contractor fails to begin the work within five (5) calendar days, a $200 dollars liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day. The unit price bid per sq. yd. shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to pulverize, remove and store the pulverized material, undercut the base, mixing, compaction, haul off, sweep, and dispose of the undercut material. The 2" H.M.A.C. surface will be paid by separate item. DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) The following specifications are for the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pavement or base as shown on detail and as directed by the Engineer. A. GENERAL: Reinforced concrete pavement or base shall conform to Specification Item No. 314 herein except for finishing and curing. B. FINISHING: The reinforced concrete shall be brought to a uniform surface by working with a wooden float. The surface shall be flush with the adjacent pavement and shall have a finish similar to the surrounding pavement. The surface shall be even and shall provide a smooth ride. C. CURING: The reinforced concrete pavement surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with a membrane curing compound conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-309, Type 2, white-pigmented compound, which shall not produce permanent discoloration of the concrete. Concrete shall be allowed to cure for seven days or test cylinders reach 3000 psi before removal of barricades. D. EXECUTION: Included in this item will be the removal of the existing reinforced concrete pavement. The existing pavement shall be sawed so as to maintain an even, straight pavement cut. The existing reinforcing steel at sawed line and construction joints shall be lapped 18 inches with the 11/02/04 ASC-87 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS new reinforced concrete pavement. The existing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned before lapping. The following work method will be performed on each utility cut: 1. Place safety signs, barricades and/or other warning devices where necessary and as required. 2. Replace pavement to nearest joint. 3. Mark out the damaged area with keel, chalk line or paint being sure to include all areas requiring repair. 4. Saw cut along marked lines a minimum of two (2) inches deep. 5. Remove existing concrete. 6. Form joints and place reinforcing steel and Dowel Bars (as required) according to standard specifications. 7. Place and finish concrete. 8. Clean up job site, removing all debris. 9. Maintain traffic control devices to protect the area until the concrete has cured seven days or concrete reaches 3000 psi compressive strength. E. PAYMENT: Payment shall be made at the unit price per linear foot as shown on the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Roadway Markers (Buttons) shall apply. The Contractor shall install standard roadway markers according to city specifications as shown on plan sheet or as directed by the Engineer. Please refer to "Roadway Markers Specifications". DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING A. GENERAL: 11/02/04 Where known by the design engineer, the locations of potentially petroleum contaminated material (soil) that may be encountered during excavation and/or construction activities will be shown on the plans. For all locations where material is excavated and suspected of being contaminated with petroleum products, whether known or not, these special conditions are to be followed. The contractor is also to follow all applicable Federal. State and Local regulations when handling known or suspect contaminated materials (soils). ASC-88 11/02/04 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. WORK INCLUDED a. Excavation, stockpiling and testing of Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material. b. Removal, testing, and disposal of petroleum contaminated groundwater. c. Obtaining and paying for required permits. d . Hiring of qualified environmental professional consultant(s). Contractor will be required to submit the environmental consultant's experience and qualifications to the City prior to beginning work in areas of Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material. e. Hiring of qualified environmental sampling professionals that will collect and submit samples to the applicable City of Fort Worth testing laboratory. The City of Fort Worth's Department of Environmental Management for coordination of laboratory testing. 2. REFERENCES a. All applicable OSHA regulatory requirements. b. All applicable Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. c. All applicable State of Texas regulatory requirements . d. All applicable City of Fort Worth (City) regulatory requirements. e. All applicable NIOSH standards. f. All applicable TNRCC requirements. 3. SUBMITT ALS a. The contractor shall prepare and submit to the City's Department of Environmental Management, Senior Specialist in Compliance, plans for handling Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material (PPCM) not less than 30 days prior to commencing excavation. b. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions while performing this project. Contractor shall not commence PPCM work (1) Contractor's submittal for dealing with PPCM is reviewed by the City and (2) the plans (i.e., drawing and description) for discharging any treated liquid into the storm sewer or sanitary sewer are reviewed by the City (3) and acceptable stockpile area is identified by the Contractor. c . Contractor shall submit the name of his proposed qualified environmental professional consultant(s) and proposed PPCM Handling Plan to the City. The PPCM Handling Plan shall include the detailed sequence of construction including proposed excavation and handling methods, proposed carriers for contaminated materials, waste disposal site, and a list of any permits that may be required for PPCM handling or contaminated materials disposal. The above data must be compiled and arranged in a format that is acceptable to the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). ASC-89 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS d. Contractor shall submit actual limits of PPCM excavation, as prepared by his qualified environmental consultant(s) and testing lab. e. Contractor shall submit for review the proposed carrier pipe material to be used with the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gasket and carrier pipe coating or liner. B. PRODUCTS: 1. PIPE GASKET MATERIAL. Materials used within the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gaskets, shall be resistant to petroleum hydrocarbon deterioration. C. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS a. Areas suspected of having petroleum contaminated material (soils) are shown in on the engineering drawings. b. In areas other than those noted on the plans and where potentially petroleum contaminated materials are either detected or suspected, the City of Fort Worth and the Engineer should be notified immediately and the work should proceed in accordance with this section. 2. SCREENING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS a. Care should be taken during all excavation and dewatering activities to identify areas potentially contaminated by petroleum. b. When a petroleum odor is encountered during excavation or when there is visual evidence of potentially petroleum contaminated soil, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer without delay. c. The Contractor shall have retained the services of an environmental consultant who shall be present at the site to screen suspect soil with a photo-ionization detector (PIO) or a flame ionization detector (FID). A · reading of 20 ppm above ambient conditions or greater on PIO or FID tested soil sample will be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. The soul sample should be a recent sample from the excavation face. The sample should be stored in a ·laboratory supplied glass jar with a teflon gasket lined lid. The City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management will be notified prior to all sample collection and submittal to the current testing laboratory identified by the City. The PIO or FID tests should be performed in a confined location. Soils producing a reading of less than 20 ppm above ambient will not be considered potentialJy petroleum contaminated. The PIO or FID shall be calibrated according to manufactures instructions. d. Water encountered during excavation or dewatering shall be considered to be potentially contaminated if there is a visible sheen, a hydrocarbon odor. adjacent soil ASC-90 - 11/02/04 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS that appears visually to be contaminated by hydrocarbons or at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that hydrocarbon contamination may have occurred. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City and the TNRCC whenever contaminated water is encountered. a . The Contractor shall contact the City whenever contamination from any source is suspected. 3 . HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED SOIL (PPCS) a. Contractor shall coordinate with the City to determine a suitable location for the stockpiling of contaminated soil. The following procedure shall be followed in preparing the chosen site: · 1. Provide a diked enclosure large enough to hold all material and prevent runoff. 2. The diked area shall be lined with 20-30 mil plastic tp prevent seepage into the existing soil. 3. At the end of each work day, Contractor shall completely cover stockpile with 20 mil plastic. During the day, the Contractor shall keep the stockpile covered, as necessary, to prevent release of contaminated materials due to rain or wind. 4. Sampling and evaluation of materials will be performed at the Contractor's expense. (The City of Fort Worth will provide laboratory services) b. PPCS shall be handled, tested, observing all standard chain-of-custody procedures and sampling preservation and analyses shall conform to published and recognized standards. c. The stockpiled PPCS shall be sampled and tested every 50 cubic yards for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) (TX1005) and Benzene, Toulene, Ethylbenzene and Xylene (BTEX) (EPA 8020). All test results will be forwarded to the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management. d. Contaminated soil identified by test results will be disposed of according to DA-36, Loading, Transportation , and Disposal of Contaminated Soil. e. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that uncontaminated soils be utilized as backfill material, if the soils also meet the Type C or B backfill classifications. 4. HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED WATER (PPCW) a . Water pumped from the excavation or from dewatering activities that has an oily sheen, a hydrocarbon odor, or is otherwise suspect, shall be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. b. PPCW shall be handled, tested, and discharged in accordance with the TNRCC's appropriate state regulation. PPCW shall be tested no later than 15 days prior to extraction. PPCW shall, if necessary, be treated in an appropriately sized oiVwater separator, air stripper or GAC canisters. Contractor shall have his testing laboratory determine that the oiVwater separator treated discharge is within the Umits established by the TNRCC's regulations before being allowed to discharge ASC-91 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS (discharge to sanitary sewer). Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the effluent test reports to the City. c. Alternatively, the Contractor may dispose of contaminated water, after appropriate pretreatment, into the sanitary sewer collection system. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the necessary permit(s) and to perform all testing required by the City of Fort Worth Pretreatment Services Division. d . All treated water shall be discharged into a Contractor supplied Frac Tank, sampled, and analyzed before discharge into the sewer system. e. The product that is recovered shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations. Any phase separate product recovered from the oiVwater separator and air stripper shall be transported in accordance with Department of Transportation rules and regulations for flammable products. When transporting product for disposal, transportation shall also be performed by a licensed carrier. The Contractor is responsible for proper manifesting of the material from the site to the waste disposal facility. Completed Manifests shall be returned to the City Department of Environmental Management within 90 days of shipment. 5. HANDLING VAPOR CONCENTRATIONS a. In order to maintain safe working conditions, the vapor concentrations should not exceed 20 percent of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). During construction, measures should be taken to maintain LEL levels below 20 percent in all working areas. b. To monitor vapor levels and oxygen levels a combustible gas indicator (CGI) with a LEU02 meter should continuously operate in the working area. The CGI should be properly calibrated and should have an alarm that sounds if 20 percent LEL is reached. Monitoring data from the GCI should be recorded periodically to determine if ventilation or other methods are effective. In the event local health and safety agencies require more stringent monitoring, the local regulations must be implemented. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for handling PPCS, PPCW and Vapor Concentrations, obtaining and paying for any permits required, hiring the services of a qualified professional environmental consultant(s), environmental issues, stockpiling and all issues included and incidental to this section will be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision. Measurement and Payment for this section will be per linear foot of trench excavated where the excavated material is handled as a contaminated material. No separate payment will be made for handling of contaminated water, vapor concentrations, sampling, stockpiling, etc. DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL A. GENERAL: 11/02/04 ASC-92 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This item has been established for the loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated soils in a State of Texas approved disposal site (landfill) to handle special wastes (petroleum contaminated soils}. A bid item has been established in the proposal for the proper loading, transportation and disposal of the material to a designated site and the quantity established is the engineers best estimate of the quantity that may be removed. This quantity may vary depending upon actual conditions and testing results. The unit price bid will not be increased regardless of the actual amount of material disposed and may be decreased if a larger volume of material, than that listed in the bid proposal, results in a unit cost reduction for disposal. B. WASTE MANIFESTS: Any and all non-hazardous liquid and petroleum substance waste removed from the site of generation and transported for treatment and/or disposal must be accompanied by a waste shipment record/manifest detailing required generator, transported, destination and waste description information. These results may not be uniform throughout the entire site. For all petroleum substance waste, the waste shipment record utilized shall be the TNRCC PETROLEUM-SUBSTANCE WASTE AFFIDAVIT (Form TWC-0332). The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, originating and maintaining manifests in accordance with federal and state laws. The Contractor shall sign the manifests forms as Independent Contractor to the Owner. AUTHORIZATION OF PAYMENT FOR REMOVAL TRANSPORT AND TREATMENT / DISPOSAL OF WASTES IN CONTINGENT UPON RECEIPT BY THE ENGINEER OF FULLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED MANIFEST FORMS that are in agreement with regard to the type and amount of waste removed from the site and received by the treatmenVdisposal facility. The Contractor shall immediately resolve any manifest discrepancies. Completed Manifests shall be returned to the City Department of Environmental Management within 90 days of shipment. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for this item shall be made per in place cubic yard of contaminated soils that are loaded, transported and disposed of in an approved special disposal site. No separate payment will be made for loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated ground waters collected; these costs considered subsidiary to DA-37, POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING. The proposed landfill shall be included in the Contractor's bid submittal and approved by the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management prior to contract award. Contractor shall be responsible for all landfill costs, including, but not limited to landfill fees, transportation costs and landfill operator requested analytical testing and waste characterization. DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP -GROUT -FILTER FABRIC A. GENERAL: 11/02/04 1. General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, applicable requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements and the North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Standard Specifications, are hereby made a part of this section. ASC-93 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. This item shall govern for the installation of rock riprap of the various sizes shown on the plans. 8. DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. The toe of the riprap revetment shall be entrenched in stable channel bottoms. If the channel bottom is not stable, the design shall incorporate other requirements needed to stabilize the revetment toe. 2. The channel side slope shall be as shown on the drawings. 3. Engineering filter fabric material shall be placed underneath the riprap. 4. Riprap shall extend up the bank to an elevation where vegetation will provide adequate protection. See cross sections. C. PRODUCT: 11/02/04 1. RIPRAP MATERIAL: Stone for riprap shall be durable and of a suitable quality to insure permanence in the structure. It shall be free from cracks, seams and other defects that would tend to increase deterioration. Rock shall be reasonably well graded between the following prescribed limits: 24" Riprap 18" Riprap Sieve Size (Square Mesh) 24inch 18inch 12inch 6inch Sieve Size (Square Mesh) 18 inch 12inch 6inch 3inch Percent Passing 100 80-90 45-55 0-20 Percent Passing 100 60-85 15-45 0-15 2. RIPRAP WEIGHT: Weight of rock shall be one hundred fifty five pounds per solid cubic foot (min.) calculated from the bulk specific gravity (saturated surface dry). 3. FIL TEA FABRIC BLANKET: Approved Manufacturer: • Supac -Heavy Grade 8NP (UV) • Trevira 011/280 • Amoco4553 • or Equal Heavy Grade 4. RIPRAP GROUTING a. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate for grouting mix shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sands. The ASC-94 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS grading and uniformity of the fine aggregate shall conform to the following requirements as delivered to the mixers: Sieve Designation, U.S. Standard Square Mesh 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (600 um) No. 50 (300 um) No. 100 (150 um) Permissible Limits Percent by Weight. Passing 100 95-100 80-95 55-75 30-60 12-30 2-10 D. EXECUTION: 11/02/04 1. CONSTRUCTION: a. The channel side slope and the toe excavation shall be prepared to the required lines and grades. b. Filter fabric and riprap shall be placed in succession to the required thicknesses and elevations. Riprap shall be hand placed around structures to prevent damage to the structures. 2. INSTALLATION OF THE FILTER FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE): The geotextile shall be placed in the manner and at the locations shown on the drawings. At the time of installation, the geotextile shall be rejected if it has defects, rips, holes, flaws, deterioration or damage incurred during manufacture, transportation or storage. The surface to r~eive the geotextile shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions, depressions, debris, and soft or low density pockets of material. Erosion features such as rills, gullies, etc. must be graded out of the surface before geotextile placement. The geotextile shall be placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the centerline of the channel and laid smooth and free of tension, stress, folds, wrinkles, or creases. The strips shall be placed to provide a minimum width of 24-inches of overlap for each joint. Temporary pinning of the textile to help hold it in place until the rock riprap is placed. The temporary pins shall be removed as the riprap is placed to relieve high tensile stress which may occur during placement of material on the geotextile. The specified placement procedure requires that the length of the geotextile be greater than the actual slope length. The Contractor shall adjust the actual length of the geotextile used based on initial installation experience. The geotextile shall be protected at all times during construction from contamination by surface runoff and any geotextile so contaminated shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated geotextile. Any geotextile damaged during its installation or during placement of riprap shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The work shall be scheduled so that the covering of the geotextile with a layer of the specified material is accomplished within seven (7) calendar days after placement of the geotextile. Failure to comply shall require replacement of geotextile. The geotextile shall be protected from damage prior to and during the placement of rock riprap. Before placement of gabion units, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the ASC-95 11/02/04 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS placement technique will prevent damage to the geotextile. In no case shall any type of equipment be allowed on the unprotected geotextile. 3. RIPRAP PLACEMENT: Stone for riprap shall be placed on the filter fabric blanket in such a manner as to produce a reasonably well graded mass of rock with the minimum practicable percentage of voids and shall be constructed within the specified tolerance to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Then intent of these specifications is to require placement of riprap to the thickness shown and to allow isolated stones to extend as much as six inches above grade. Riprap shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the fabric. The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass of stones in their final position shall conform to the gradation specified hereinbefore. The finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. The desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass shall be obtained by selective loading of the material at the quarry or other source, by controlled dumping of successive loads during final placing, or by other methods of placement which will produce the specified results. Rearranging of individual stones, by mechanical equipment or by hand will be required to the extent necessary to obtain a reasonably well graded distribution of stone specified above. The Contractor shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted. Any material displaced by any cause shall be replaced at his erosion to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. 4. GROUT PLACEMENT: Grout shall be composed of cement, water and air-entraining admixture and sand mixed in the proportions of 1 part of Portland cement to 3 parts of sand, sufficient water to produce a workable mixture, and that amount of admixture which will entrain sufficient air to produce durable grout, as determined by the ENGINEER. Sand for grouting shall conform to the requirements of paragraph: FINE AGGREGATE. The grout shall be mixed in a concrete mixer in the manner specified for concrete except that the time of mixing shall be increased to that necessary to produce a mixture having a consistency such as to permit gravity flow into the interstices of the riprap with the help of limited spading and brooming. The grout shall be used in the work within a period of one (1) hour after mixing. Retempering of ground will not be permitted. Riprap shall not be grouted when the ambient temperature is below 35 degree F. or above 95 degrees F. unless approved by the ENGINEER in writing; nor when the grout, without special protection, is likely to be subjected to freezing . temperatures before final set has occurred. Prior to grouting, all surfaces of riprap shall be wetted. The riprap shall be grouted in successive longitudinal strips, approximately 10 feet in width, commencing at the lowest strip and working up the slope. Grout shall be brought to the place of final deposit by approved means, and in no case will grout be permitted to flow on the riprapped surface a distance in excess of 1 O feet. Immediately after dumping the batch of grout, it shall be distributed over the surface of the strip by the use of brooms and the grout worked into place between stones with suitable spades, trowels, or vibrating equipment. As a final operation, the grout shall be removed from the top surfaces of the upper stones and from pockets and depressions in the surface of the stone protection. After completion of any strip as specified, no workman or any load shall be permitted on the grouted surface for a period of at least 24 hours. The grouted surface shall be protected from rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury. The surface of all grouted riprap shall be cured by keeping the surface continuously wet for a period of not less than 7 days. ASC-96 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS E. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. FILTER FABRIC: Filter fabric will be measured by the square yard for material used including that required at toes and thickened edges of riprap. Payment for filter fabric will be made at the contract unit price per square yard which includes all plant, labor, material, and all installation costs in-place, complete. 2. STONE RIPRAP: Stone (rock) riprap will be measured by the cubic yard using actual plan dimensions. Payment for riprap will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard which includes all plant, labor, material, and installation costs in-place, complete. 3. GROUT: Grout for rock riprap will be measured by the square yard using actual plan dimensions. Payment for grout will be made at the contract unit price per square yard which includes all plant, labor, material, and installation costs in-place, complete. DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP 1 GENERAL: The following shall govern the furnishing and placing of concrete riprap as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2 MATERIALS: Concrete for riprap shall be placed in accordance with the details and to the dimensions shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, concrete riprap shall be reinforced using wire or bar reinforcement. The concrete shall be 3000 PSI at 28 days, Class A. Wire reinforcement shall be six (6) by six (6) inch No. 6 plain electric welded reinforcing fabric or its equal. A minimum lap of six (6) inches shall be used at all splices. At the edge of the riprap, the wire fabric shall not be less than one (1) inch, no more than three (3) inches from the edge of the concrete and shall have no wire projecting beyond the last member parallel to the edge of the concrete. Reinforcement shall be supported properly throughout the placement to maintain its position equidistance from the top and bottom surface of the slab. If the slopes and bottom of the trench for toe walls are dry and not consolidated properly, the Engineer may require the entire area to be sprinkled, or sprinkled and consolidated before the concrete is placed. All surfaces shall be moist when concrete is placed. After the concrete has been placed, compacted, and shaped to conform to the dimensions shown on the plans, and after it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, the surface shall be finished with a wooden float to secure a reasonably smooth surface. 3. PAYMENT: Payment for concrete riprap in place shan be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used. Bid price will be full compensation for placing all materials, and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for all necessary excavation below natural ground, and bottom or slope of the excavated channel will be included in the bid price. 11/02/04 ASC-97 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FlmNGS Concrete cylinder pipe on this project shall be Class 150 A. W. W .A . C-303 pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe or Class 150 AWWA C-301 prestressed concrete cylinder pipe as specified on the plans and manufactured in accordance with Material Standard E1-4 contained in the General Contract documents. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, excavation and all other associated appurtenances; required , shall be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe and lump sum for the pipe fittings in the appropriate BIO ITEM(S). DA-42 CONCRETE PIPE FlmNGS AND SPECIALS Bidders shall submit the fallowing for C-303 pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe to be installed on this project: 1. A complete list of fittings and specials upon which the lump sum is bid. 2. Provide a unit price indicating the cost for furnishing and installing each of the various items of fittings and specials . The lump sum as bid in the Proposal shall be payment in full for all fittings and specials necessary for the construction of the project as designed. Payment for the installation of the pipe fittings, specials, and random lengths shall be included. Should the Engineer approve any changes to the fittings, specials or random pipe lengths listed as justifying the amount bid in the Proposal, the price submitted with the Proposal shall be used to determine the increase or decrease in the value of the lump sum of the Proposal, and the Contractor shall be paid on the basis of this adjusted value under that bid item . DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION This item will be used if additional excavation is needed that is not covered by "8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION". Additional Excavation is the removal of the excessive crown and base to bring the new base to proper grade and City standard specifications for street reconstruction . All applicable provisions of Item No. 106 "Unclassified Street Excavation" shall apply, work shall be paid per cubic yard. DA-44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN This item shall consist of furnishing and installing 6" perforated subdrain and filter material all as shown on the enclosed details i or as directed by the Engineer. All applicable provision of standard Specifications Item 500 "SUBDRAINS" shall apply except as herein modified. The pipe material shall be poly vinyl chloride (PVC) with the standard dimensional ratio of 35 (S0R35) and meet the ASTM O 1784. Filter shall have the capability of passing ground water without transporting the soil placed around the filter fabric. The fabric shall be constructed exclusively of synthetic thermoplastic fibers and may be either woven or non- woven to form a mat of uniform quality. Fabric fiber may be either continuous or discontinuous and oriented in either a random or an aligned pattern throughout the fabric. The fabric shall be mildew resistant, rot proof, shall be satisfactory for use in a wet soil and aggregate environment, contain ultraviolet stabilizers and have nonravelling edges. 11102104 ASC-98 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The fabric shall meet the following requirements when sampled and tested in accordance with the methods indicated. Test Original . Physical Properties Fabric weight, on an ambient Temperature air-dried tension free sample, expressed in oz/sq. yd. Water flow rate by falling head method, 7.9 inches (20 cm) to 3.9 inches (10 cm) on 2 inch ID cylinder with 1 inch diameter orifice, with flow rate expressed in gaVsq. ft/minute. Method SDHPT Test Method Tex-616-J "Testing of Construction Fibers" Tex-616-J Requirements 4.0 minimum for under drains and Slope Stabilization, 6.0 minimum for Gabions Revetment 80minimum Breaking load in either machine or ASTM Designation : 100 minimum cross-machine direction, expressed D 1682 grab method G as in pounds. modified by Tex-616-J Equivalent opening size Standard sieve no .) (US CW-02215, US Army Corps of 70 to 100 Engineers, Civil Works Construction Guide Specification . "Plastic Filter Fabric: November, 19n. "Apparent elongation" at breaking AST, Designation: 100 maximum load in either machine or cross-D 1682 grab method G as machine direction, expressed as modified by Tex-616-J percent. The "Filter Fabric" shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, as indicated or as directed by the Engineer. When lapping is required, it shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Backfilling around the Filter Fabric shall be done in such a way as not to damage the Filter Fabric material during the placement. The unit price bid per L.F. shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipments, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 11/02/04 ASC-99 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk due to failure or in situation where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate ponding water with same day haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dumpsite. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", and Item No. 504 "Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways". The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the removal and replacement work. DA-46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION In order to facilitate timely reconstruction of the affected roadway surfaces (subsequent to water/sewer installation) under the City's roadway maintenance program, it is recommended that the proposed water and/or sanitary sewer improvements be conducted on the project streets based upon the following sequence: 1. ·A· Street 2. ·s· Street 3. •c• Street 4. ·D· Street 5. ·E· Street After the work start date has been established, the selected contractor shall be required to submit the beginning and ending dates for all work (including pavement repair) on each of the project streets. Please be advised that the contractor has the option of submitting a different sequence of construction than stated above. The contractor shall not be allowed to begin work (but time charges will begin on the project) until the preferred sequence of construction and the start and end work dates for each street have been submitted to the City. · DA-47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA The unit price bid under appropriate BID ITEM(S) of the Proposal shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existing pavement. All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12} inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled with crushed limestone base material, compacted and level with the finished adjacent surface . This finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has been replaced. DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS Easements and permits, both temporary and permanent, have been secured for this project at this time and made a part thereto. Any easements and/or permits, both temporary and permanent, that have not been obtained by the time of publication shall be secured before construction starts. No work is to be done in areas requiring easements and/or permits until the necessary easements are obtained. The Contractor's attention is directed to the easement description and permit requirements, as contained herein, along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these easements and permits. 11/02/04 ASC-100 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Where the pipeline crosses privately owned property, the easements and construction areas are shown on the plans. The easements shall be cleaned up after use and restored to their original conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. DA-49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS The Texas Department of Transportation requirements pertaining to the construction of this project are enclosed herein and made part of these specifications. DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT Concrete encasement shall be Class E ( 1500 psi) concrete and for sewer line encasements shall conform to Fig. 113; for water line encasements it shall conform to Fig. 20 of the General Contract Documents. Requirements for such encasement are specified in Sections E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Payment for work such as forming, placing, and finishing including all labor, tools, equipment and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price bid for Concrete Encasement. DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES All connections between proposed and existing facilities, shall consist of a watertight seal. Concrete used in the connection shall be Class A (3000 psi) concrete and meet the requirements of Section E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Prior to concrete placement, a gasket, RAM-Nek or approved equal shall be installed around penetrating pipe. Payment for such work as connecting to existing facilities including all labor, tools, equipment, and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price of the appropriate pipe BID ITEM. DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION All combination turbo meter installations will be per attached Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall use Bilco Type J-3 Model 30• x 35• Steel Single Leaf Doors or approved equal unless the vault door is subject to vehicular traffic i.e.: in a street, parking lot, or driveway. The appropriate size turbo meter with strainer and check valve if required will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up these item(s) at the Field Operations Warehouse. Payment for all work, materials, and all necessary appurtenances from bypass tee to bypass tee _which are required to provide a complete and functional Combination Turbo Meter Installation complete with Bypass and Concrete Vault shall be included in the price bid for each. DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS 11102104 ASC-101 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS All open fire line installations will be per attached Figure 32 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The appropriate size detector check meter, 3/4-inch meter and class 'B' meter box will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up the items at the Field Operations Warehouse. Payment for all work, materials, and all necessary appurtenances from the City side flange coupling adapter to the customer side gate valve and box; including incidental 5 linear feet of pipe, which are required to provide a complete and functional open fire line installation shall be included in the price bid for each. Payment for the City side gate valve or tap valve depending on which is required will be paid for under the appropriate bid item(s). DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION GENERAL: All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The appropriate water sampling station will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field Operations Warehouse. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper service line will be shall be included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall · be included in the price bid for the water main. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT Standard Specification Item 502 shall apply except as herein modified. 11/02/04 ASC-102 - PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS INTEGRAL CURB: Integral curb shall be constructed along the edge of the pavement as an integral part of the slab and of the same concrete as the slab. The concrete for the curb shall be deposited not more than thirty (30) minutes after the concrete in the slab. SUPERIMPOSED CURB: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of three thousand (3,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. The quantity of mixing water shall not exceed seven (7) U.S. gallons per sack (94 lbs.) of Portland Cement. The slump of the concrete shall not exceed three (3) inches. A minimum cement content of five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete is required. PAYMENT: Payment shall be made for cutting and replacing curbs and gutters required in this Project under the appropriate bid item and shall be in compliance with Public Works Department standard requirement Item 502. DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals may be checked by and stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may require. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract Documents. Indicated actions by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and · sign or initial a statement included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be retained by the Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form. 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation: List the required submittals here Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications. 3. Address for Submittals -The submittals shall be addressed to the Project Manager: 11/02/04 (Project Manager) City of Fort Worth ASC-103 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, TX 76102 DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN In order to establish a basis upon which partial payments to the Contractor may be authorized, immediately after execution of the contract the Contractor shall furnish a detailed cost breakdown of his contract price arranged and itemized to meet the approval of the Engineer. DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY All work involving paving and/or drainage shall conform to the two following published specifications, except as modified herein: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION -CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP When H.M.A.C. greater than 9 inches in depth is encountered, it shall be replaced with a combination of H.M.A.C. and 2:27 concrete base, as determined by the Engineer, to achieve the required thickness of pavement. DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR At locations where H.M.A.C. driveways are encountered, such driveways shall be completely replaced for the full extent of utility cut with H.M.A.C. equal to or better than the existing driveway. DA-61 TOP SOIL Where directed by the Engineer, top soil shall be applied in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction, Item 116, except as follows: All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals shall be included in the square yard bid price for the top soil. DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT This item shall include raising or lowering an existing meter box to the parkway grade specified No payment will be made for adjusting existing boxes which are within 0.001 feet of specified . parkway grade. The unit price bid shall be full and sufficient payment for all labor, equipment and materials used in the adjustment of the meter box. DA-63 BID QUANTITIES Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. 11/02/04 ASC-104 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. In particular, the Contractor shall be aware that it is the City's intention that the quantities in Unit I be used on an "emergency" basis only. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding and awarding the contract. A contract in the amount of $200,000 (see Options to Renew) shall be awarded with final payment based on actual measured quantities and the unit price bid in this proposal. Moreover, there is to be not limit on the variation between the estimated quantities shown and actual quantities performed. It is understood and agreed that the scope of work contemplated in this contract is that which is designated by the City bit will in not case exceed $200,000 (see Options to Renew) including all change orders. DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY When the Engineer directs the Contractor to perform work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (Tex-Dot), the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work therein. All work performed in the Tex-Dot right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation and Item E2-29.1 "Construction Within Highway Right-of-Way" of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, effective July 1, 1978, as amended. DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX-BASE) Crushed limestone required for use as a flexible base material shall conform to Specification Item No. 208 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department. DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW The City has the right to renew this contract for three (3) one year terms/expenditures of $200,000 under the same terms, conditions, and unit prices. The City shall give at least sixty (60) days notice prior to the expiration of one year from the date of execution of this contract or of an option period or a like notice at such time as there is less than $20,000 left unexpended. DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT This contract is non-exclusive. During the term of this contract or any renewal hereof, the City reserves the right to advertise and award another contract for like or similar work. If a second contract is awarded, the City further reserves the right to issue work orders under either contract as it deems in its best interest, without recourse. DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER 11/02/04 ASC-105 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This item shall include the repair/replacement of existing concrete valley gutters as directed by the Engineer. The proposed valley gutters will be constructed according to the detail included in these documents as well as conforming to Specification Item No. 314 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials (including applicable sub-base), labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS The Contractor shall supply all materials and labor necessary to install traffic buttons of the same type as were previously installed at locations designated by the Engineer. The buttons to be supplied shall be generally, but not limited to Type W-4 and Type II C-R4 and installed with a Type Ill Epoxy. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING Pavement striping, whenever and wherever encountered, shall be replaced to match the existing striping or as directed by the Engineer. Materials used shall be of 420 Type intersection grade tape (in 18-inch width) such as Stamark as manufactured by 3M company or approved equal. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES The contractor is required to submit a Mix Design for both Type "B" and "D" asphalt that will be used for each project. This should be submitted at the Pre-Construction Conference. This design shall not be more than two (2) years old. Upon submittal of the design mix a Marshal (Proctor) will be calculated, if one has not been previously calculated, for the use during density testing. For type "B" asphalt a maximum of 20% rap may be used. No Rap may be used in type "D" Upon approval of an asphalt mix design and the calculation of the Marshal (proctor) the contractor is approved for placement of the asphalt. The contractor shall contact the City Laboratory, through the inspector, at least 24 hours in advance of the asphalt placement to schedule a technician to assist in the monitoring of the number of passes by a roller to establish a rolling pattern that will provide the required densities. The required Density for Type "B" and for Type "D" asphalt will be 91 % of the calculated Marshal (proctor). A Troxler Thin Layer Gauge will be used for all asphalt testing. After a rolling pattern is established, densities should be taken at locations not more than 300 feet apart. The above requirement applies to both Type "B" and "D"-asphalt. Densities on type "B" must be done before Type "D" asphalt is applied. 11/02/04 ASC-106 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Cores to determine thickness of Type "B" asphalt must be taken before Type "D" asphalt is applied. Upon completion of the application of Type "D" asphalt additional cores must be taken to determine the applied thickness. DA.:.12 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES When reference is made in these specifications to a particular ASTM, AWWA, ANSI or other specification, it shall be understood that the latest revision of such specification, prior to the date of these general specifications or revisions thereof, shall apply. DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK-FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL VALVE AND BOX The relocation and reconnection of sprinkler system control valve and box will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. A minimum of twenty-four (24) hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required. When the relocation is required, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of sprinkler back-flow preventer or control valve and box. Payment for all work and material such as back-fill, fittings, five (5) feet of PVC Schedule 40 and all material labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the relocation of sprinkler back-flow preventer or control valve and box. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). DA-74 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES Any resilient-seated gate valves supplied for this contract shall conform to Material Standard E1-26, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES, with the exception of size requirements in sections E-26.1. All resilient-seated gate valves shall be mechanical joints and be approved on the City of Fort Worth Standard Product List. DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE-IN The Owner or Engineer shall determine when an emergency situation shall exist. When water emergency work is required, the Contractor shall mobilize to the said location within twenty-four (24) hours after given notification from the Inspector and/or Project Manager. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for bypass pumping, setting up barricades, notifying citizens, etc., while waiting for other utilities to be located as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall work continuously until the emergency work order has been completed at a time agreed to by the Project Manager, Inspector, and Contractor. After the emergency work order has been completed, there will be no additional "Job Move-In" charges paid to remobilize back to the previous project location site. DA-76 1 112" & 2" COPPER SERVICES The following is an addendum to E1-17, Copper Water Service Lines and Copper Alloy Couplings: 11/02/04 ASC-107 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS All fittings used for 1 ¥.2" and 2" water services lines shall be compression fittings of the type produced with an internal "gripper ring" as manufactured by the Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Mueller Company, or approved equal. Approved equal products shall submit shop drawings and manufacturer's catalog information for approval. Contractor shall make all cuts to the copper tubing with a copper tubing cutter tool specifically designed for this purpose in order to provide a clean, square cut. The use of hacksaws or any other type of cutter will not be allowed. Prior to installing the compression fittings, the copper tubing will be made round by the use of a "rounding tube" specifically made for that purpose. Payment for all work and materials associated with 1 ¥.2 " and 2" copper services shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid item. DA-n SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) The work covered by these Specifications consists of the paving repair over utility cuts which have been backfilled previously by the City Water Department, as indicated by the details and possible adjacent areas damaged by blowout, etc. Included in this work will be the removal of the existing material in order to insure a paving section in conformity with existing pavement or the appropriate detail shown in this document as directed by the engineer and all other miscellaneous items of construction to be performed as outlined in the specifications, which are necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding and awarding the contract Final payment will be based on actual measured quantities and the unit price bid in this proposal. There will not be a direct payment for saw cutting the existing asphalt or concrete, compacting the existing subgrade or removal of the existing · material. These items will be considered as subsidiary to the contract. The contractor will be required to maintain a capping course of hot mix-cold lay asphalt in areas where traffic has whipped out washed rock, until the paving repair can be accomplished. These items will be considered as subsidiary to the contract. The Inspector will pick up the repair tickets by 8:00 a.m. Monday through Thursday. The repair tickets will be issued to the contractor early the next day. Each repair ticket that is issued shall be completed within twenty-one (21) calendar days. The twenty-one (21) calendar days for completion of the job begins the day after the contractor receives the ticket. See special condition TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS. The Contractor shall identify to the Engineer possible locations for settlement of repaired pavement due to backfill of ditch by others. As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and replace existing backfill with washed rock. The Water Department will estimate the necessary size of the pavement repair on each ticket. Upon receipt of each ticket the Engineer shall determine, by measurement, the required size of each repair. All repair sizes shall be approved by the Engineer prior to any repair work. DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) 11/02/04 ASC-108 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor covenants and agrees to fully perform or cause to be performed, with good faith and due diligence, and in accordance with standards common to the industry and herein set forth in these Contract · Documents which is hereby incorporated and made a part of this contract, pavement repair to be ordered by the City at various times and to be performed at various places by separate repair tickets. The City may designate pavement to be repaired by furnishing to the Contractor a marked drawing, or street addresses contained in a written order or by marking in the filed by paint or other means, or by any or all combinations of said methods of designation. The Contractor agrees that no work will be performed without written authorization from the individual designated in writing by the Director of the Engineering Department. DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) It is understood and agreed that the scope of work contemplated in this contract is that which is designated by the City as the need arises. It is further agreed that the term of this contract is five (5) months from the date of execution of contract work order and no orders will be accepted by the Contractor after the contract has expired . At the end of contract the Contractor will have twenty-one (21) additional calendar days to complete work already ordered and fifteen additional calendar days to bill said work for a total of thirty-six days after contract termination to complete and bill work authorized pursuant to this contract. DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) The Contractor shall be required to furnish sufficient personnel and equipment capabie of completely finishing an average of fifty (50) utility cut tickets with an aggregate average of 750 S.Y. of permanent pavement repair each week. DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) The Contractor shall assist the Engineer in measuring each pavement repair before any work is started. A repair ticket will be issued for each utility cut after measurement and twenty-one (21) calendar days beginning the day after the ticket is issued will be allowed for final completion of each utility cut. See also SCOPE OF WORK. A calendar day is any day of the week or month, Sundays or legal holidays as defined on Page C1-1 (4) Section C1-1.24 Calendar Days of Part C General Conditions. DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) Failure to complete work on time: The Owner and the Contractor agree that it will be most difficult or impossible to ascertain the amount of damages that will be sustained by the Owner if the Contractor fails to complete the work in the allotted time, but they both agree that the Owner would sustain substantial damages in such event. Accordingly, if the Contractor fails to complete the contract in the calendar days specified, a time charge shall be made for each working day thereafter, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages. 11/02/04 ASC-109 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The contractor shall pay liquidated damages of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per. day per ticket for each repair cut not completed within twenty-one (21) calendar days and liquidated damages shall end on day that repairs are completed. Should the amount otherwise due the Contractor be less than the amount of such ascertained and liquidated damages, the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the City of such delivery. DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) All paving repair edges shall be undamaged neat lines (by sawing or equal) and shall be parallel or perpendicular to the center line of the street. DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) The Water Department shall place the pipe embedment and backfill with washed rock per the following specification. Washed Rock: All washed rock used for embedment or as otherwise directed by the engineer shall be washed gravel or washed crushed stone or washed crushed gravel and shall meet the following gradation and abrasion: Sieve Size 1 *. 315• #4. #8 % Retained 0-10 40-75 55-90 90-100 95-100 Los Angeles abrasion test: 50% Maximum wear per ASTM . DA-85 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUT) Final clean up work shall be done for this project as soon as the paving and curb and gutter has been constructed . Contractor shall remove all excess cold mix, washed rock and debris from the street in the area of the repair. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway and right-of-way is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Refer also to Page CS-5 (8) Section CS-5.17 Clean-Up of Part C General Conditions. DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) Access to adjacent property shall be maintained at all times unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) The proposal sections of this special contract document is arranged to allow the Owner to make payment based on size of repair. The Contractor is required to submit a bid on all proposals Unit I, Unit II, Unit Ill and IV. Unit I will generally consist of small patch, less than or equal to 200 square feet. Unit II will generally consist of medium patch, greater than 200 square feet and less 11/02/04 ASC-110 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS than or equal to 1000 square feet. Unit Ill will generally consist of large patch, greater than 1000 square feet. Unit IV will generally consist of items necessary for each size Utility Cut Repair. The total low bidder, Units I, II, Ill and IV is the apparent successful bidder. If Contractor does not bid all four Units of the proposal, the bid will be considered as "non-responsive" and will be rejected by the Engineering Department. DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) Regardless of the existing pavement type, base repair for Unit I shall be either min. a· concrete base (see 0-23, 2:27 Concrete Base) or min. 5" reinforced concrete base (see DA-35, Reinforced Concrete Pavement or Base) as directed by the Engineer. Any deviation from standard repair shall be approved by the Water Department. DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT Ill (UTIL. CUT) When concrete base is required for repairs > 200 square feet in area, the base repair shall be either min. a· concrete base (see 0-23, 2 :27 concrete base) or as min. 5" reinforced concrete base (see DA-35, Reinforced Concrete Pavement or Base) as directed by the Engineer. Any deviation from standard repair shall be approved by the Water Department. DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) These items will include the furnishing and placing of H.M.A.C. surface course as directed by the Engineer. For Specifications governing Type •o• H.M.A.C. see the 1982 Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, Spec. Item No. 340 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement•. H.M.A.C . is also covered under Spec. Item No. 312 in the Standard Specifications for Construction, City of Fort Worth . Subsidiary to the H.M.A.C. pavement shall be sawing , removal of asphaltic material, gravel and excavation as shown on the details or as directed by the Engineer. The removed surfacing shall be loaded into trucks upon removal and hauled away from the job site as directed by the Engineer. In no case shall the removed surface be stockpiled on the job site. The fallowing work method will be performed on each utility cut: 1. Place safety signs, barricades and/or other warning devices where necessary and as required. 2. The existing asphalt pavement shall be saw cut into a square or rectangular shape and cut side faces vertically. The sawed asphalt pavement shall be a minimum of 1' outside the utility cut area. 3 . Apply liquid asphalt tack to vertical faces and bottom of excavated area in a uniform manner. Do not puddle tack coat on bottom of utility cut area. Do not apply tack coat to washed rock. 4. Place H.M.A.C. surface mix in lifts not to exceed three (3) inches. Last or top lift shall not be less than two (2) inches in thickness. 11/02/04 ASC-111 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted with a plate compactor or portable vibratory roller. Fifteen to twenty passes will be necessary with a vibratory roller and mix temperature above 250 F (121 C) to ensure a good compaction. Top lift when compacted shall be approximately 1/8 inch above surrounding pavement. 6. Apply liquid asphalt around edges of patch along cold joints. 7. Clean up surrounding area. Do not leave excess fill or excavated material on the pavement. 8. Remove safety signs, barricade and/or warning devices after job is complete. Payment shall be made at the unit price per S.Y. as shown on the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes, manholes and vaults to match new pavement grade. The unit price bid will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) A maintenance bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount shall be furnished for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance of the work will be required on this project. DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) This item shall include: 1. Removal and salvage of existing brick pavers for the purpose of relaying, in such a manner that no damage occurs during handling of the brick. 2. Supply additional brick pavers as necessary that meets size, shape and color of existing brick, as approved by engineer. 3. Mortar bed shall be leveled to the desired elevation, as directed by Engineer and shall not be disturbed in any way. The mortar setting bed shall consist of: a. 1 part Portland cement -ASTM C150, Type 1 b. 1/4 part hydrated lime by volume -ASTM C207, Type 5 c. 3 parts damp sand -ASTM C-144 (for high-bond mortar, gradation in accordance with additive manufacturer's recommendation) d. Add water to obtain stiff mix -water shall be potable quality The dry joint filler shall consist of: a. 1 part Portland cement -ASTM C150, Type 1 11/02/04 ASC-112 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. 6 parts dry sand -ASTM C-144 c . Do not add water High bond mortar mix shall consist of: a. 1 sack Portland cement-ASTM C150, Type 1 b. 50 pounds workability additive -•A• Marble Dust by Armco Steel Corp., Piqua Quarries, or Ute Dolomite Limestone by U.S. Lime Division of Flintkote Corp., or Micro Fill No./2 by Pure Stone Co., of Marble Falls, Texas. c. 3 1/4 cubic feet of sand -ASTM C-144 d. 4 gallons of high bond additive -Sarabond Liquid Mortar Additive by the Dow Chemical Co. e. Mix with water in accordance with High Bond Additive manufacturer's recommendations Concrete surfaces to receive pavers shall be dry, clean fee of oily or waxy films and firm and level. Pavers with chips, cracks, or voids shall not be used. The setting bed mixture shall be spread and screeded to a true plane and shall be limited to that amount that can be covered with pavers before initial set. DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) Upon the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide a lime stabilized Subgrade or base in conformance with Specification Items 210 and 212 of the City of Fort Worth's Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drainage Construction. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, lime shall be applied at the minimum rate of four pounds (4#) per square yard per inch depth. Payment shall be made by the square yard at the unit price bid for the quantity measured in place and shall include all labor, equipment, material, and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the project. No payment shall be made for the hydrated lime as it shall be considered subsidiary to the bid price for lime stabilization. DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall stabilize the subgrade or base material with Portland Cement in conformance with Specification Item 214, Portland Cement Treatment, in the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction of the City .of Fort Worth, Texas Transportation and Public Works Department. Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, Cement shall be applied at a minimum rate of five pounds (5#) per square yard per inch of depth. DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) This pay item shall apply to all storm drain structures such as inlets, manholes, headwalls, or other facilities which, in the opinion of the Engineer require repair. The Contractor shall remove and replace the tops of existing drainage structures and a portion of the walls of the structure as directed by the Engineer. The vertical reinforcing steel bars in the walls shall be cleaned of any concrete or dirt and exposed a minimum of twelve (12) inches. New steel shall be used in the reconstruction of the walls and top. 11 /02/04 ASC-113 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS No payment shall be made for manhole frames, lids, steps and other miscellaneous items of construction , as they shall be considered subsidiary to the unit price bid for Repair of Storm Drain Structures. Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the existing manhole frames, lids, and other miscellaneous items may be reused. Storm Drain Structure Repair shall be performed in conformance with specification Item 444, ·Manholes and Inlets-, and Drawing No. S-SD1 through S-SD20 of the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction and shall further apply to all storm drainage facilities of a similar design and construction . Payment for Repair of Storm Drain Structures shall be made by the cubic yard of concrete required to reconstruct the structures as well as all steel, etc . in conformance with the appropriate drawings. DA-97 ·QUICK-SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT) In high traffic areas where the utility cut repair must be returned to service sooner than a normal cure time will allow, the Contractor shall use concrete admixtures as outlined in Item 422, •concrete Admixtures• or ready made mixes such as ·Rapid Set• concrete mix or approved equaL Any and all materials used shall conform to the above mentioned Item 422. Payment for quick set concrete shall be made at the unit price bid per CY as shown on the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. CUT) This item is included for the basic purpose of establishing a contract price which will be comparable to the final cost of making necessary adjustments required due to utility cut repairs to water, sanitary sewer, and natural gas service lines and appurtenances including irrigation lines (sprinkler systems), etc. where such lines and appurtenances are the property owner's responsibility to maintain. An arbitrary figure has been placed in the Proposal; however, this does not guarantee any payment for utility adjustments, neither does it confine utility adjustments to the amount shown in the Proposal. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the services of a licensed plumber to make the utility adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. No payment will be made for utility adjustments except those adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. Should the Contractor damage service lines due to his negligence , where such lines would not have required adjustment or repair otherwise, the lines shall be repaired and adjusted by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The payment to the Contractor for utility adjustments shall be the actual cost of the adjustments plus ten percent (10%) to cover the cost of bond and overhead incurred by the Contractor in handling the utility adjustments. DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) All applicable provisions of Standard Specification Item 504 ·concrete Sidewalks and Driveways" shall apply. 11/02/04 ASC-114 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The Contractor shall construct standard concrete sidewalk and wheelchair ramps as shown in the details or as directed by the Engineer. All concrete flared surfaces (wheelchair ramp wing or curb) shall be colored with LITHOCHROME color hardener or equal. A brick red color, a dry-shake hardener manufactured by L.M. Scofield Company or equal, shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall provide a colored sample concrete panel of one foot by one foot by three inches dimension, or other dimensions approved by the Engineer, meeting the aforementioned specification if needed. The sample, upon approval by the Engineer shall be the acceptable standard to be applied for all wheelchair ramp construction. Surface coloring shall be subsidiary to the unit price for this pay item. The method of application shall be by screen, sifter, sieve or other means in order to provide for a uniform color distribution. DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) The following criteria will be used to determine the limits of concrete pavement repair for this contract: 1. The minimum size of repair for concrete shall be S'x 5'. 2. Whenever the limits of the repair are 8 feet or less from an adjacent joint of any type, the replacement shall be extended to that joint. 3. Dummy joints shall be sawed across any panel where a construction joint intersects the panel and a joint does not exist. All new joints (construction or dummy) shall be parallel with existing joints. 4. Depending on the existing longitudinal joint spacing and the limits of the damaged pavement, the contractor may be required to extend the replacement to the halfway point of the panel. The determination shall be made by the inspector on a case by case basis in order to assure uniform joint spacing. Payment for all concrete pavement repairs shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard as shown in the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. However, payment for sawcutting dummy joints in adjacent panels shall be made under the appropriate bid item. DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) This item shall apply for the placement of concrete curb and gutter on H.M.A.C. paved streets. Specification item no. 502 of the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction shall govern this item. DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) Because of the unique nature of this contract, C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND AETAINAGE of the General Conditions shall not apply and shall be superseded by the following: (Please initial below) 11/02/04 ASC-115 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Whenever the improvements prescribed by an individual Work Order have been completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. The Engineer or other appropriate official of the Owner will, within a reasonable time, perform the inspections. If such inspection reveals that the improvements are in an acceptable condition and have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will recommend acceptance of the work under that particular Work Order and recommend payment therefore. If the Engineer finds that the work has not been completed as required, he shall so advise the Contractor in writing, furnishing him an itemized list of all known items which have not been completed or which are not in an acceptable condition. When the Contractor has corrected all such items, he shall again notify the Engineer that the improvements are ready for inspection , and the Engineer shall proceed as outlined above. Whenever the improvements prescribed by the individual Work Order have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, an estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. The amount of the estimate will be paid to the Contractor after acceptance by the Water Department Director, provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: Prior to submission of the estimate for pay~ent, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons, firms, associations, corporations , or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials under that Work Order have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the individual payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under tbe Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under that Work Order or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the payment by the Owner . shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. Bidder's Initials _______ _ DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.) The Contractor excavates for existing water and/or sanitary sewer main as detailed by work order together with a sketch. The location and dimensions shown on the plans relative to other existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may · negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the dehole process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all services encountered . Any damage to utilities resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be restored at his expense. 11/02/04 ASC-116 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Payment for work such as backfill and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid item. DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) The Contractor shall have no more than three (3) locations under construction at any one time , unless approval by the Engineer has been granted in writing. DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.) Care shall be taken to keep all water extensions clean and free from foreign objects. Chlorinated lime shall be placed in the first joint of pipe of the extension and upon completion of the pipe laying, water shall be introduced slowly for sterilization, after which the extension shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water. Risers shall be installed, as directed by the Engineer, for flushing and for providing sample points for bacteria tests. The water main extensions of the project shall be tested under normal line pressure and any leaks observed shall be immediately repaired. DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT.) It is contemplated that Work Orders will be issued to the Contractor for work to be performed under this Contract for not to exceed 365calendar days following the date of the Contract nor to exceed the limit of the bid price, whichever should occur first. The Contractor shall be required to complete any work covered by a Work Order issued prior to that date of termination but will not be required to accept any work order for execution dated after that date of termination. If the cost of the work performed under this Contract is less than the limit of the bid price at the end of the 365 calendar day period, at the City's option and the Contractor's concurrence, the Project may be extended to the limit of the bid price. DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.) 1. Description: The flowable fill material shall be delivered to the site, free flowing and self-leveling and shall have a consistency enabling it to fill all voids without tamping, vibrating or compacting. The flowable fill material shall have an in place density of not less than 95 and not more than 115 lbsJcu. ft., with a maximum twenty-eight (28) day compression strength of not less than 60 and 11102104 ASC-117 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS not more than 85 PSI allowing the material to be removed with hand tools such as picks and shovels. The height of free fall of the flowable fill shall not exceed four ( 4) feet. 2. Material Specifications: Flowable fill shall consist of: a. An appropriate amount of Portland Cement meeting ASTM C-150 (with other additives as necessary). b. Aggregates meeting ASTM C-33 c. Sand or fine aggregates as per City of Ft. Worth Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Item 406 d. Flyash, Class C or F, meeting ASTM C-618 e. Admixtures 1. Mineral admixtures will be pozzolanic 2. Chemical admixtures shall be in liquid or powder form used in standard ready-mix concrete products unless specifically designed for flowable fill. Permissible types of admixtures are: a. High air generators, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products or approved equal, which are specifically designed for flowable fill to lower unit weights, reduce shrinkage and subsidence, and control compressive strength. b. Air entraining admixtures conforming to ASTM C-260. c. High range water reducers conforming to ASTM C-494 Type For G. d . Accelerating admixtures conforming to ASTM C-494, Type C. 1. Non-chloride, non-corrosive accelerators used where metals are present in concrete or embedded members. 2. Calcium chloride DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) Contractor shall take all precautions to carefully remove all existing brick pavers. The brick pavers shall be handled with extreme care to avoid chipping and/or breaking of pavers. Until installed, they shall be cleaned and neatly stacked on pallets (not to exceed 3 feet in height). If necessary, all new brick pavers used on this project shall meet the specifications for ASTM C1272. The brick shall be a Type F heavy vehicular paving brick a minimum 2 5/8" thick, with spacer nibs or lugs, and match the existing brick in size, shape, and color. The brick pavers will be set on a %-inch sand/cement bedding mixture. The sand used shall conform to ASTM C33 excluding all stone screenings that may pass the C33 sieve analysis. The cement sand ratio shall be 1 sack of cement per 1 CY of sand or as directed by the Engineer. Filter fabric 12-inches wide will be installed over every construction, and/or expansion joint as well as all vertical surfaces. Once the brick pavers have been installed they will be vibrated into the sand bed. Sand conforming to C33 will then be swept into joints and vibrated again . All brick shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. The resulting repair shall provide a smooth driving surface and match all applicable street grades, cross slopes, and crowns. 11/02/04 ASC-118 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The price bid per linear foot for "BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR" as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.) The Engineer shall determine and designate to the Contractor the location of the service main requiring replacement by a Work Order together with a sketch for each such replacement, giving the limits, size and nature of work required. The Engineer will notify the Contractor that a Work · Order is ready and fax the Contractor a copy of the Work Order notification. The Contractor is to provide his fax number to the Engineer at the pre-construction conference. Single or several Work Orders may be issued at one time. The Contractor shall initiate work on a replacement within seven (7) working days of the date the Work Order is faxed to the Contractor, and continue work on the Work Order until it has been completed, not including paving. The Contractor shall furnish and supply sufficient equipment and personnel to complete the Work Order in the amount of time provided for in the Work Order. Should the Contractor fail to start any Work Order within the time specified, he shall add the necessary work crews and equipment to prosecute the work to complete the Work Order or Work Orders in the time provided therefore. DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) Should the contractor fail to complete an individual work order in the given amount of calendar days as specified on each individual work order, liquidated damage charges as prescribed in Part C -General Conditions C7-7 .1 O Time of Completion will be subtracted from the final pay estimate of that particular work order. The estimated amount for each particular work order will be used for determining the amount of damages charged per calendar day of time exceeding the specified amount. The first two paragraphs of Part C -General Conditions C7-7 .1 O Time Of Completion shall be replaced with the following: The time of completion of each individual work order in an essential element of this contract. Each work order issued will have the maximum allowed number of calendar days allowed for the completion of that specific work. The number of calendar days specified will be calculated as follows: The total estimated cost for the specific work order divided by 2000 (rounded up) + 10 days = Number of Calendar Days allowed for Construction of Individual Work Order. DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.) A Work Order may contain one or more locations. One move-in fee will paid to the contractor per Work Order issued. Locations for multiple sites per Work Order will be in the same general vicinity, if possible, and if so, only one mobilization charge will be paid. When water and sewer work are required only the water move in fee will be paid. At no time will both fees be paid for one specific location. DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.) 11102/04 ASC-119 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project Signs are required at all locations which will be under construction for more than thirty (30) calendar days as indicated in Part B Proposal. Project Signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30 (dated 9-18-96) of the General Contract Documents. The signs may be mounted on skids or on posts. The exact locations and methods of mounting shall be approved by the engineer. Any and all costs for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.) The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per day per Work Order, for failure to begin a Work Order within the seven (7) working days of the date the Work Order is faxed to the Contractor. Failure to complete project within the stipulated construction time on the Work Order, the Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount stipulated in these contract documents. DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) Because of the unique nature of this contract, the number of trench safety system designs required is not known at the time bids are received. While the contractor is still bound by the latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P-Excavations as detailed in D-26 Trench Safety System, it is the Citys intention that all costs incurred by the Contractor in acquiring trench safety designs be included in the unit price bid for Job Move in. DA-116 FIELD OFFICE As specified in Part C, General Conditions CS-5.6, the contractor shall provide a field office exclusively for the City of Fort Worth Construction Manager and coordination meetings for the following: A. Temporary field office shall be established on the job site where approved or directed by the Engineer, adequately furnished. B. Contractor shall provide either a separate building or a partitioned-off space of at least 140 sq ft of floor space with solid lockable door in Contractor's building for the exclusive use of the City of Fort Worth Construction Manager throughout the period of construction . The temporary office shall be weathertight, have a tight floor at least 8-in off the ground and shall be insulated and suitably ventilated. The office shall be provided with janitor service, heating and cooling equipment, electrical wiring, outlets and fixtures suitable to light the tables and desk adequately as directed . Provide separate toilet facilities in the field office. C. Provide the following furniture and equipment in the Construction Manager's office: 1. One plan table, 3-ft by 5-ft and one stool 2. Desk about 3-ft by 5-ft with desk chair 3. Two additional chairs 4. Two-drawer, filing cabinet with lock Field office shall also have available to the Construction Manager the following: 11/02/04 ASC-120 PART DA-ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. One conference table (6-ft). 2. Eight folding chairs. 3. First aid kit suitable for ten people with manual, American White Cross No. K10 or equal. 4. Duplicating machine, Xerox Model 10251 or equal. 0 Contractor shall furnish temporary light and power, including wiring, lamps and similar equipment as required to adequately light all work areas and with sufficient power capacity to meet the reasonable needs of the Construction Manager. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the local electric company for temporary electric service and pay all expenses in connection therewith and pay all electrical bills. DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN Traffic control shall be in accordance with item D-8 of the Special Conditions with the exception of the Contractor providing the traffic control plan. A traffic control plan has been prepared and is included in the project plans. All other requirements of 0-8 shall apply. DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS The contractor shall coordinate his work with the work of other contractors on remaining units of this project. The contract documents indicate the starting and stopping points for each of the units of the project. The plans indicate "connecting to an existing pipeline" constructed by others and ending the line with the installation of a plug. If the start of the project cannot be connected to the previous unit, the contractor will begin his line with a plugged section of pipe. If the pipeline is constructed for the connecting unit the contractor shall connect his line with the adjoining unit in lieu of installation of a plug. Contractor will be paid for "connection" to existing line or installation of blind flanges based on the unit price bid for the water or sewer main. DA-119 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM Within a week of commencing the installation of the Cathodic protection system, the contractor shall furnish a letter from the Corrosion Protection System Manufacturer certifying, that the Contractor's superintendent on the project has physically demonstrated the understanding to the field installation procedure of the system and that the initial installation has been verifed and found to meet the manufacturer's specifications. Before the Final inspection of the project, the contractor shall have a NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) certified representative of the manufacturer conduct a 'Commissioning Survey'. Based on this survey, a certification from the Manufacturer shall be furnished by the Contractor to the City certifying that the system was found to be installed correctly and operating effectively as per the intent of the specifications. Markers shall be subsidiary to the installation of the Cathodic protection system, the contractor shall furnish shop drawings of all intended markers. 11/02/04 ASC-121 - - - - - PARTE SPECIFICATIONS: REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECJFICATIONS FOR WATER DEPT. PROJECTS - - - - - - - - PARTF CERTIF1CA TE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WTI1I WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND MAINTENANCE BOND VENDOR COMPLIANCE WI STATE LAW EXPERIENCE RECORD EQUWMENTSCHEDULE CERTIFICAIB OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date~ NAME OF PROJECT: Water and Sewer Replacement Contract 2005 WSM-1 PROJECT NUMBER: Wtr. P253 606170 039583, Swr P258-706170 039583 DOE# 5315 City Proiect #00395 IS TO CERTIFY THAT: Conatser Construction TX. LP is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Exoires Limits ofLiability Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury : Liability Insurance (Public Ea. Occurrence: $ Liability) Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence; $ Collapse of Building or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence ; $ --- excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence : $ Builder's Risk Comprehensive Bodily Injury: Automobile Liability Ea. Person: $ Ea. Occurrence;$ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence:$ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence : $ Other Locations covered: All operations for the City of Fort Worth Description of operations covered: Water and Sewer Replacement Contract 2005 WSM-I The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. -.. Agency Insurance Co. _________________ _ Fort Worth Agent By _________________ _ Address Title --------------------------------- CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406 .96 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No. 5313 and City of Fort Worth Project No . 00 '2>4 S ST A TE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § Name : Mark Pappas, Vice-President of -Conatser Management Group, Inc , G.P . Title :----------- Date : Fehr~ ~I 1 ?...00'1 B~fore me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared t'vtat t V ~~ , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing insrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of C2M.·b-u Cen~tt&A..C:+•O\ :J::¥. LP for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this a]_ day of Fd,r~ , 20 oq . ·····;~·;:~···· .:~ow.,,~··. JAMIE L BROWN i.{ ·j.i NOTARYPUBLIC t \ • i s \ ..;.., .... .,·".;,.: tate of Texas ···t~~1.:··· Comm. Exp . 06-27-2012 ' Texas Bond No: 022023691 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, (1) Conatser Construction TX, LP, as Principal herein, and (2) Liberty _M_u_t_u_a_l_In_s_u_r_a_nc_e_C_o_m~pa_n_y~-------• a corporation organized under the laws of the State of (3) MA and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETY SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND THffiTY ONE DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($1,596,431.00} for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents . WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the _day of APR 1 4 2009 , 2008 , a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of: WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such , if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal 's default , and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Go vernm ent Code, as amended , and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein . IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this ___ day of ___ A_P_R ......... J-=4=2""->00 ..... 9 _ _,, 20_. ATTEST: (Principal) Secretary Vice President of Conatser Title: Management Group , Inc .• GP (SE AL) Address : P . o. Box 1544 8 Fort Worth , TX 7 6119 ~-=-££~ .J.-~O Wiess as to Principal ATTEST: Secretary (SE AL) Liberty Mutual Insu r ance Compa ny SU ~ By: ~ Name : Glenna S . Davis Attorney in Fact Address : 17 5 Berkeley Street Boston MA 021 17 Telephone Number : 972 . 233. 9588 Caro l yn Ma p les NOTE: (1) (2) (3) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Surety . State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. Bond No . 022023691 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : That we, (1), CONATSER CONSTRUCTION TX, LP as Principal herein , and (2) _ Liber ty Mu t ual Insurance Company existing under the laws of the State of(3) _~MA=---- a corporation organized and as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETY SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDERED AND THIRTY ONE DOLLARS ANO NO CENTS {$1,596,431.00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators , successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents : WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the __ day of APR I 4 2009 , 20_, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project : WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT 2005 WSM-1 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF TIIlS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED , HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended , and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein . IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this ___ day of ___ TJ_~_PR_] _4_20_0_9 ___ , 20_. ATIEST: (Principal) Secretary Vice P r esi d ent of Conatser Title : Mana~em en t Group, Joe , GP (SE AL) Wit ATIEST: Secretary (SE AL) Address : P . o . Box 15448 For t Wor t h , TX 76119 Liber t y Mut ual I nsurance Co mp a n y SURETY By ~d2z22 e[~) Name : Glenna S . Davis Attorney in Fact Address : 17 5 Berkeley St reet Bos t on, MA 02 1 17 Telephone Number : 9 7 2 . 233 . 9588 Carolyn Ma pl e s NOTE : (1) (2) (3) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Surety. State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in -Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : § § § Bond NO: 0220236 91 MAINTENANCE BOND That CONATSER CONSTRUCTION TX. LP. ("Contractor''), as principal, and , L i b erty Mu tual In s urance Com p any a corporation organized under the laws of the State of _MA=--- ---' ("Surety"), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, ("City") in Tarrant County , Texas, the sum of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETY SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDERED AND THIRTY ONE DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($1.596.431.00) , lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs , executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the __ of , 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements : WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENTS CONTRACT 2005 WSM-1, the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) WATER-P253-606170 039583 1 SEWER P258-706170 039583 and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions , addenda , change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and be ing made a part hereof; and , WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to mainta in said work in good repair and cond ition for said term of Two (2) years ; and WHEREAS, sa id Contractor binds itself to repa ir or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part at any time within said period , if in the opin ion of the Director of the C ity of Fort Worth Department of Eng ineeri ng , it be necessary ; and , WHEREAS , said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided . NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain , repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise , this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the C ity shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in eight (8) counterparts , each of which shall be deemed an original, th is_ day of , A. D. 20 __ ATIEST: (SE AL) Secretary ATIEST: (SE AL) Secretary T . I Vice President of Conatser 1t e : Managenent Group , Inc . , GP Liberty Mutual Insurance Ccxnpany Surety By ~~~ Name : Glenn a s. Davis Title : _.....,A .... r .... r ..... arn ........ ey,,_-..... i ..... n-..... E ...... a .... ct...._ ______ _ 175 Berkeley Street Boston MA 0211 7 Address . , 2346360 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY BOSTON,MASSACHUSETTS POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That Liberty Mutual Insurance Company (the "Company"), a Massachusetts stock insurance company, pursuant to and by authority of the By-law and Authorization hereinafter set forth, does hereby name , constitute and appoint GREG A. WILKERSON, GLENNA S. DAVIS, CATHY VINSON, CAROLYN MAPLES, JOHN R. WILSON, ALL OF THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, STATE OF TEXAS ....................................................................................................................................... . , each individually if there be more than one named , its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make , execute , seal , acknowledge and deliver, fo r and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, anv and all undertakings, bonds , recognizances and other surety obligations in the penal sum not exceeding TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND 00/100**"***************** DOLLARS ($ 25,000,000.00***** ) each , and the execution of such undertakings, bonds , recognizances and other surety obligations , in pursuance of these presents , shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company in the ir own proper persons . That this power is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-law and Authorization : ARTICLE XIII -Execution of Contracts : Section 5 . Surety Bonds and Undertakings . Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe , shall appoint such attorneys-in -fact , as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make , execute , seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds , recognizances and other surety obligations . Such attorneys-in-fact , subject to the lim itations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary . fl. • ~ By the following instrument the chairman or the pres ident has authorized the officer or other official named therein to appoint attorneys-in-fact: ~ 'E Pursuant to Art icle XIII , Section 5 of the By-Laws , Garnet W . Elliott , Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , is hereby Li ~ authorized to appoint such attorneys-in-fact as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make , execute , seal , acknowledge and , ~ deliver as surety any and all undertakings , bonds , recognizances and other surety obligations. ~ C> ' a, That the By-law and the Authorization set forth above are true copies thereof and are now in full force and effect. o.2 .. as ., > ·-. as ! :J "C la'iii 0~ > ::u as c: ~ G) •t I :J 'u IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Company and the corporate seal of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company has been affixed thereto in Plymouth Meeting , Pennsylvan ia this 29th day of _~M~a~y ________ _ 2008 COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY By~~M-fZ<~ Garnet W. Elliott, Assistant Secretary On this ..2filh._ day of Mav , 2008 , before me , a Notary Public, personally came Garnet W. Elliott. to me known , and acknowledged that he is an Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company ; that he knows the seal of said corporation ; and that he executed the above Power of Attorney and affixed the corporate seal of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company thereto with the authority and at the direction of said corporation . first above written . CERTIFICATE COMMONWEAL TH OF PENNSYLVANIA Notarial Seal TOO!Sai>astella, Ndaly Pub&:: ~Twp.,~Cwny My~ Expires Mar. 28. ~ Memzm. Pann,~vanla As,ocia11an of Notarl .. By~~ Ter6sa Pastella , Notary Public I, the unders igned , Assistan ecretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of wh ich the forego ing is a full , true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate ; and I do further certify that the officer or official who executed the said power of attorney is an Assistant Secretary specially authorized by the chairman or the president to appoint attorneys-in-fact as provided in Article XIII , Section 5 of the By-laws of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company . Th is certificate and the above power of attorney may be signed by facs imile or mechanically reproduced signatures under and by authority of the following vote of the board of directors of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 12th day of March, 1980 . VOTED that the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the company , wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the company in connection with surety bonds , shall be valid and binding upon the company with the.same force and effect as though manually affixed . IN TESTIM A~wl:$~9 69 have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said company , this ________ day of ~Liberry ~ Mutttat Important Notice TO OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT THIS BOND OR TO MAKE A COMPLAINT : You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies , coverages , rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P. 0 . Box 149104 Austin , TX 78714-9104 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the Surety Company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Liberty Mutual Surety Interchange Corporate Center 450 Plymouth Road, Suite 400 Plymouth Meeting , PA 19462-8284 You may contact the claim office by telephone at: 610-832-8240 Premium or Claim Disputes If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim , you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. This notice is for information purposes only and does not become a part of or a condition of the attached document. It is given to comply with Section 2253.048, Government Code , and Section 53 .202 , Property Code , Effective September 1, 2001 PARTG CONTRACT (WATER DEPT.) CITY OF FORT WORTII, TEXAS CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS COUNTY OF TARRANT APR 1 42009 This Contract made and entered into this the __ day of AD ., 20gf, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a home-rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties, Texas, by and through its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, ("Owner"), and (Contracting Company Name here), ("Contractor") Owner and CONATSER CONSTRUCTION TX LP. Owner and Contractor may be referred to herein individally as a "Party" or collectively as the "Parties ." WITNESSETH: That said parties have agreed as follows : 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner , and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereb y agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follo w s : WATER AND SEWER REPLACEMENT 2005 WSM-1 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools , appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents prepared b y the Department of Engineering for the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. 3 . The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Water (Engineering) of the City of Fort Worth. 4. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to full y complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of200 Calender days . If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the sum of $420 .00 Per working day, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency . 5 . Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 6 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City 's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor 's sole negligence . In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such iniury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such iniury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees .. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract . 7 . The Contractor agrees , upon the execution of this Contractor, and before beginning work, to make, execute and deliver to City of Fort Worth the following bonds in the name of the City of Fort Worth in a sum equal to the amount of the Contract. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety must first be acceptable to the requirements of the Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as Amended. A. If the total contract price is $25 ,000 or less , payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum . Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar day s from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the Owner. B. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract, solely for the protection of the claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. C If the Contract amount is in excess of $100,000 , a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the Plans , Specifications, and Contract Documents . Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the Owner. D . A Two-year Maintenance Bond in the name of the Owner is required for all projects to insure the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guarantee contained in the Contract Documents . 8 . The Owner agrees and binds itself to pay, and the Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/excluding) alternates n/a , shall be ONE Million FIVE Hundred Ninety SIX Thousand FOUR Hundred and THIRTY ONE Dollars and No cents, ($1,596,431.00). 9 . It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Owner. Any request for any sublease or assignment shall be made in writing and submitted to the Director of the Engineering Department. 10 . The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with references to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in §. counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in§. counterparts with its corporate seal attached . APR l 4 2009 Done in Fort Worth , Texas, this the_ day of A.D., 202l DIRECTOR, DEPARTMENT OF WATER ~t.!t( l;Jn,/,t-ud~ ,XJ LP CONTRACTOR TITLE P.o . 6ox l'S4'l~ FOTI-W,rl~ ,Ji'~ ADDRESS lC,l 11 CITY OF FORT WORlH .. FERNANDO COSTA, ASST CITY MANAGER ATTEST: CITY SECRETARY (SEAL) ContrL\t \Aut;rizatioa Date APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: APPENDIX A STANDARD CITY OFFORTWORTII DETAILS 8'-0" 5'-6" rLogo Green rWhite I \ I I I: l'\I -YoUR.\wATER FUNDS I .. ..... t ~ I .. I:_._ __ _ (":) I: 0 I .. C\I 8-28-89 6" Radius Typical I 1N" ACTION I I . L-..,Logo Green With White Letters PROJECT SIGN Figure 30 3 1 '-6" 4' . -, Fort Worth,\ -~ogo Blue --Logo Green ,-B'x4'x 1/2" .Plywood I: 0 I .. . Water-~~:'l':j/-Logo Green _____ .,,./ Department;~ -------0- 11 It) GENERAL NOTES: Logo Blue -. Tnemec "Fjord" (BA22) Or Equal Logo Green - Tnemec "Agoan Sea"· (A W22) Or "Emerald" (A V2 2) Or Equal Lettering Sized To Fit Scale 3/4": 1 '-0" E2· 1 Construction 4 • 4' I' C~ AJIUIS W. S WIiia TYl"'IC.&I.. ~ [UtTIIIC CQWW . a IID. ( S Wllllf) Jl IICSID. TTl'ICAL W/0 CIIOISS AAMS 11 WIii[) I .. .~ .... .. ... !~ ~ ... ~ 0 -l! ~~ ~ ll ~o .!tl ...... ~~ ~ " t, 344 R. Q.1!,_ ·- & S[( NOTE * 1 R. -r I -! .... ~ .. Q. 'Id " .. v ~ .... ...... . ~ t, ... VG ... ti.; • .. ... 0 -~ ~~ .... { ... 0 ~ .. ei ... ~ t ... ~ 0 " ... t, "> .,, "' \.:, R : Widl/1 of Rot1dwt1)' -Fae, of Curb lo Foe, of Cirb 2 Gos 8 T,t,pllon, £,n,s Occup)' Som, Posilio1r on Oppo sit , Sid,s of Str,,t -lo be 5 • Off Curb wllttn Por)~oy is Gr,olar T/Jan 10 3 . All Dimensions or, Rd,,-,nc,y lo Fac,1 of Curb and c,nter Lin, of Utility Eos,m,nl 4 . Stwer S,r.ic,s Minimum 4 De,p of C ur b A,pprowd 8 Ado,:hd by ~r~1°Ml1119 Commillu l /ti/ 51 I ' ·t ,.:; ~ I 4' \. .. ~ it .. .. .. .. \. 0) ~ ~ .~ ~ ... ~ S10CW-'UC LOCITION ACCCR»G TO C>lll(NSICHS ~ Ol~IC S -S, i ... .. 0 !:: ~ ... -.J i .. lt ... ., "' c:. \.:, R~,d for Und1r9rc,;nd Cobf,s 8 Approv,d lly Coortl!nolinp Commille, June 16, 1965 Nol to Scot, • ,· .. -~ 0 .... ... l.! t .. ... .,, .. ... '-'S ;; ·'::: i .,, 10' UTILITY REVISED , 9 /17 /87 J .A .N /W.R.M . NOT£: Tlii1 i1 S.,n1 Or1wir,g 111 C-1541 Location of UlililitJs 1n Typical Street Section CITY of FORT WORTH, TEXAS-CONSTRUCTION S-:-ANDARD ESMT. 0 0RAWING NO S -M l DATE : DEC . 1969 PROTECTION ~ RESETTING OF WATER METER BOX IS CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY EXISTING OR PROf'OSED CURB WATER OEPA~~ RESPONSIBILITY ---GAS a" GAS CO . RESPONSIBILITY 1 GAS IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ANY REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS TO CITY OWNED UTILITIES FROM THE METER BOX TO THE BUILDING , TYPICAL SECTION SHOWING LOCATION OF CITY OWNED UTILITIES IN PARKWAY SCALE 1/2 ": I° -0" CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD 1--------------.--------------1··· "··· Orowmg No . S-M 6 Dote: Feb. 1969 1-1-7 8 -------------RIGHT-OF-WAY ------------.....-.l 12· 4' 5'__.44----~~~~~~~~-.. ,, Roadway 1'6"for Class ti: Meter Box 1'.2'for Cl ass ''B'Meter Box I r-Asshow7on plans . 4' Meter Box / ~Gosline Copper Service Line Ii\ \.Z.)-._ Sanitary Sewer NOTE: l. On Initial Installation: No More Than One Splice Per Copper Service Line Will Be Allowed With No Splice Under Pavement. 2, Service Line lnstal lat ions Shall Include A Class 11A11 Or Class 11 B11 ·Meter Box As Appl !cable For The Size Service Intended. 3, If Meter Box Is Not lnstal led At The Time Of Service Connection, A Strip Of Blue Vinyl Tape At Least 311 Wide And 10 MIL Thick Shall Be Fastened To The End Of The Service And Extended Through The Backfi 11 At The Meter Box Location. UTILITIES SERVICE DETAIL FIGURE I E1-17 Material E2-17 Construction 1-1-7 1 ...... ... .,- ·, ... ·::, .. ··· ·.,: ·.; ·.· ,• .. ,/::·.:.?): . ;. ,., ... , ... 0 . . . ' ' .. •,.V .,:.,•. ,,,,. ,,, .. ' ......... ,.J:.···:., .. · ..... · .. ~ ·.,_:/: ~·: ______..__ __ © --- ----n-----,r---,, , .. , .. , -------••••--1:d,I ~ •: ,. -<. I Ii•~; \:/.I I., .. •• • \ .. ,., r'J 1• ,t '... ,11 :~·1 S:~ . : r··J 1!!...'~ ;~:•-•:• ••. · ~-·~ --··:-C' -• • "";.-::•,•,:i, ~ -,, I • I I • I • t _, .. , ,,-,-,·,--------,.:1--·~ ----... ,:,,:, I 1 ,;',-,1·,1"'·---I~~ I ,c.-'L--------------__ ,:i I I I I I I I' 5-0'' MIN. L--------® --------~ MATERIAL LIST 3/411 or 111 as applicable (/SJ -Standard Corporation Stop @ -Standard Curb Stop & 90° E 1 bow. Cg -Meter Box and Meter to be installed by Other @ -Service Line @-Blue Vinyl Tape, 3" wide, 611 above gro~nd ® -Area to be backf i 11 ed with sand 3/4 11 a r" w AT E R s E R v I c E . o E TA , L FIGURL-2 El-17 Material E2-17 Const ! ion :r-rj -r-{· a . .~ '81 3/ 4" LETTrnlNG (RECESSED FLUSH) 5/8" [16mm · -=r-. ·----- 10• I , 11 1/8" \1 [283mmr\ . [457mm . ! 2 1/8" 5/16" . ! 1 3/4" (54mmj~ ~l[Bmm]11+r [Hmm] fE=CI::I~ COVER SECTION 12 7 /8" -[327mmr- -11:s;o··. 17/o". _ I; [209mmrl ~C43 mmJ , I . z Wzc;;::::======::114"11 . ·-11 g 7/B" 1' 12" · . (251 mmr [305mm] l="~J 1s .3/8" I 18 ;313•[3!J1mmr [467mm BOX SECTION . 1\11 5/16". COVER.SECTION~ 1 · [Bmrn] 20" . i [50Bmm~· 18 1/4" · . [ 464mm] · .\ ; ·1-·15 3/4" . I [425mm~ .\ 1-· -[~3;1~~) 24" [610mm]. BOX SECTION flevls~.d 13/2B/02 CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT 1000 THROCKMORTON Sl FORT WORTH, TX 7610: · 1317-871-8240 · FAX: 817-871...:81°95 CLASS 'A' STANDARD PLASTIC . · ·METER BOX WITH CAST .IRON LID FOR . 3/4" & 1" · METERS SCALE" ~ SHOWN . .. }-rj ' }---{ 'r\ :~j. ,,~ :\'·. .. ~ .. :. :. l"-.) ·~ r°'. .. lz . J. .. i.• 5/8~ [16mm · 3/.\." LEITTRING COVER SECTION (RECESSED ,FLUSH) COVER S]::CTION ·. c\6 19 1 ~;; 2 1/Q" _ [5-4mm . • I 5/.16" 1 1/2 dt!: ~rt},'~~=f ['8mm] I~ ~/15· -[8mm) 1 B 7 /8"..-.,__· __ _ ~---~79mm 1 1/2" [ (3£lmm) ~ v .. L, ~ '/ /, COVER SECTION / ~ / L, / / ~ ~ ~ / / / ~ / 1, , r . , .,, ·1 . 20 1/-4" __ \ . 1----[5Hmm . BOX SECTION · 1 . 11 'J/4" i:.__~ [298mm I , .. I. ·, : I ' ., \ .. \·. i . BOx° SECTION . I 1 B. 3/B" . [ '467mm] . Revi~ed 8/28/02 c ·1rv OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT 1000 THROCKMORTON ST FORT WORTH,. TX 76102 .. -817-871-8240 FA X: 817-871-8195 CLASS 'C' STA N DARD PLASTIC METER BOX ·WITH CAST IRON LID FOR 2-3/4" METERS SCALE A':.. ..'OWN· I Paving Or Other urface Hater ia I ~~~~~ .. --~-·, · .. • ....... '-··a· .·.·:' • ... -~,:-~ ···:-~-.·a· ;;,•.,>. 1c• .. a l• ••/' I I,• • ,r .• •••• ... •• ... • • :•••"\.• .... v.•• · · ·,. --· ·.· · "" /1 ·· · · • ·n• · ~'l'4· 'o'0 ;, ··-' ti · .-./1. c'/) • {j' . v.t.: ... __ ;:·' · .. '4: : ·. :u,'~ •,.:,:;. __ .,, .. :::" .· .. ··' .. _u;,o,'t' :_. :'-·. fo···. : ·.:,-·:.·:,.::--~~:a· :r.-· .. o, • . . -,· • .. . . . . . '; -• . • : . ,. ... , . •. ,.. · ..... • .... o·· •. o,,, .. • ... • •,·,·.-·:o#I •"' · ... ' • # ...... ~--. ••• ,,•:.· .... -.. ,.·· , .. :: • ••••••• • I -'.:.,:.' •• • .... , ·r.: '· :,.;:.!-·:_.~J.O ·;J' Roadway Base If Valve Operating -Nut is More Than 3' Below Pave- ment Surface -Provid e Extension Stem To 1 1 Below Pavement Surface. Detail Pertains to All Gate Valve Sizes Li 11 Thru 12 11 Main r n-, I I _L -·--l. .e::..,-,-.:::.. I I I ... ,2vi;()j :::q :;'<2··.::·.,:::·-·.·.·. _; ·-·o~:_::q·.-·-:·a?.a =.!_ ='~··:.~·. { ... ~ : -~ ... ·· •. ·. 'I, •• ·O I . ~ .. • "' ~ o . . . : . ·. ·:... ~ ~r, ·o·· ..... · ....... o· .. . . .. ·'O . <v,• •. . 0 .• a ·:" .· t)_ . . .• •. •.· • ..·.: . ,.>-, -~·: .•. · ... ; ·.· . ., ·:· ·,:· ... ·o ... =··::a· .. ~-. ;-::·: \t? ~:L/•. '•, .. q~.,' ·" : P/ • .·.. . . . ; . : "·· .:_-/""f • , ··: ·-•I ·•• 0 ., •,, ; • • • , • •.-•' •-. • • > • ' • '' • ' • • , •"' •<..,_...,fl, 1 • •' • McKinley Iron and Steel Co., No. YB5 three piece valve bo x or equal • ...... ___ Gate Valve _ _________,_ _ _.... ·-----+let- AND BOX, TYPICAL GATE VALVE EXTENSION STEM DETAIL FIGURE 3 E l -IO Mater i a I E 2 -10 Construct ion 1-1-78 NOTE: Bearing Areas shown are based on 150 P.S.1.G test pressuie and 3000 P.S.F. soil bearing value. 1500# Concrete l \<,~:.-~~ ~ I '.1f Jjl~f~! ++----+ ------t-+--------- ~ - X Bend 1500 # Concrete HORIZONTAL BLOCKING TABLE ~·:Dimension 11 X" Hay Vary If Necessary To Provid e Be aring Against Undisturbed Trench Wall . - I! . Pipe x--:, Size Dim. Ft. 411 l 6" J.5 8" 1. 5 I 011 I. 5 12 11 l.5 16 11 2 20'1 2 24 11 2 30 11 2.5 36 11 2. c; 42 11 1 48 11 3 . ··54 11 l.j. 0 NOTES: 1-i-78 l l O -15 1 220 -30' 45° 90 ° Te e & Plug • I MJn. ndX trl In• Max. Min. Max. Min. Ma x . rlMin. ~a x ''A" ArP.c Vn 1 "RI I IArPa Vol II(' I Area Vol. •• 0 .-. Area Vol. fl F II rPa 'ol .90 .8c .05 .95 .90 .05 .95 .90 .05 .91 .82 .05 l. 16 ·• 51 .05 .90 ."8( .05 .95 .90 .05 l. 05 J. 10 .05 l. 73 l.99 .05 l. 19 1.41 .05 .90 . 8c · 05 .95 .90 .05 1.41 2.00 .05 J.86 3.47 . 1 1.57 2.4E . 1 .90 .8C .05 1.26 l. 60 .05 1. 79 3.20 . I 2.18 5.62 .2 1.99 3.98 . 15 J. 10 1. 2( .05 l.48 2.30 . 1 2. 14 4.50 .2 2 .83 B.oo . 3 2.38 5.&5 .2 1.41 2.0C . 1 2.00 4.00 • 1 2.83 8.00 .4 3.75 ~.10 .65 3. 16 10.00 .5 l. 77 3. I 0 .2 2.54 6.20 . 3 3.52 12.40 . 6 4. 70 ~ .oo I. 15 3.94 15 .55 . 7 5 2. 14 4.50 .25 3.00 i9.00 .5 4.25 18. l 0 .95 5.65 :9. 00 1.85 4. 76 22 .60 ,. 05 2.66 7. l 0 .55 3.78 14. 20 1.0 5.30 28.20 l.75 7.05 ftS.80 3.4 5.91 35. 33 2. l 3.·:n 10. 00 .7S 4. c;o ~0.40 1.4 6. 36 ~0.80 2.65 8.50 72.00 5. 1 7.20 )l • 00 2.95 1. 72 n.Rr 1. 2 c; • 2 c; 27 J,n 2.2 7 41 r;c;. ·.rn 4 1 q_qn in. c;o 7.Q 8. 30 ~.oo 4. 75 4. 38 18. 30 1. 6 6.oo 1h.OO 2.9 8.48 7U>O s.4 11. 14 12).SO 10.4 q. c;o 'cn.o, 6. 1 c; ~.00 )2 .5c 14,00 6. 70 li;iOO 7.00 9.Lio 88.00 0.00 13.001620( 16.oc 10,7( JISDJ.12.0C Minimum areas shown are in square feet. Volumes shown are in cubic yards. Vertical dime nsions of all block be aring areas shall be ldentical to th e horizontal dimension shown. HORIZONTAL BLOCK I NG DETAIL FIGURE 9 E-1-·20 Material E-2-20 Construction ,--=--------------- I 6" Lead from Hains. 12 11 am!LMger to Gate Valve Concrete __ _ Blocking Hain---.... Existing or Proposed Cur~---------. Pavement or Oth e r Surface----.., Trench----, * Fir e Hydrant Anchor i n3 Coup - I i n g for Connec- tion off of Con- er et e P i pe I 2 11 Diame t e r and Lar ge r * Bury Depth: LE:ad or Proposed Curb Bottom ,.Re st Concrete Blocking Fire Hydrant ~--Exer c ise care to avoid Plugging Drain HolE.. Wi t h Concret f:: Fi r e Hy d ra'1t t o be Set Plu mb ,----Par k~·:ay Extension Ba r r e l and Stem for Ex tra Bu r y De pth if Ne cess ary Minimum 7 C,F, Gra vel Proportion a lly Around Ba se Sloc k i:1 ; (I) 3'-6" for Cast Iron Pipe (2) ·5 1 -0'1 for A-C Pipe Ref. -----Vari es------- Figure 6 STANDARD FIRE H~-DRANT f : . FIGURE 5 DETAIL E1 -12 Mal E2-12 Const .-- ' B NOTE: 24 11X40 11 Sha I I ow Manhole type to be used if total depth Jess than - 4 feet, McKinley Iron Works N6. PM 24X40 or equal. MATERIALS G)24 11 Std. Manhole · cover equal to McKinley I.W. No. A24AH :With ''Water 11 cast in lid. SECTION A-A (?)Mortar, Ref. E 1-20 shape to slab edge. .ffi Polyurethane cushion pad as G)Grade adjustment, 8 11 in supplied byTejas Plastics St. R.O.W. or under Pvmt. Materials, Supply Co., Ft. @Top & b_ottorn slabs, Class Worth, Texas, or equal. "F'1 (4000#) concrete w/#6 @ Water main with flange St. bars spaced 6 11 c/c access as applicable. each way. Steel bar cover <:i) Exhaust piping, fitted with 2!11±t'1 from bottom of each Dresser coupling, when slab. r~quired. Pipe gap in toupl ing shal 1 be min. D/2. @ G) ~'- f @ B•• CD @ REF: E 6" --, + B ® ~ Combination air & vac. release valve, close nipples, tee, 2 ea~ Gate Valves. Nipples to conform to E J-9.~. ~ Manhole steps equal to PERMA-STEP #100~2, Utility Prod. Inc., San Antonio, Texas (See Figure 17 for Dimensions) / 2 11 a 3" VACUUM COMBINATION AIR AND DETAIL RELEASE VALVE .. FIGURE MATFR IALS CONSTRUCT I ON E 1-11 16 r ·, ,\_• f 12 11 TYP. A * l __ (Continued from Fig. 16) DIMENSIONS SECTION B-B Risers) No. 6 Bars 611 c/c A (D When exhaust piping is required, min. dim. shall be length of vault riser tongue plus 111 • ~ When exhaust p1p1ng is not required, min. dim. shall be length of vault riser tongue p 1 us l 11, (Approx. 5") G) 2 11 fittings, using close nipples, min. dim. shall be 1 1 8-3/16"; 311 fittings, using close nipples, min. dirr,. shall be 2 1 7/8 11 • ®. HIN. DIM, Nomi na 1 Installation on Installation on C/L Pipe Size Bl ind Flanqe To Surface of Pioe Collar 2" ;•, 1/2" ;'d, 7 -1 / l 611 311 ;', 5/811 ;h', 7-5/ 811 ;•,: Min. dim. based on recommended installation of close nipple. ;'r,': Min. dim. based on recommended i n st a 1 l at i on of close nipple on flanged outlet with insulated flanqe to thread kit. Off-set to be 6 11 from C/L opposite manhole step location when installation on bl ind flange of access outlet. Other installations shall be on top C/L 2" 8 VACUUM COMBINATION AIR AND DETAIL RELEASE VALVE is required of main. 1-1-78 FIGURE 17 E 1-11 E 2-11 MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION Q) Provide MJ Yee for c. I. pipe or MJ Be I l out 1 et -/II tor cone. pipe I\I w !·th ~nchor coup- .::: I 1ng an each case II See Figure 3 Gate D i a. 611 Hin. in E 2-+2 + 1211 i 1211 • Seal pipe to wall hole cut-out with non-shrink mortar equ-1 to l part Alcrete, 1 part cement. 6 p~rts sand. Details of construction sh~ll conform to Figure 103 Class 11 F11 4000# concrete with No. 6 steel bars spaced 6 11 c/c each way. Steel bar cover to be 2 11 min., 3" max. from bottom of top slab and from top of floor slab. ST ANDA.RD BLOW-OFF INTO 4 1 DIAMETER SUMP MANHOLE DETAIL l-1-78 FIGURE 18 E 1-20 E 2-20 Material Construction l ! lJ 7J ; r ,_-; r r Concrete or Crushed Stone Base For-Permanent Paving 1-1-78 ·-· Pipe Si 21 Ditch Wi dtl ••w•• "I . D. II C. I. Pi oe 2-l-" 2 1 -011 411 2 1 -0 11 (,11 2 1 -0 11 811 2 1 -0 11 l 0 11 2 1 -011 12 11 2 1 -2 11 16 11 2 1 -611 20 11 2 1 -10 11 24 11 3'-2 11 1011 - 36 11 - 42 11 - 48" - .•• , . D. II Ditch Width ••w•• Pretensione~ - - - - - - 2 1 -711 3'-0" 3'-411 -- - - Ditch Widtn ''W'' Prestressel:J - - -- - - - - - 4 1 -611 5 1 -0 11 5'-711 6 1 -2 11 Granular Embedment To Be Jetted or Tamped Crushed Limestone Beddin For Water Mains 16 11 Dia. and Larger and San. Sewe lines (See El-3;E2-3) Ditch Wal Clearance "A" - q_&II 8.6 11 7. 511 6.5 11 6" 611 6" bll (jll ~." s11 911 Note: Granular embedment is to be included in the price bid per 1 inear foot of pipe. TYPICAL EMBEDMENT DETAIL FIGURE 19 E 1-2 Material E Construction existing I I 1-1-78 H specif i e-d .. ' . ' I ® . . CD t CD 611 min. dimension. 611 max. tor paay purposes when bid per cubic yard. ® 6 11 min .. dimension. Max. for pay purposes shall be 6 11 on main 24 11 and smaller, 9 11 on mains 30 11 and larger, when bid per cubic yard. 4 11 min. dimension. 4 11 max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. © Cl ass 11 E11 1500# concrete~ Concrete encasement shall stop 1 1 either side of joint, and when enc•slng concrete pressure pipe, full lengths of pipe shall be encased, joints excluded. CONCRETE ENC·ASEMENT DETAIL FIGURE E 1-7 Material E 2-7 Construction 20 I ) MINIMUM 5• INITIAL.:--,.,--~~ BACKFILL COVER MINIMUM 5•-,-. --t-1"'~-..,...........,.., EMBEDMENT TYPE •c• BACKFILL SEE SPEC. E1-2 . .f. G.C.D. SAND MATERIAL EMBEOMENT & INITIAL BACKflLL SEE SPEC. E1-2.3 G.C.D. WATER: SIZES UP TO AND INCLUDING 12" MINIMUM INITIAL BACKflLL COVER: ----.- TYPE •C" BACKFILL SEE SPEC. E1-2.4 G.C.D . :WATER -5• S£M:R -12• STORM DRAJN -12- CRUSHED STONE OR SAND MATERIAL INITIAL BACKFILL SE£ SPEC. E1-2.-4{b) OR E1-2.3 G.C.D . MINIMUM 5•_.._-~.___,,~ EMBEOMENT ~r-=:rrr==n-r=~ ,---CRUSHED STONE SAND GRADATION •LESS TiiAN 10X PASSING f200 SIEVE •P.I . .,. 10 OR LESS CRUSHED STONE GRADATION SI£\£ SIZE 1" :C RETAINED 0-10 '4-0-75 55-90 90-100 95-100 SEE SPEC . E1 -2.3 G.C.O . WATER: SIZES 16" AND LARGER SEWER: ALL SIZES STORM DRAIN: ALL SIZES MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS lHE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL OETAJLS PRO'r1DEO ON TiilS SHEET SHALL REPLACE APPROPRIATE PRO'r1SIONS OF BOTii lHE E1-2.4{b) AND El-2.3 OF lHE G.C.O. AND STD. SPEC. ITEM 402 OF lHE TPW STANDARD SP£OF1CAl10NS FOR STREET & STORM DRAJN CONSTRUCTION. ALL OlHER PROVISIONS OF lHESf. ITEMS SHALL APPLY. WATER, SEWER & STORM DRAIN EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL DETAILS CITY OF FORT WORTH-CONSTRUCTION STANDARD FlGURE A DA TE: 2-19-02 Existing Surface Q) @ :'+4-----G)----~ Proposed Water Kain Variable trench width. Pipe length shall be measured as standard trench width, {Ref. E 2-2.16), plus four feet . {'4 1 ). No joints will be all~d within this dimension. A minimum bearing of 21.i 11 shall be required on each side of the trench. Sewer 1 Ines less than twelve inches {12 11 ) in di~ter shal 1 be replaced with Class 150 cast iron pipe or supported •nd encased by a reinforced concrete beam per Figure 21'. Sewer. service I ines shall be replaced with extra strength cast iron soil pipe. TIN joining of cast iron pipe to clay or concrete pipe shall be made with l.tOOO# concrete collars per Figure 112, or with approved adaptors. The entire area excavated to accomplish the replacement shall be completely backfilled with crushed limestone and thoroughly compacted to 90% Proctor Modified Density. ® The minimum clearance of sewer to water lines shall be six inches (6 11 ). 1-1-78 SANITARY SEWER P.IP~ REPLACEMENT DETAIL FIGURE 23 E 1-7 Materials E 2-2 Construction ·, •··. i : r I :: r E>'.ISTlNG ~ldll:::~nB =ilE31E3lh IBIBIBi). ~lBIEJIB· ''81Ei9 . -··-==u -, ..... I 4 · 1 !======~ t------: -· L-------•·l r-------~-,-,--------. ..) ,--------~ (--------: I -.:.. - - -•-- --t CLAY DAM PROFILE GROUND :--COM?ACTEO BENTONffE Cl.AY (•~ 2:27 CONC.RETE sor:.. CLAY DAM .SECTION CLAY DAM CONSTRUCTION .. .. _,. ;_1 f f 1. --......... Mo -x 36 "s~~rzl' pt',;,r~ -// " .9.rovr' wri'A .morr.>.r. -'\ Rq,": E /-/s' pron"u,d / , by $'/re~" ~nr'r;ct'or I \ /~$"/.;,,((',d by SGAri".;,,. y s-a-~r {',t,nrr.vel"cr. --t-~--E====*====3--i-J--\ I / _/ ,, ...__ 6r.;drz Rr~s .;,rl r'o ,64 prondtld /or /n4'r.?t'f'Pt'ran ,by S'T/"~U' Conf/".Pc'tor. ( A~ /10~ s.no.w...,.) lP,? ,5fut p/lf,z /5-,tudcJ¥ h;,/5,A .rrm ,z/ey.;,r,-'o,,, .,l,fam, /',rA,e Co.,,t>r~t'e or A.S. 7. M. c~ ,;178 pr~t:'~sl r~rn/orcrzd -.;,n/70{¢ Stl.ct,cnS or c9v.?{, Rel:·-£-2-/4----PcRMA-5'TE? #/oo-2, or a.9'uo1c,oJnd Sl-1.5'j'lr11d of.S-S.nOrY/? .---I -----~ /.I~, /J -A,, Trrz,,,C'A .w,d't'/7 t"0/1('. cr,;,du /o exrrz"'1d' lo I prj,~ .b~ II * Yc?r,eo ;v,r/t a't~.mqfqr or p,;.,~ Croul' "~· ! ,Pr<ZC:.?$r) .. ,:-.. • .. -.' .... -.. -.... ~-MIN. =i . . ,: .::·L~~.:::_ · .. ~·:::·_-.. _·.·.·::.::·-.:: + ·. ·_...:;..··:·.·7.:..-:~~~·.,,:~: • · -· o · • o · .. ·,:,. L..-\·:t ;: \;,·~ /:~~-~~:'·~·~·.··: f D., • 0 • • : '..L.:. . . . . d .. • ; "> ~;r\~::r~-~~~?~I-i~-~::~:;:··';--i .. ~;:~-::.~~:~\~\~:;~~~:::a_~=~~:~J:_:~t7.·'.:::.1~:;~~~\~::'.~-_,_:~~:;~~~--~~_{s,/: Cle1.J"$' ,r (,?tJ()tJ #) Cone. {e ~ 0 ¢ N o't~ ./'or 5'1Wtlr -•",:nz u,:, to 2/ • dti7 . .? -a'ra. /'or s~w~r p.pt!. u,P re 39~ dt'o'. l -1-78 rfGUN'E /0~ STAA/PARP ,ff4A//./OLE ( Pr,ic,;:,s,' s-Aow/1) I "/3 -8 ,, EI -I 4 Mat er i a I EZ-14 Construction * Proy,/e/,d by f~q IVo?rtZr .?nd 6'cr"1'·r..,ry 6"~JV,tr t:'0/1rr.;,cr'or rd ,9 $£r,t de,r~"gn.;,rqd .oy r'ht> P"'.61'1 c #orK.:r Con/S'rruc-~on En.5'1A1t12r. "-----,,1-1.;,.,.Aot'tt /ra=t> o>nd c~ o'r~. Conzr, <Z9v.;,( to Af,,k'/n (,ty /ro,1 H/or..f.r, #o.A ?<?.4#,w//A ,,P1t'k" sl',n/.5 or p1e,f, Ao/~s. R.r,.....· cc' -/,;r ;e:-/QURE /0~ STAA/P4RP /11/.IA//./OLE 1-1-78 El-14 Material E2-J4 Construction \ l STREET DIRT Cl. >- 1--- 0 -C\J 8-14 REBARS TYP. ~~~ USE 3000..« CLASS A CONCRETE. CONC . COLLAR HEIGHT VARIES PVHT. .PVHT. '" 2: 27 ... -... ... CASE J CASE 2 CASE J COLLAR SHALL EXTEND TO TOP OF 2: 27 CONCRETE -(REBAR REO .) CASE 2 4.o· SECTION A 1 COLLAR SHALL EXTEND 3 • BELO>r' ,~ ' BOTTON OF LOWEST GRADE RING {REBAR REG.) FIGURE .121 CONCRETE MANHOLE DETAIL ., 3" TYP . 0 8 CHAMFER TYP 6" HIN. HINIMUK HEIGHT VARIES COLLAR £1-.20. 21 HATERIAL E2~20.21 CONSTRUCTION 5/18/90 3/05/93 Existing 1-1-78 CD t © 6 11 min. dimension. 6 11 max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. 6 11 min. dimension. Max. for pay purposes shall be 611 0.-1 mains 21.i" and smaller, 911 on mains 30" and larger, when bid per cubic yard. 411 min. dimension. l.i 11 max. for pay purposes when bid per cubic yard. @ Class 11 E11 1500# concrete. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT DETAIL FIGURE 113 E 1-7 Material E 2-7 Construction QI QI I- Q/ ..0 ro L ro > L .0 QI ro 3 ·- QI L V) l'J > . C (I) ro N V) ·- V) L 0 C ro X L ~I QJ V} C ro V} NOTE~ ! or 3/4 Roadwa 6" Standard l I ,A 2 1 -611 I 1' / \ I~ IX I_ J..:t I I : / \ / \ / \ ~/ \ \ i...~ ~..,,.s I I ~atertight \Plug 3 1 Min. If C. I. Min •. Grade 1% TYPICAL SECTION Note: Embedment and backfill as required for adjacent sewer main shall be includ e d in the price bid per sewer service complete in plac e . St and a rd Cur Gutter Sect i n Service Line Tees Wi 11 Be Used On All Service Lines Constructed At Same Time As Public Sewer. Sewer service line location to be marked with red vinyl tape ~t least)" wide and 10 mil thick attached to the end of the service and extending through the back- fill at the point of house service connection behind the proposed curb. SERVICE LINE DETAILS FIGURE 115 El-9 Material E2-9 Construction EXISJ1NG CURB & GUTIER SAW CUT I TRENCH REPAIR LIMITS . SAW CUT EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT BACKFILL MATERIAL (SEE NOTE #3) EXISTING CURB & GUTTER TRENCH REPAIR W/PERMANENT HMAC PAVEMENT AND NON-REINFORCED CONCRETE BASE TYPICAL SECTION NOTES: 1. PLACE A MIN. OF 2" HMAC SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) TO MATCH EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT GRADE AS SHOWN. 2. PLACE A MIN. OF 8" 2: 27 CONCRETE AS SHOWN. 3. FLOWABLE FILL MAY BE REQUIRED TO BACKFlLL ALL TRENCHES IN DOWNTOWN STREETS AND IS OPTIONAL IN OTHER AREAS. IF FLOWABLE FILL IS REQUIRED, A SEPERATE PAY ITEM WILL BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH. FOR STORM DRAIN INSTALLATION, BACKFILL SHALL MEET SPECIFlED ITEM 402 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION, CITY OF FORT WORTH. FOR WATER OR SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATION,BACKFILL SHALL BE PER FIGURE A. 4. ALL CONSTRUCTION MUST BE ·IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH . STANDARD SPECIFICA llONS FOR STREET ANO STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION. REV. 05/2006 DA TE: . ()9 /2005 2000-1A EXISTING CURB & GUTIER NOTES EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT N0.3 BARS ON 24" CENTERS BOTH WAYS WITH MIN. 2 BARS LONGITUDINAL IN DrTCH TRENCH REPNR LIMITS MIN. 2" HOT MIX ASPHALT TYPICAL SECTION 1. REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO ORIGINAL THICKNESS OR TO A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 5" 'M-llCHEVER IS GREATER. 2. IF STEEL EXISTS IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT TO BE CUT, THE STEEL SHALL BE CUT AND SALVAGE AS POSSIBLE. A MINIMUM LAP SPLICE DISTANCE OF 12" SHALL BE PROVIDED. 3. REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT WILL BE REPLACED OVER TRENCH, AS SHOWN, IN THE EVENT NON-REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT IS REMOVED. 4. ALL EXISTING ASPHALT COURSE SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE ORIGINAL DEPTH. MINIMUM PAVEMENT ON ALL ASPHALT STREETS SHALL BE 2" OF FINE GRADED SURFACE COURSE. 5. BEDDING OF PIPE TO MATCH ADJACENT SECTIONS. 6. 2: 27 CONCRETE MAY BE DELETED IF HALF THE SPECIFIED THICKNESS OF 2: 27 EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT -~-BACKFILL MATERIAL (SEE NOTE #7) EXISTING CURB ~GUTI/ EXIST CONC. BASE 7. FLOWABLE FILL MAYBE BE REQUIRED TO BACKFILL ALL TRENCHES IN DOWNTOWN STREETS AND IS OPTIONAL IN OTHER AREAS. IF FLOWABLE FILL IS REQUIRED, A SEPERATE PAY ITEM WILL BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH. FOR STORM DRAIN INSTALLATION, BACKFILL SHALL MEET SPECIFIED ITEM 402 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION, CITY OF FORT WORTH. FOR WATER OR SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATION, BACKFILL SHALL BE . PER FlGURE A. 8. ALL CONSTRUCTION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION . IS ADDED TO THE CLASS "A" CONCRETE. REV. 05/2006 _________________________________ _;.. __ -f,, CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS DATE: 6"9/2005 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIR · Wl11-I REINFORCED CONCRETE BASE .2000-18 EXISTING CURB &: GUTIER NOTES: TRENCH REPAIR LIMITS EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT 2" HOT MIX ASPHALT t EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT ---BACKFILL MATERIAL (SEE NOTE #3) TRENCH REPAIR W/TEMPORARY HMAC PAVEMENT ll'PICAL SECTION 1. PLACE A MIN. OF 2" HMAC SURFACE SOURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) TO MATCH EXISTING HMAC PAVEMENT GRADE AS SHOWN. 2. PLACE COMPACTED FLEX BASE MA TERI AL AS SHOWN. EXISTING CURB &: GUITER 3. FLOWABLE FILL MAY BE REQUIRED TO BACKFILL ALL TRENCHES IN DOWNTOWN STREETS, AND IS OPTIONAL IN OTHER AREAS. IF FLOWABLE FILL IS REQUIRED, A SEPERATE PAY ITEM WILL BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH. FOR STORM DRAIN INSTALLATION, BACKFILL SHALL MEET SPECIFIED ITEM 402 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION, CITY OF FORT WORTH. FOR WATER OR SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATION,BACKFILL SHALL BE PER FIGURE A. 4. ALL CONSTRUCTION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH T1-IE CITY OF FORT WORTH ST AND ARD SPECIFICAllONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION. REV. 05/2006 fQBT WOillH CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS ~ TEMPORARY ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIR DA TE: . 09 /2005 . 2000-1C 5' MIN . EXISTING BASE IF ANY) EXISTING CONCRETE JOINT PIPE EX rs 11NG ClJN~r<: EXISTING CURt:j · · PAVEMENT TRENCH REPAIR W/REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT TYPICAL SECTION NOTES: 1. FLOWABLE FILL MAY BE REQUIRED TO BACKFILL ALL TRENCHES IN DOWNTOWN STREETS AND rs OPTIONAL IN OTHER AREAS. IF FLOWABLE FILL rs REQUIRED. A SEPERATE PAY ITEM 'NILL BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH. FOR STORM DRAIN INSTALLATION, BACKFILL SHALL MEET SFIECIFIED ITEM 402 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION, CITY OF FORT WORTH. FOR WATER OR SANITARY SEWER INST ALLA TION,BACKF1LL SHALL BE PER FIGURE A. DEPTH, OR TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 5" WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 3. PLACE 6 11 OF 2: 27 CONCRETE AS SHOWN. 1" OF REINFORCED . CONCRETE MAY BE SUBTl1UTED FOR EVERY 2" OF 2: 27 CONCRETE. 4. REINFORCEMENT OF CONCRETE MUST MEET CITY STANDARD OR MATCH EXISTING, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 5. ALL CONSTRUCTION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE . 'MTH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION. REV. 05/2006 2. REINFORCED CONCRETE PA~, EMENT SHALL BE REPLACED . TO ORIGINAL I ----------CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS TRENCH REPAIR W/REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT DA TE:· . 09 /2004 2000-2 AS,HAt.T NV[lll[NT THICICll[SI l I t ' -o· 1' • 4 V4 • SEAL WITH JOINT FILLER . .. STAB . SUBGRAOE .I. •3 BAAS ,· , ·. s· .,. ,·.1. -SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT ·111 ~ 1//'E:II/ ":I'll;:///= . //I TOPSOIL •• ., • (/1 ! w ::II ii: =.., ~ MINIMUM EXCAVATION OUTLINE FOR STREET CONSTRUCTION STAN DA.RD 7 11 CURB a 1.5' GUTTER USE WITH TYPE NO. Il PAVEMENT CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS -CONSTRUCTION STANDARD R!:VISEO. 9/28/87 J.A.N./W.R.M. Orowln~ No . S • S 3 Dot,: July, 1969 APPENDIXB TRAFFIC CONTROL r-----------------------------1 I J _ J I ! - \. ! ,,.- ( '-.. ... -'f l -~.; "l j co (S) N r,i z <l: _J CL -(S) (S) N ' M ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 FEET o~ MIN.\ o~ r. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 t 0 0 0 0 0 I I ~ <I a: w 0 a: 3 <I er_ J w LL w LL z a1, 0 N I ~ X z <I -L L - I-I-w w w w LL LL CS) CS) CS) lf) ~ 1, I x~ 1~,, ROAD WORK AHEAD This plon 1s submitted for TCP. I certify this plon will be used for the foiling locot1on(sl: ------------; in ond thot oil chonnehzing devices will conform to 'General Notes' os shown on the bock. w 1- <l: D .. _, J j CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS TMUTCD F 1gure TA-3,4 & 6 Dote TYPICAL TWO WAY STREET -SPEED LIMIT 30 MPH OR LESS SHORT TERM STATIONARY -12 HRS OR LESS -DAYTIME ONLY Note: See reverse side for General Notes ond Devi c e Spacing PLAN "220 B' I ~-----------------~!( l .\..._.------ ( I ! \.. i ; J 0 N N ~ ...J a.. ENO ROAD WORK <> <> <> 10 FEET <> MIN. 0 ( fl D D D D D <> <> <> <> <> <> <> <> :,: ·. <{ 0:: w 0 0:: ~ <{ 0:: w w LL LL z ::::> 0 ro N .J t') ~ .<> 0 o This plan is submitted for TCP . I certify this plan will be used for the following location(s): N ' I') :0 and that oll channelizing devices will conform to "General Notes" a s shown o n the back . w I-< 0 Signature = Date : CIT Y OF FORT WORTH TYPICAL TWO WAY STREET -SPEED LIMIT 30 MPH OR LESS TRANSPORTAT ION INTERMEDIATE TERM -OVERNIGHT TO 3 DAYS AND t=-N_ot_e_=~~---,~-:---=-~--,~-,-~-,--=--,----,=---,---1 P UBLIC WORKS See reverse side for Gen e ral Notes and Device S a cin . p LAN 11 2 2 Q C 11 I I I I I I I l C ( N N 0 0 N Flogger 2 Floggers required wheneve opposing traffic required to use some lone. Floggers shall be in constant radio contact. No congregrating around flogger s to tions . Flogger stations must be lighted at night. ENO ROAD WOR ,,. D D D I: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D ..R. '--r------... ~ ENO ~ WW u. z u. 0 :) N CD z ::f I-w w u. x <{ ::E 0 ~ ROAD WORK Flogger Required On Collector /Resi dential Streets . Additional Floggers Moy Be Required Depending On Field Conditions . ' .,., This plan 1s submitted for TCP. I certify this pion will be used for the following location(s): ' ll1 w ~ and that all channelizing devices will conform to "General Notes" as shown on the bock . 0 Signature: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS Note : Dote : TYPICAL TWO WAY STREET LANE CLOSURE See reverse side for General Notes and Device S acin PL AN "221" APPENDIXC CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS t:LK ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES, INC. 8950 Forum Way• Fort Worth TX 76140 817 .568.8585 • Fax: 817 .568 .8590 To : Date: 11 Dec 2008 I ELK Job No: 2531 Baird, Hampton & Brown, Inc. Attn: Konstantine Bakintas , PE 4550 S.H. 360, Suite 180 Re: Grapevine, TX 76051 ;i1-3Jt-l'17 7 We are sending you Enclosed Under separate cover via _____ the following items: Shop Drawings Copy of Letter Copies Date 1 12/11/08 1 12/12/08 1 12/11/08 Prints Plans Change Order No. Description D-2531 -01 Cathodic Protection Detail DrawinQ 131101 Cathodic Protection specification 1 Certification THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: For approval Approved as submitted For your use As requested For review and comment Approved as noted Return for corrections Samples Specifications Resubmit __ for approval Submit __ copies for distribution Return __ corrected prints FOR BIDS DUE---------' 20 __ PRINTS RETURNED AFTER LOAN To Us Remarks: ----------------------------------- Copy To: Job File -----------Signed: If enclosures are not as noted, please not, \\server\company\jobs\2531 baird hampton brown\correspondence\t-2531 .01 .doc SPECIFICATIONS COVER SHEET & REVISION RECORD SECTION 13110 CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE This cover page is a record of all revisions of the construction specifications identified above by number and title. All previous cover pages are hereby superseded. Rev. No. Date By 0 12/02/2008 CKB ........... ,,"'II.'' _ .... ~ OF , \\ -~?-~ .. ······ ... ~-f-o, --<-*··.-1 ,, ""0 ·. u> ;'•.· ..• t, ,,... . .. , :· ... EARLL." KiRKPArnici< ·~ ~· ·-D·:······ ................. ·.··· ··: I -p ·.. "' 448n <) . .-/Jc-,,, ' 0 . ·~ <c,. . ;:: ~ I# "'i · .. ?IST~~ .. ··~,: d~··t~,~IQNAL·~;.~j, / ~~~ .· µ e seal a · on this document was authorized By Earl L Kirkpatrick, P.E. #44877 on 2 December 2008. Alteration of a sealed document without proper notification to the responsible engineer is an offense under the Texas Engineering Practice Act. Eng Chkd Appv ELK ELK PE Seal, Revision 0 PE Seal, Revision 1 Description Cathodic Protection -Galvanic Anode PE Seal Revision 2 PE Seal, Revision 3 SECTION 13110 CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The contract consists of furnishing all labor, materials , equipment, and services required or necessary for corrosion control in accordance with the design specifications and details shown on the Contract Drawings. B. The work includes, but is not limited to , the application of protective coatings , excavation of coated structures, and the installation of magnesium anodes , test stations, and other items as specified by the Design Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. B. C . D. Piping -General Steel Pipe and Fittings Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Concrete Cylinder Pipe 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Specifications for Water Dept. Projects Specifications for Water Dept. Projects Specifications for Water Dept. Projects Specifications for Water Dept. Proj ects A. All labor, installation , wiring , and equipment must comply, in full , with the standards or regulations of: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 2. NACE International (NACE) 3. All Codes and Standards referenced in this Specification shall be the most current issue in effect. Permission for deviation from this Specification and the referenced Codes and Standards must be obtained in writing from the Design Engineer. B. Whenever there is a conflict between requirements of this Specification, the Drawings , applicable Codes , or Standards, the more stringent shall apply. C. All Codes and Standards referenced in this Specification shall be the most current version in effect. Permission for deviation from this Specification and the reference Codes and Standards must be obtained in writing from the Project Engineer. 1.04 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall procure all required permits and licenses , pay all charges and fees , and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. The cost of such permits and licenses shall be included in the bid price for the items of work performed under this Section of the Specifications. Separate or additional payment shall not be made therefore . 1.05 WORKING DRAWINGS A. The Contract Drawings show the general arrangement of the equipment, wiring, and fittings . The Contractor shall carefully examine these drawings and shall be responsible for the proper installation of materials and equipment in such locations as indicated, without substantial alteration . Working drawings indicating proposed departures due to actual field conditions or other causes shall be submitted to the Design Engineer for review to determine the general conformance with the design CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE 13110 -1 2 DECEMBER 2008 B. 1.06 A. 1.07 A. 1 .08 A. 1.09 A. B. 1.10 A. B. concepts of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Documents. The acceptance of working drawings by the Design Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish all materials and perform all work required by the Contract Documents. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep an accurate field record of all underground and surface work as installed, in a manner satisfactory to the Design Engineer. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner for review and approval, one set of as- built drawings marked to show the location of the final installation . They shall give exact locations referenced to permanent points and show all elevations and grades of such work . GUARANTEE The systems furnished under these Specifications shall be warranted against defective materials and workmanship as specified elsewhere from the date of acceptance thereof either for beneficial use or final acceptance, whichever is earlier. Upon notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the warranted equipment during the warranty period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced promptly with new parts by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. STANDARD PRODUCTS Unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Design Engineer, the materials to be furnished under this Section of the Specifications shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest approved standard design. QUALITY CONTROL A qualified cathodic protection I corrosion control firm shall provide the Contractor with such support as required to insure compliance with these contract documents. 1. All field personnel employed by the cathodic protection / corrosion control firm shall be NACE accredited Corrosion Technician or higher rating working under the supervision of a NACE accredited Corrosion Specialist or Texas P.E. The cathodic protection / corrosion control firm shall make a minimum of three site visits to the job site during construction. The site visits shall be at the start of the project after all cathodic protection materials have been delivered to the job site and the contractor has started construction. Subsequent site visits shall be at the construction midpoint and before the project is completed. 1. During these visits, the Contractor's cathodic protection / corrosion control representative shall make such tests as necessary to insure proper installation of test leads, insulating fittings, and electrical continuity of the pipe. SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturers' data and MSDS sheets or shop drawings giving full information as to the dimensions, weights , materials and other information required to define compliance with the specifications for the following items Cloud or mark the appropriate sections of the data sheet to indicate full information as to the dimensions, weights, materials and other information required to define compliance with the specifications for the following items to be supplied on this project. 1. Anode & MSDS 2. Anode Backfill & MSDS CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-2 2 DECEMBER 2008 3. Anode header Cable 4 . Exothermic Weld Cartridges & MSDS 5. Exothermic Weld Tools 6. Exothermic Weld Sleeves 7. Continuity Bond Wire 8. Test Station 9. Shunt 10. Structure Lead Wire 11. Terminal Connectors 12. Coatings and MSDS Sheets 13. Crimp Connections 14. Splice Connections 15. Isolation Fittings 16. Marking Tape 17. NACE Corrosion Personnel, both field and supervisory 18. Test procedure and data forms for all tests described in Section Ill. 1.11 ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. After the installation is complete, the Contractor's cathodic protection / corrosion control personnel shall conduct acceptance tests to determine compliance with plans an.d specifications. The system shall be free from open circuits and shorts to grounded structures. The Contractor shall furnish any personnel required to support these tests. These tests shall confirm the proper operating condition of all equipment. All deficiencies shall be corrected by, and at the expense of the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall provide an as-built lay schedule of the pipeline showing the station numbers for each test station. All test wire lengths shall also be shown on the as-built lay schedule . 1. If Concrete pipe option is selected, the Contractor shall request the resistance per lineal foot of pipe and the resistance for the bond clips from the supplier. This information will be provided to the cathodic protection / corrosion control firm prior to all Acceptance Tests . 1.12 INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall provide sufficient QA / QC during installations and shall maintain field records of their initial inspection of the cathodic protection installation. These inspections shall take place while the excavation is uncovered. Items that shall be inspected are as follows: 1. Proper installation of structure lead wires, if applicable. 2. Proper installation of anodes. 3. Removal of all debris from excavation 4. Use of proper backfill material. 5. Final inspection by the cathodic protection / corrosion control firm shall be done only after all paving or landscaping has been completed in applicable areas. A complete and accurate set of record drawings shall be maintained during all installations of the cathodic protection equipment. Items that shall be checked during the Final Inspection are as follows: a. Test wires properly connected to test board in the appropriate test station . b. Test Wire Effectiveness Tests. c. A minimum length of 18 inches of test wires extending from the opened test station. d. Proper installation of a concrete pad at test stations located in non-paved areas . e. Pipeline Continuity Tests. f. Pipe-to-soil Potential Tests. CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-3 2 DECEMBER 2008 B. Failure to meet this cr iterion shall result in the necessary repairs required to correct the deficiency, at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 A. B . C . D. 2.02 A. 2.03 A. B. MAGNESIUM ANODES The material of the high potential anode shall conform to the following chemical analysis : ALLOY CONTENT,% Aluminum 0.010 max Manganese 0.5-1.3 Copper 0.02 max Iron 0.03 max Nickel 0.001 max Other Metallic Elements 0.05 each max, 0.30 total Maqnesium Remainder Anodes specified for packaging shall be contained in a permeable cloth sack or cardboard tube containing a prepared backfill consisting of: MATERIAL . CONTENT,% Gypsum 75% Bentonite 20% Sod ium Sulfate 5% The anode lead wire shall be a No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire with NFPA 70 type TW/THWfTHHN insulation or equivalent, black in color, 20 ft. in length and shall be attached to the anode ingot by the anode manufacturer or designated supplier. The nominal ingot weight of the anodes shall be 20-lbs. equivalent to a 20D2 high potential magnesium anode . ANODE HEADER CABLE All anode header cable shall be #10 AWG , Stranded copper with HMWPE insulation and shall conform to the Underwriters Laboratories standard for polyethylene cable and have the following specifications: Specific Gravity Tensile Strength , psi Elongation,% Heat Softening Point , °C Brittleness Range, °C Dielectric Constant Dielectric Strength, volts/mil WELDS 0.91 -0.93 1,400 min 400 min 110 -45 to -55 2.3 -2.8 500 All welds to structures shall be by the exothermic weld process. A properly sized mold shall be used for all welds . Cartridges for steel pipe shall not be used for cast iron pipe . Cartridges and tools shall be equivalent to Erico Products, Cadweld® Division . The Contractor may use the Cadweld® Plus style welding cartridges at their discretion. 1. If Plus alloy weld cartridges are utilized, the Cadweld® Control Unit must also be used to ignite the cartridges. CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-4 2 DECEMBER 2008 2 .04 EXOTHERMIC WELD SLEEVE ADAPTERS A. An appropriately sized sleeve adapter shall be used when thermit welding wire sized #10 or smaller in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Sleeves shall be equivalent to Erico Products, Cadweld Division . 2.05 CONTINUITY BONDING A. DUCTILE IRON AND STEEL PIPE SYSTEMS 1. All continuity bonds shall be made using 18-inches of #4 AWG STR. HMWPE bond wire installed across all "Push Joint" pipe joints, flanged joints, and mechanical" fitting joints that are not fully restrained. 2. The number of bonds per joint shall be as shown in contract plans . 3. Bonds shall be made using the correct sized weld metal and welding tool. 4. Completed exothermic welds shall be coated in accordance with this specification. B . BAR WRAPPED CONCRETE PIPE 1. All continuity bonds shall be made as described elsewhere in the contract documents. C . VALVES 1. All valves shall be made continuous with buried pipe by installing the specified size and number of bond wires between the pipe and the valve . If the valve is electrically isolated from the carrier pipe, continuity bond wires will be installed on the pipe from upstream of the valve to downstream of the valve . 2.06 TEST STATIONS A. Flush-to-Grade Test stations 1. Type I a. Test station shall be equivalent C .P . Test Services, Inc. Model NM-7 series or equivalent. Lids shall be cast iron, lockable with the cast-in legend, "C.P. Test". Test station extensions shall be a minimum of 18 inches in length. B . Test Station identification 1. Insulating Fitting Test Station IF a. Insulating fitting test station shall consist of a pair of color-coded test leads on either side of the insulating fitting. 2. Potential Test Station PS a . Potential test stations shall consist of a pair of color-coded test leads attached to the closest pipe joint of the station designation . 3. Cased Crossing Test Station CC a. Cased crossing test stations consist of two pairs of color-coded test leads attached on the carrier pipe and the casing pipe respectively. 4 . Foreign Line Test Station FL a . Foreign line test stations are comprised of two pairs of color-coded test leads attached on the carrier pipe ad the foreign line pipe . The Contractor shall contact the foreign line Operator to coordinate the installation of these test leads . 5. Anode Groundbed Test Stations GB a . Anode groundbed test stations consist of one pair of color-coded test leads from the carrier pipe and one or more anode connections. 2.07 TEST STATION HARDWARE ASSEMBLIES A . Type I test stations shall consist of the following items. 1. An insulated terminal board with hardware assemblies containing a minimum of seven (7) sets of marine brass, nickel plated machine screws, washers and hex nuts as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. The hardware assembly shall include two linking bars. CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-5 2 DECEMBER 2008 2.08 SHUNT 2.09 A. B. 2.10 A. 2.11 A. B. A. Shunts shall consist of the following parts . 1. A Lexan circuit board dimensionally and electrically stable from -60° F to +250° F. 2 . All shunts shall be color coded for immediate circu it recognition . Color code shall be yellow and shall be equivalent to 0.01-ohm res istance, 8-amp capacity. Shunt values shall be molded into the terminal board . 3. Resistance wire shall be manganin and shall meet ASTM B267, C1 .V1 . 4. Shunts shall have two (2)-1/4" diameter mounting holes, one inch on center. 5. Shunts shall be equivalent to units manufactured by Pro-Mark , Inc . TEST STATION LEAD WIRES The test station structure and anode lead wires shall be a No. 10 AWG stranded copper wire with an NFPA 70 type TW/THW/THHN or equivalent insulation . All lead wire shall be color coded as follows: STRUCTURE WIRE COLOR Protected Structure White Casing / Foreign Structure Red Unprotected Side of Insulator Green Anode Lead Wire Black TERMINAL CONNECTORS Ring terminal and forked tongue connectors shall be vinyl insulated No. 12-10 x 1/4 inch . COATINGS All welded connections to underground structures, including exposed copper conductor shall be coated with approved cold applied asphaltic-based mastic. 1. The coating shall be equivalent to Royston R-28. All buried isolation couplings shall be primed with a corrosion inhibiting wax tape primer, coated with a plastic-fiber felt, saturated with a blend of microcrystalline waxes , plasticizers and corrosion inhibitors, forming a tape wrapper equivalent to Trenton Products Wax Tape No . 1. 2.12 CABLE-TO-ANODE CONNECTIONS A. The connection between conventional impressed current lead wires and the positive header cable shall be by copper compression lug equivalent to Burndy Crimpit Part no. YC1 OC10. B. All compression splices shall only be made using either Burndy MD6-8 or Hy-Press tools or their equivalent and a properly sized crimp die. Crimps that are improperly made shall be rejected . 2.13 SPLICE CONNECTIONS A. The splice shall consist of the following. 1. Two layers of rubber electrician's tape equivalent to 3-M's R-23. 2. Two layers of vinyl electrician 's tape equivalent to 3-M's R-33 . 3. A flood coat of waterproofing compound equivalent to Scotchkote ™. CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANOD E 13110-6 2 DECEMBER 2008 2.14 A. 'Ri' Vl~td p e ( B. 7. NJ~ tF )__ C . D. ISOLATION FITTINGS Isolation Fittings: Dielectric unions, flanges or couplings. 1. Complete assembly shall have an ANSI rating equal to or higher than that of joint and pipeline . 2. Material shall be resistant for the intended exposure, operating temperatures, and products in the pipeline . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 13110, CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE A Modify Page 1311 0-7, Paragrap h 2 .14 Isolation Fittings , B Flange Insulating Kits , as follows : 1. Gaskets : Full face Type E with elastomeric sealing element. Gaskets shall by Central Plastics • Jock 0-Ring" or equivalent. Sealing element shall be retained in a groove within the retainer portion of the gasket. 2 . Insulating Sleeves : Full-length fiberglass reinforced epoxy (NEMA G~1 O grade), can vas , linen, or paper based phenolic, high-density polyethylene, Nomex , or Mylar . 3. In sulating Washers: CE Phenolic or fiberglass reinforced epoxy (NEMA G-10 grade) 4 . Steel Washers: Plated , hot rolled steel , 1/B-inch thick 5. Molded one-piece sleeve and washers may be substituted for the insulating sleeves and insulating washers specified above . Molded one-piece sleeve and washers shall be made of Minion. 6 . Ma nufacturers: a . Pacific Seal , Inc., Burbank, CA. b. Advanced Products and Systems , Lafayette , LA . c . Central Plastics Company , Shawnee, OK . \I/ VI I ~ ~l~~I IIIIUUI~ 11118 (2) Two steel followers (3) Two rubber compounded wedge section gaskets ( 4) Sufficient steel bolts to properly compress the gaskets. b . The coupling bolts shall be of the elliptic-neck, track-head design with rolled threads. The manufacturer shall supply information as to the recommended torque to which the bolts shall be tightened. All boltholes in the followers shall be oval for greater strength. c. The gaskets of the coupling shall be composed of a crude or synthetic rubber base compounded with other products to produce a material that will not deteriorate from age, heat, or exposure to air under normal storage conditions. It shall also posses the quality of resilience and the ability to resist cold flow of the material so that the joint will remain sealed and tight indefinitely when subjected to shock, vibration , pulsation and temperature or other adjustments of the pipeline. d. The couplings shall be assembled on the job in a manner to ensure permanently tight joints under all reasonable conditions of expansion, contraction, shifting and settlement, and unavoidable variations in trench gradient. e . Insulated coupling shall include boots for both pipe ends, and shall insulate each end from current flow. f. The coupling shall be equivalent to Dresser Style 39 . (1) Fully restrained harness couplings shall include isolation sleeves and washers for all restrain bolts for both the upstream and downstream side of the coupling . (2) The sleeves and washers shall be equivalent to isolation materials provide by Central Plastics, Inc. Isolation Compression Couplings 1. The compression coupling shall have a sleeve and two compression nuts made of galvanized malleable iron, brass, or PVC. CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE 13110 - 7 2 DECEMBER 2008 2. The sleeve and nuts shall have wrench flats to help hold the coupling during installation . 3. The gasket shall be Nitrile (Buna N) compounded to resist water. 4. The retainer cup shall hold the gasket in place and concentrate the gasket compression where it is most needed. 5. Adapter gaskets shall be used where specified to isolate copper service lines from the water main . 6. Isolation compression couplings shall be equivalent to Smith-Blair Model 525 Compression Couplings . 7. A corporation cock with integral isolating union may be substituted for the compression coupling. 2.15 NON -DETECTABLE MARKING TAPE A. Non-detectable marking tape shall be APWA yellow color coded and marked with the legend equivalent to "CAUTION : BURIED CATHODIC PROTECTION CABLE BELOW" and shall measure 3" minimum width by 1000' length per roll B. Marking tapes shall be equivalent to products manufactured by Pro-Line Safety Products Company. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. The work covered by this Section of the Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and performing all operations in connection with the excavation , installation of equipment , backfilling, compaction, and grading complete for construction, including trenching and backfilling , for all underground cathodic protection work necessary to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. B . The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered , to the depths indicated on the drawings or as otherwise specified or required to c/complete the installations . All excavations shall be unclassified , and no allowance shall be made for class ifications regardless of type of materials encountered. C . The Contractor, at his option may use any appropriate method of excavation for all excavations , unless specified otherwise. D . All excavations shall be compacted in 6-inch lifts using power or pneumatic equipment. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect the lead wires installed in the excavation . Lead wires that are damaged will be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 PROCEDURE A . Excess material from the excavation, not required for fill or backfill, and debris shall be disposed of as directed by the Owner. B. Such sheeting, shoring, and safety barricades shall be used for the protection of the work and for the safety of personnel including but not limited to the Contractor, Sub- contractor, Owner and Owner's Authorized Representative, Owner's Sub-Contractors, and Owner's Visitors or residents . CATHODIC PROT ECTION -GALVANIC ANODE 13110-8 2 DECEMBER 2008 3.03 WATER IN EXCAVATIONS A. Any water accumulating in the excavations shall be removed by pumping or by equivalent methods. If it is impossible to keep holes for anodes free from water, installation of the anodes shall be as directed by the Design Engineer. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Backfill adjacent to all types of underground structures shall be placed and compacted to at least 90 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesive materials or 95 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesion less materials to prevent wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structure . 1. Compaction shall be accomplished by vibratory compactors , pneumatic, or other approved equipment. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES A. Anode Installation 1. Anodes are prepackaged in a special low resistance backfill and shall have the full length of the anode lead protruding from the cloth bag containing the anode and backfill . Anodes shall be kept covered and elevated above the ground or damp flooring until installed . 2 . Packaged magnesium anodes shall be kept dry until buried at their specified locations . The cloth bags containing special backfill shall not be punctured . If accidental damage to the cloth bag results in loss of backfill, lost material shall be replaced with hairless molding plaster or with specially prepared backfill equivalent to the backfill originally provided with the anode . 3. Anodes shall be installed as indicated in a dry condition after removing all paper or plastic shipping covers. The work shall be done carefully to avoid damage to the anodes and lead wires . Pulling on anode lead wires to place the connection to the anode in tension is prohibited. The anode connecting lead wire shall not be used for lowering the anode into the ho le. 4. Anode leads shall not be allowed to contact sharp edges of tools or obstructions. The anode shall be carefully centered in the excavation. 5. The annular space around the anode shall be backfilled w ith fine native soil that is free of debris such as stone, brickbats , and trash. Sand , gravel and rock shall not be used as a backfill material. Lifts shall be a maximum of six inches. Each lift shall be tamped as specified elsewhere. Particular care must be taken in placing and tamping of the backfill around the anodes to assure complete and intimate contact free from voids between the anodes and backfill. Approximately 5-gallons of water shall be applied to the anode after backfilling and tamping has been completed to a point approximately 6-inches above the anode : After the earth has absorbed the water, backfilling shall be completed . The backfill shall not be placed in a hole containing considerable water. 6 . Splicing of anode lead wires shall not be permitted unless specified on the Contract Drawings or approved by the Design Engineer. 7 . Improperly installed anodes shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. B. Test Station Installation 1. Test stations are comprised of test wires attached to the underground pipes, anodes, and test station boxes mounted flush to grade and set in concrete , as shown on the Contract Drawings. a. Flush to grade test stations that are not installed in paved areas shall be provided with a 24" x 24" x 6" thick , reinforced concrete slab with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi. CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE 13110 -9 2 DECEMBER 2008 2. Test stations shall be installed where shown in the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Design Engineer. 3. Test stations shall be complete with an insulated terminal block having the indicated number of terminals. In no case shall more than seven wires per test station be installed in the unit. 4. Test station lead wires shall be contained within a 1" electrical grade PVC conduit from the ditch line to beneath the test station. 5. A non-detectable marking tape shall be placed 6" beneath all paved surfaces in the final lift during ditch line backfill and compaction. 6. The Contractor shall take the necessary steps to protect the test station lead wires from damage during backfill, grading, and concrete work. 7. Leads shall be left long enough to extend a minimum of 18 -inches above finished grade. 8. Test station lead wires shall be coiled neatly in flush-to-grade test stations. 9. All test station lead wires shall be attached to the hardware assembly by use of ring terminal connectors. 10. The Contractor shall record the exact length of the lead wires installed at each test station on the pipe lay drawings. a. One set of marked up lay drawings shall be furnished to the Cathodic protection I corrosion control technician prior to acceptance testing. C. Underground Wire and Cable Connections 1. Underground wire and cable connections to structures shall be thermit welded to the structure. Appropriate cartridges and weld equipment shall be used for making connections to steel, ductile, and concrete pipe. After welding, each connection shall be tested by rapping the completed weld with a hammer while pulling on the lead wire. Poorly conformed welds or welds that fail the test shall be replaced. All completed welds shall be coated with a cold applied bituminous mastic compound. 2. Exothermic welds shall be made as shown on the Contract Drawings and in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. D. Isolation Joint Installation 1. Isolation joints shall be installed where shown on plan and detail drawings and in accordance with these specifications . 2. All copper water service lines shall have isolation joints installed immediately past the corporation cock connection to the water main. E. Coating Application 1. Coatings for buried isolation joints shall be installed per the coating manufacturer's written directions. 2. All exothermic welds ·to steel of ductile iron pipe shall be coated with two applications of the approved cold applied asphaltic mastic. 3. All exothermic welds to concrete cylinder pipe shall be fully encased in concrete . F. Continuity Bonding 1. All line pipe, appurtenances, and piping in vaults that receive cathodic protection shall be made electrically continuous in accordance with the details. 3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A . All Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor's cathodic protection I corrosion control firm. B. The following tests shall be made during the construction phase of the project. 1. Isolating Fitting Tests -All buried isolation fittings shall be tested for electrical isolation prior to backfill using the test station lead wires installed on both sides of the insulator. CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-10 2 DECEMBER 2008 a. The cathodic protection / corrosion control technician shall measure the native state pipe-to-soil potential (P/S) with a portable copper/copper sulphate reference electrode (PRE) on all test station lead wires at the location in question. The technician shall then impress a small amount of DC current on one side of the isolation fitting and measure the "On " and "Immediate off" potentials on both sides of the isolation fitting at that location. The PRE shall remain in a single, fixed position during these tests. The Corrosion Specialist will evaluate the test data and prepare a written letter report of their findings certifying compliance, or failure, for that location . b. Isolation fittings that fail this test shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, c. After repairs have been completed by the Contractor, the isolation tests shall be repeated until such time as he cathodic protection/ corrosion control firm's Corrosion Specialist can certify that the isolation fittings is electrically isolated . C . The following test shall be during Acceptance Testing 1. Wire Effectiveness Tests a. The cathodic protection / corrosion control technician shall perform test wire effectiveness tests on each pair of test leads installed at a test station and comparing the measured resistance to the theoretical resistance. The test station lead wires are deemed acceptable if the measured resistance is equal to or less than 120% of the theoretical resistance. Pipe-to-soil tests alone are not acceptable test procedures. b. A test lead that is found to have an actual resistance greater 120% of the theoretical measurement shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Pipeline Continuity Tests a. The Cathodic protection / corrosion control technician shall perform a pipeline continuity test between test stations after determining that the test lead wires at each test station have passed the preceding test. The test will consist of measuring the resistance between the two test points and comparing the actual resistance with the theoretical resistance . The pipeline segment is electrically continuous if the measured resistance is equal to or less than 120% of the theoretical resistance . b. Any segment of the pipeline that fails to show adequate electrical continuity shall be repaired by locating the cause or causes of poor continuity, excavation, and repair at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Potential Survey Tests a. A pipe-to-soil potential survey shall be performed after electrical continuity has been verified and prior to connecting any of the anodes to the pipeline. ( 1) The survey shall consist of "On' pipe-to-soil potentials measured at each test station lead wire in conjunction with a PRE at that location. b. A DI or coated steel pipe system is protected if all pipe-to-soil potentials measure at least a negative 850 millivolts to the PRE. c . A Bar-wrapped concrete pipe is protected if all pipe-to-soil potentials measure at least a negative 800 millivolts to the PRE. (1) Bar-wrapped pipe may take considerably longer than two weeks to polarize to protected potentials; therefore, additional surveys may be required . 3.07 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install dielectric fittings to electrically isolate the pipeline from other structures. locate dielectric fittings at connections to existing or proposed metallic and concrete pipe or where cathodically protected pipe connects to pipe not intended to have cathodic protection . Install a Type I test station at each buried insulated joint. CATHODIC PROTECTION -GALVANIC ANODE 13110-11 2 DECEMBER 2008 B. C . 3.08 A. B . C . Align and install dielectric fittings according to manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging isolation materials. After assembly of dielectric fittings and certification that the dielectric fittings is electrically isolating. The fittings shall be encased with minimum 5,000-PSI compressive strength flowable fill . Do not apply flowable fill where it will interfere with operation of pipeline valves or other pipeline assemblies . TEST STATION LOCATIONS Test stations shall be installed according to the following tables: TEST STATION LOCATIONS FOR 24" CCP, DI, OR STEEL PIPE OPTIONS STA. NO TS TYPE TEST STATION DESCRIPTION 0+00 IF ISOLATION TEST STATION 1+00 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED , 6' O.C. 6+90 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 20' O .C . 12+80 GB 10 ANOE GROUNDBED, 20' O .C . 18+65 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 20' O.C. 24+55 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 20' O .C. 27+02.49 IF ISOLATION TEST STATION TEST STATION LOCATIONS FOR 16" CCP, DI, OR STEEL PIPE OPTIONS 0+00 IF ISOLATION TEST STATION 3+05 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 10' O .C . 9+15 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 10' O .C . 15+30 GB 10 ANODE GROUNDBED, 10' O .C. 18+24.08 PS POENTIAL TEST STATIOM The Contractor shall install test stations behind the curb closest to the proposed pipe location except for those locations in the middle of street intersections. Test station locations may be move to the closest pipe joint location or for unknown obstructions. The Contractor shall carefully note these changes from the pipe lay schedule -END OF SECTION - CATHODIC PROTECTION-GALVANIC ANODE 13110-12 2 DECEMBER 2008 APPENDIXD SOIL REPORTS CITY OF FORT WORTH CONSTRUCTION SERVICES LABORATORY RESULTS FOR TEST HOLE AND PLASTICITY INDEX Project : Water & Sanitary sewer replacement . DOE No : 5313 Fund Code: 01 Contractor : N/A HOLE# 1 LAB NO : 71711 LOCATION: 3840 Walton Ave. N/4 7.75" HMAC 8.00" Damaged concrete 4 .25" Rocks ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: PL : PI : SHRKG : o~ • 0 MUNSELL COLOR CHART: No PI UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT HOLE# 2 LAB NO: 71712 LOCATION: 3908 Walton Ave. C/4 8 .00" HMAC 6 .25" Damaged concrete 4.00" Sand, rocks & gravel 8.00" Orange brown sandy clay w/rocks ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 44.1 PL: 20.0 PI: 24.1 SHRKG: MUNSELL COLOR CHART : 10 Yr. 7/3 Very pale brown clay UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT HOLE# 3 LAB NO : 71713 LOCATION : 4009 Walton Ave. S/4 8.25" HMAC 6 .00" Sand, rocks & gravel 4.50" Brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel 6.00" Yellowish brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS : LL: 41. 7 PL : 18.1 PI : 23.6 SHRKG : MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 2.5 Yr . 8/4 Pale yellow clay UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT HOLE# 4 LAB NO: 71714 LOCATION : 4100 Walton Ave. N/4 8 .50" HMAC 8.00" Damaged concrete 3 .00" Sandy, rocks & gravel 6 .00" Yellowish brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS : LL: 31. 6 PL: 17.6 PI: 14. 0 SHRKG: 13 .0% 12.0% 7 .0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 10 Yr . 7/3 Very pale brown sandy clay UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT 1 HOLE # 1 LAB NO: 71715 LOCATION: 30'N. of Walton@ Woodway E/4 6.00" HMAC 7.00" 227 3.50" Rocks & sand 2.75" Brownish sandy clay w/rocks & gravel 8.00" Yellowish brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 39.3 PL: 17.0 PI: 22.3 SHRKG: 12.0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 2.5 Yr. 7/4 Pale yellow clay UNIT WEIGHT: 146.0 #/CFT ( 4 If HMAC) HOLE # 2 LAB NO: 71716 LOCATION: 5512 Woodway C/4 5.50" HMAC 8.75" 227 3.00" Rocks 9.00" Yellowish light gray sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 36.6 PL: 17.2 PI: 19.4 SHRKG: 10.0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 2.5 Yr. 8/3 Pale yellow clay UNIT WEIGHT: 146.0 #/CFT ( 4 II HMAC) HOLE # 3 LAB NO: 71717 LOCATION: 5458 Woodway W/4 5.50" HMAC 7.75" Damaged 227 12.00" Yellowish gray sandy clay ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 51. 7 PL: 20.5 PI: 20.5 SHRKG: 15.0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 2.5 Yr. 7/2 Light gray clay UNIT WEIGHT: 146.0 #/CFT ( 4 II HMAC) HOLE# 4 LAB NO: 71718 LOCATION: 5429 Woodway E/4 5.25" HMAC 7.50" 227 4.50" Brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel 10.50" Light brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 29.7 PL: 15.1 PI: 14.6 SHRKG: 8.0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 10 Yr. 7/1 Light gray sandy clay UNIT WEIGHT: 146.0 #/CFT ( 4 II HMAC) HOLE # 5 LAB NO: 71719 LOCATION: 5401 Woodway W/4 9.75" HMAC 3.00" Sand, rocks & gravel 4.00" Brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel 8.50" Yellowish brown sandy clay w/rocks & gravel ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 41. 0 PL: 18.1 PI: 22.9 SHRKG: 11.0% MUNSELL COLOR CHART: 2.5 Yr. 8/3 Pale yellow clay UNIT WEIGHT: N/A #/CFT Approval: Ryan Jeri Routing: Date tested: 07-12-06 Date Reported: 08-12-06 Martin Phillips Tested by: W. Oden/Eric Roberts Requested by Tony Sholola File 2